Home

Operators

Contents

1. ou b counten hare le ie FERT U o2s ha je TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P aviser 1 14055 Oi He XY SPI 1 A 14065 Le 04060 ES D y 7 eter u ieo is u oBQ oss 38 T T amp VAGA SHIFT sono Sut sa rare E usos Voss pm 9 mel EC LATE SHIFT BAGSTER av araras p ov UNTCNISNIFT REGISTER even j 3 4008 t A sou i EN qul tm teme Aet sar soos m TT T 524 T Um zT S al svanen tl Tacos ae Lj 3 a stage em sz Wie REGISTER pores c e 29 uss E T m seyn ee gt
2. OPTIONS eru p x OPTION i vi 1 curetur LG x MODE 2 9 n 8 3 8 TE ET 1 lt 5 5 LJ 74119 ES ctio w erma TERS hp s 1 ERE t um 2 st i mend LEM sjo MAX rias dp 17 MIN ep COUNTER 190 av Jaa COUNT ur count ur cor E counter eoo x op py ESO 400 vital i 9l vc BORROW too ont ar ce mu 22 5 m 46 gt to s S HS SENSE bus 11 I 10 gt I eoa PS um gt 4 I PLI t 1 i ne r S HR it Sy ne 470 gt 0175 P nam lt lt gt gt 981419 PARK MIN Cars 4 READOUT Unused connectors shown these fm diagrams are factory test points or 00 4000A Options that may be used tor future applications 0 TUNE REF TUNE REFERENCE A NG FO 19 these 14 01980 ro 52 3 100 SY 1192 16 Unused connectors shown on diagrams are factory test points or options that may be used for future 0209 applications 5 5 u u FE COUNT
3. ger i 2184 60 FO 42 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P te GE GV GW GX GY GZ S i ti 84 T uu Im 44500 Digital Storage A1A1 Front Panel component location shown on back of Diagram A100A1 Frequency Reference Mother component location shown on back of Diagram s ue use Toe CES ane M ene em 7 7 7 if E 2 Fu cues pa a c E uua TE vp iu SESS E es TT FE 1 el IG i p i ed t kt i i n ati be FO 43 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P Waveforms shown on this diagram were obtained under the following conditions The oscilloscope mainframe contained two dual trace vertical amplifiers e g 7A18 and one time base unit e g 7B70 Oscilloscope settings Time Div and Volts Div are indicated on the waveform Triggering source and mode are indicated on the waveform The 715 Digital Averaging cirt uit board was positioned to the side as shown in the Calibration section Fig 4 20 The CALIBRATOR signal was applied o the INPUT Waveforms 1 2 3 4 5 and 6 control setting
4. 154 RUSOA 75 0K 250 245 106411 dB GAIN ton SA gt dam FOR FULL SCREEN Q 070 C1220 RIOT RIOSOB BOK 4 02 RIOD uk 1 LOG LIN AMP RESISTOR PIN OUT DATA R20 RI ISO RI IBO 7509 1Sv 01002 Tz 4 02 eY P O MOOQA IF MOTHER BRO 71 5 LOG LIN AMPL 2184 57 FO 36 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Q1110 4 C1110 R1116 R1262 1260 Ae a1200 81258 R1214 1 1202 eme E se 1 15 us 02360 GE CR2362 a D lla cm vm 18 i t2 P1010 ER 5 1819 4 plac R RIR 1 HARARE ee 66656656 rtd gl 15 11 A2000A2 Vertical Control A1A1 Front Panel component location shown on back of diagram gt A1000A1 IF Mother component location shown on back of Diagram 2f A3000 Transverse Vertical Interface component location shown on back of Diagram 61 37 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P mu 9623 A 5 R621 ai 8 0625 G a E QR i T 8733 Xj VA734 15 1 M 6 R724 CR672 16 A726 PSI
5. 2184 61 44 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P 7L5 33020 1 EEE 7 INTERFACE CONNECTIONS AM A32 BB 8 8 8828 8B B E A3000 Transverse Vertical Interface 1 Front Panel component location shown on back of Diagram De 500 Sweep component location shown on back of Bisgram 2 gt FO 45 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P 2522 sev 525 B24 Unused connectors shown on these LEFT CHANNEL SWITCH SIGNAL diagrame are factory test points or AZS gt INTERFACE E options that may be used for future 525 2301 applications REX xd B26 m A27 Qso20 Ber y ae b V DCP Ly O CSS 084 amp AD O ERIS 130150 W D lt OPTIONS d v T MOP DRIV amp wyow gt 4350 V SIONAL Lu wages CHIPPER gt lt a ha On Qc Qo Qe v D sem mart REGISTER 74104 ae 7 RBOID ate DSP Lay VALID 5N OCPL usooo a N ATA ant V paa f INTERFACE arr BV DCPL 5N OCPL LETT gt CR DO ux GRINE AUKE ANS Sag U30ISA ha aa Raa x sm B AUX AARS COM P3008 SHOWN 1 NORM POSITION 4 BVEA 10 OPTIONS BEE
6. w FREE UN m sweer TRIGGER 52 UNE SOURCE CATCHES NUN e FROM RUE TRIGGER MAN Azo TRIGGER INE TRG L pROCESSING ES e EN enn swe gt gt END SWP MANUAL SWEEP SWEEP TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp SWEEP HORIZONTAL SWITCH GENERATOR CATE oor FREQUENCY CONTROL MAIN FRAME READOUT TLS PHASE COMPARATOR TO 2wo LO AF PROCESSING CHAIN b CALIBRATOR PHASE COMPARATOR BEN SENSE 3 MEMORY amp Loop FILTER B MEMORY lt Loop FILTER 2184 39 e PROCESSING FREQUENCY SPAN DIV BINARY SWITCH PROCESSING T DISPLAY PROCESSING HORIZONTAL OUT POSITION Soon CALIBRATOR LEVELING 9 CALIBRATOR LEVEL FROM PLUG IN MODULE 8 E Qe CS LOWPASS PHASE COMPARATOR gt FO 2 amp LOOP FILTER IS En SWEEP CONTROL amp FREQUENCY lt REFERENCE BLOCK DIAGRAM wines Wu usos SOOLHz FROM SWEEP CONTROL amp FREQUENCY REFERENCE DETECTOR usss INPUT SIGNAL IF INPUT BANDPASS FILTER FILTER MODULE e PULL FOR Odh STEP REFERENCE LEVEL a FROM TUS usoos REFEREN
7. EID VA TO BASE INE COPPER 7 FROM OVERSPAN DETECTOR lt 1 zt Pow peen RET e PLNS sv RISI 4 2080 A144 8762 432K Q735 22 87 FROM SWF GEN E 8 HH CRIB PIO CONT PANEL 7L5 TeT4G Rtas 8 006 POSITION nev uso ueso rov P O ASOO SWEEP 2184 59 FO 40 I5V DEPL Unused connectors shown on these diagrams are factory test points or options that may be used for future applications 2145 So SV DCPL BU SIG HORIZ 12 6 B12 Yexso gt All SIG HORIZ gt SWEEP at AZ UTILITY GND verten uT30 ha RITS ene OPTIONS 538 loc AIS 50v SV to cy 9 2 Ala 115V 528 45V 5V 5v BIB 154 OCP C785 asv yas 2 160999 FNS REF TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P HORIZ amp VERT DISPLAY PROCESSING 19 1175 DU TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P 10 cael 1 1 1 16 7 16 1 16 1 16 1 16 1 16 1 16 1 14 1 16 04000 94005 U4010 U4020 U4025 U4030 040 U4050 U4060 1 14 178 R4129 U4065 04085 R4158 ee se t C4184 C4094 eG 5 5 HE R4095 8 Je
8. IF AMPL A 100045 HONEY COME SIDE OF THE IF MODULE Fig 4 1A amp B Location of the major circuit boards and assemblies for the 7L5 4 4 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P LOG LIN AMPL CKT BRD A1000A3 POST VR AMPL VARIABLE RESOLUTION CKT BRD A1000A8 C VARIABLE RESOLUTION AND LOG LIN AMPLIFIER OF THE IF MODULE TRANSVERSE INTERFACE BRD A3000 DIGITAL STORAGE CKT BRD A4500 DIGITAL AVERAGING CKT BRD A4000 SWEEP CKT BRD A500 REMOVE TWO FLAT HEAD SCREWS TO FREE I F MODULE ASSEM BLY REMOVE TWO SCREWS TO FREE I F MODULE lt ASSEMBLY FRONT PANEL CKT BRD A1 TRANSVERSE INTERFACE CKT BRD A3000 IF MODULE ASSEMBLY A1l000 VERTICAL CONTROL CKT BRD A200A2 RF MODULE ASSEMBLY A2000 WITH 1st LO CKT BRD A2000A1A1 D IF MODULE SWUNG DOWN TO EXPOSE THE DIGITAL AVERAGING AND VERTICAL CONTROL BOARDS Fig 4 1C amp D Location of the major circuit boards and assemblies for the 7L5 4 5 1 Check Adjust the Reference Oscillator Frequency Two procedures are given to check and adjust the reference oscillator frequency The 1st procedure re quires a four plug in compartment mainframe and a vertical amplifier unit to amplify the 500 kHz Calibrator signal so it will drive a counter The 2nd procedure is an alternate procedure that can be used with three plug in compartment mainframes a Using a four plug in mainframe and vertica
9. crgoz 1 CRB12 3 CR792 2 AES 2 faa RB839 R52 RESZ HU m R834 2 R512 232 aw U795 U790 16 1 CR845 CR840 CR624 CR622 gt i bi CR735 Tag Gjer gav CR7 0 q em E ale LEES R745 s EE BS 8 c gt i m U675 20 3 L i i 712 CR716 18 16 R716 1 16 R685 700 ud M g 9p JF R850 R660 R624 w 2 T 05 16 R622 O ena p LS un um R730 R736 R688 e TT T 1 14 CR6772 T ay LL 1 8 sO 8 0690 5 2 USES HHE 5 wo 8 7 iu om TH pr 0570 9 1 i wo 0680 A577 Ey ER A500 Sweep A1A1 Front Panel component location shown on back of Diagram 1 A1000A7 2 Mixer component location shown on back of Diagram 12 A3000 Transverse Vertical Interface component location shown back of Diagram FO 13 Waveforms shown on this diagram were obtained under the following conditions The oscilloscope mainframe contained two dual trace vertical amplifier units e g 7A18 and one time base unit e g 7B70 C 50 oscilloscope camera was used Time Div and Volts Div settings are indicated on the waveform The triggering source is internal or indicate
10. 35 GND 4 R1716 OND 4 Ries 2 91680 R1720 1 n R1748 1776 ia EM HSV TP1820 EE TO fs Amy RUM aw Tg T 01810 01885 Lil JEG J jer 1i TONG Tel ese R1799 1819 JET r R1580 NR JER _ w R1728 em pem C1726 C1746 ex 3 731 R1684 R1783 R1681 2 21681 EE 4 e T R1816 o R1814 3 zT R1894 AA 2812 R1874 813 T cR iC R hisser ng dt G 8 R1908 C R1916 R1912 15V L 10 ap e N o 21212 21818 R1749 81782 AA XL KG f A1000A8A1 Variable Resolution A1000A1 IF Mother componant location shown on back of Diagram e R1824 mesa A1000A3 Log Lin Amplifier component location shown on back of Diagram R1802 gL C1918 8 L A am I ST f 1919 NN JE ar o L1918 A i S m x Lees E o z 9 FO 33 7L5 7L5 3 4 maso 9890 Cien 01880 P CIBO CIB c 18 KISTE 91895 1902 n Ciba 37 380 ibo venn mH misos SPECIAL E 1002 MODE 3 FIS ALOOOAL IF MOTHER 91885 erIS0G cias Ont criso CRIBS 1870 350 AO kHz AMPLITUDE
11. inverting amplifier U630C and provides the negative going portion for a push pull vertical output signal to the mainframe The sweep ramp from the sweep generator Diagram 6 is applied through R731 to one input of U735A and out on the Swp Horiz line pin HF to the digital storage circuit U735A selects either Store Horiz synthesized sweep from digital storage circuit when Store line is true or the analog sweep ramp at pin 3 when Store is false The selected sweep is then applied through FET 0735 when Dot is false to input of U730A and a current summing point at the input to U690B The output of U690B drives the A sweep for the mainframe and provides a 0 to 6 volt ramp for the front panel HORIZ OUT jack The selected sweep Store Horiz or Swp Horiz is amplified by U730A and its output provides the Horizontal sweep The ramp is inverted by U730B to provide the negative going sweep ramp for the mainframe Gain of U730A is adjusted by Swp Cal R750 to compensate for mainframe differences in sensitivity When Dot line goes low about 7 volt 0765 and Q735 are switched off Dot position information from U685B Diagram 6 is now applied to the input of operational amplifier U730A The vertical dc level is supplied from the VERT POSITION control The sweep ramp also contains Dot information The polarity of the dot position information from U685B nulls the dot position information riding on the sweep horizontal and the sweep to
12. B Trailing edge reference 2184 12 Fig 3 6 Frequency stability test response setup Q 3 7 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P d With displayed waveform similar to Fig 3 6A adjust the reference level slightly as required to establish 6 1 slope on the linear portion of the waveform e Carefully adjust the DOT MKR control to establish center screen reference vertical and horizontal for the trailing edge of the waveform Fig 3 6B f Activate the SAVE A and MAX HOLD pushbuttons g After one hour verify that any change in the displayed waveform is not more than 5 Hz That is any change in the displayed signal frequency as indicated by horizontal and vertical separation between the display A reference waveform and the display B waveform should be less than 0 6 vertical division 0 1 horizontal division Refer to Fig 3 7 This completes the Performance Check and verifies that the 7L5 will perform within the specifications described in Section 1 A FREQ IN TOL FREQ SLIGHTLY OUT OF TOL DISPLAY B MAX HOLD WAVEFORM INITIAL SETTING REFERENCE WAVEFORM DISPLAY A SAVE A DISPLAY B MAX HOLD WAVEFORM 0 10 DIV 5 Hz 2184 13 Fig 3 7 Frequency stability test waveform interpolation TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P SECTION 4 CALIBRATION PROCEDURE CAUTION STATIC DISCHARGE CAN DAMAGE MANY SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENTS USED IN THIS INSTRUMENT Many semiconductor componen
13. There are five lines that determine the sweep speed four from multiplexer U525 and the fifth from the output of NAND gate U535C The sweep generator Diagram 6 consists of Miller integrator U700 with timing capacitors C712A and C712B Capacitor C712B is switched into the timing circuit when the input line to pin 9 of multiplexer U80C is low C712 is in the circuit for sweep rates of 10 ms or slower When the level at pin 9 is high the switch opens and C712B is out of the timing circuit Timing resistors are selected by multiplexer U695 Control lines A B and C pins 11 10 and 9 select the timing resistors as indicated by the 2 8 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P address table within the symbol for U695 Voltage reference for the selected timing resistor is the output of operational amplifier U690A When 0680 is turned on timing voltage Is increased by factor of two which increases the sweep speed proportionately lists the Time Div selections with the output addresses and the corresponding addresses for U695 Q680 gate and pin 9 of U680C For example 50 ms connects timing resistor R694 connects timing capacitor C712B and turns off Q680 to add R686 as part of R input resistor for operational amplifier U680A The Miller integrator is gated on by the Gate signal into the base of Q705 This gate switches Q700 off and allows the Miller integrator output to ramp up The output of the sweep generator is fed to one input of
14. 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 32997 01121 91637 91637 01121 32997 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 32997 32997 32997 32997 32997 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 01121 32997 01121 Mfr Part Number BB2025 MFF1816G49R90F MFF1816G49R90F MFF1816G49R90F MFF1816G49R90F CB5105 BB4705 CB2035 MFF1816G10000F CB2405 CB1015 CB1835 CB3025 CB1055 MFF1816G49900F CB1055 MFF1816G10000F BB4705 CB2225 MFF1816G45300F CB2735 CB9125 CB2725 CB3015 BB3015 3329P L58 102 CB2035 MFF1816G249ROF MFF1816G20001F CB1535 3329 158 101 2035 1135 2035 2035 4735 1535 1535 CB3935 BB2035 3329P L58 204 3329P L58 503 3329P L58 103 3329P L58 502 3329P L58 202 CB2035 CB1015 BB1835 BB3025 MFF1816GI0001F CB3015 3329P L58 102 CB2035 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Tektronix Serial Model No Mfr Ckt No Part No Eff Dscont Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number R1821 315 0203 00 RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB2035 R1822 321 0135 00 RES FXD FILM 249 ORO 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 2490F R1823 321 0318 00 RES FXD FILM 20K OHM 195 0 125W 75042 CEATO 2002F R1824 315 0153 00 RES FXD CMPSN 15K OHM 596 0 25W 01121 1535 R1825 311 1259 00 RES VAR NONWIR 100 OHM 10 0 50W 80294 3329P L58 101 R1830 315 0103 00 RES CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1035 R1832 315 0163 00 RES FXD CMPSN 16K OHM 596 0 25W 0
15. Cus Erer CE Das SNF lt steterit s x AXE FREG SPAN DIV RESOUN ASST avse ET 3 Tuc SOL SW P READY meme Sao e 3 5 wey le urs T eos 38 ET TERS TET TV Tas pas ON LOES EN x be uso uso oss 9 Tec zi SPUR s oe a CEEA gt ui eene E TRAY at 3 REE t RS TES Hi 2 5 zi 5 4 5 3 8 5 4 a N 3 z 85 5 3 8 a 5 gt AIA FRONT PANEL c 3 25 le I a lt I t lt gt J AZ J AVDOOAT VERTICAL CONTROL _ TLS FRONT PANEL gt 155 eum TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P 59559656551 00000 CR845 craao R834 R512 RB45 622 RBBB CR6 4 ca C pos cE 1665 wO 0 R845 yer R629 A500 SWEEP A1A1 Front Panel component location shown on back of Diagram c FO 7 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Unused connectors shown on these diagrams are factory test points or 5 options that may be used for future applications utso THRU 652 TO GATE OY Q uess 9 OG 5695 04 x z OG pcs Kr RESOLUTION 45v L5 cosan 4530 a w 3 45V 5 0 av 4535 dir EJ erst 12520 85359
16. Jsa SWP CAL IA gt SIGNAL SRIZONTAL OUT HORIZONTAL POSITION VERTICAL POSITION CHANNEL SWITCH E SIGNAL MAIN s gt r St FRAME BASE LINE CLAMP por AXIS amp BOT LOG DISPLAY PROCESSING x BLOCK DIAGRAM TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P MADE CHANGE INFORMATION PRODUCT 715 CHANGE REFERENCE _ M31058 070 2184 00 DATE 9 20 77 DESCRIPTION TEKTRONIX EFF SN B050000 ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST AND SCHEMATIC CHANGES CHANGE TO 670 3587 01 CKT CARD ASSY FRONT PANEL C15 283 0028 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 0022UF 20 50V 131 0993 00 LINK TERMINAL CONNECTOR 131 0993 00 LINK TERMINAL CONNECTOR P700 131 0993 00 R15 315 0226 00 LINK TERMINAL CONNECTOR RES FXD CMPSN 22M OHM 5 0 25W R664 311 1283 00 RES VAR NONWIR 10K OHM 0 5W R665 311 1281 00 RES VAR NONWIR 2 5K OHM 0 5W DIAGRAM FRONT PANEL Partial 5 P55 2 Aa 51 Ben CW RSS ris Lcis DIAGRAM FREQ SPAN amp READOUT Partial 22M 2 PSIO PiN2 TO P5310 2 OPT 28 COLUMN TOP DIAGRAM TRIGGER LOGIC Partial P700 TO P5606 1 2D VALID HE PAGE 1 or 2 10 9 715 11 6625 2759 14 amp 554 DOT FREQUENCY TD TC FREQ SPAN DIV RESOLUTI
17. RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RES VAR NONWIR 2K OHM 10 0 50W RES VAR NONWIR 2 5K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 6 8K CHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 1 13M OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W 7 34 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Mfr Code 91637 91637 91637 91637 01121 91637 32997 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 32997 01121 91637 01121 01121 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 01121 32997 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 91637 91637 32997 32997 01121 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 Mfr Part Number MFF1816G17802F MFF1816G1000I1F MFF1816G14002F MFF1816G16502F CB4725 MFF1816G42200F 3329P L58 102 MFF1816G10001F MFF1816G35701F CB1535 CB1335 CB4745 CB1035 3329P L58 104 CB5625 MFF1816G20001F CB5625 CB3025 MFF1816G12100F MFF1816G51100F CB4715 CB1035 CB5105 CB9105 CB2435 MFF1816G75000F CB4715 3329P L58 502 MFF1816G10001F MFF1816G10001F C85625 CB5625 CB5105 CQ4715 CB1025 CB1035 CB1045 CB1045 C81035 CB2035 MFF1816G10001F MFF1816G10001F CB3935 CB1025 CB1025 MFF1816G84500F MFF1816G10001F 3329P L58 202 3329P L58 252 CB6825 HMF188G11303F
18. 0 125W RES FXD FILM 140K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 165K OM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 4 7K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 4 22K OHM 1 0 125W RES VAR NONWIR 1K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 35 7K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 15K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 13K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 470K OHM 5 0 25W RES CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES VAR NONWIR 100K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 5 6K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 20K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 5 6K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 3K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 1 21K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 5 11K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 470 OHM 5 0 25W B010100 B010115XRES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W XB010116 RES FXD CMPSN 51 OHM 5 0 25W B010100 B010115XRES FXD CMPSN 91 OHM 5 0 25W XB010116 XB010116 XB010116 XB010116 XB010116 XB010116 B010100 B010104 B010105 BO10100 B010104 B010105 RES FXD CMPSN 24K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 7 5K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 470 OHM 5 0 25W RES VAR NONWIR 5K OHM 10 0 50N RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125N RES CMPSN 5 6K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 5 6K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 51 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 470 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100K
19. 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 3K OHM 5 0 25W RES FD CMPSN 1 5K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 5 36K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 4 42K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 2K ORM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 221 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 1 74K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 576 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 51 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 3 01K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CKPSN 300 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 158K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 3 57K OHM 1 0 125W 7 27 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Mfr Code 01121 91637 01121 01121 91637 91637 91637 01121 91637 01121 01121 01121 91637 01121 01121 01121 91637 01121 01121 01121 91637 01121 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 01121 01121 91637 01121 91637 91637 Mfr Part Number CB1035 MFF1816G402ROF CB3025 CB1015 MFF1816G49900F MFF1816G402ROF MFF1816G40200F CB1025 MFF1816G10000F CB2035 CB2035 CB1025 MFF1816G49R90F CB51G5 CB1825 CB5105 MFF1816G35700F CB5615 CB5115 CB5115 MFF1816G150ROF CB5105 MFF1816G49R9OF CB5105 CB6205 CB4705 CB3035 CB4705 CB3035 CB1015 CB1015 CB2035 CB1035 CB3025 CB1525 CB2035 CB1035 CB3025 CB1525 CR4705 CB4705 MFF1816G536
20. 0 25W RES FXD FILM 4 53K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 27K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 9 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 2 7K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 300 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 300 OHM 5 0 125W RES VAR NONWIR 1K 10 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 249 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 20K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 15K OHM 5 0 25W RES VAR NONWIR 100 OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 11K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 47K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 15K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 15K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 39K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 5 0 125W RES VAR NONWIR 200K OHM 10 0 5W RES VAR NONWIR 50K OHM 10 0 50W RES VAR NONWIR 100K OHM 10 0 50W RES VAR NONWIR 5K OHM 10 0 50W RES VAR NONWIR 2K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 18K OHM 5 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 3K OHM 5 0 125W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 300 OHM 5 0 25W RES VAR NONWIR 1K OBM 10 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 5 0 25W 7 29 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Mfr Code 01121 91637 91637 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 01121 91637 01121 01121 91637
21. 1904 54 ci AMPLITUDE RISES 10 0 1 2184 56 FO 34 PIO AIOOOABA VARIABLE RESOLUTION PIO AIOOOAS AP 10kHz amp 30kHz FILTERS POST VR AMPL TM 11 625 2759 14 amp P 175 DJ TM 11 625 2759 14 amp P R1250 R1242 R1240 01170 C1054 7 01110 1115 15V 01140 R1145 cR1252 07 ne ta E FG 6 4 FH Dh criso 7122 Eu R1230 B eum 54 E 0 os 4 gt R1172 T 1110 FC Jr Riz zb Rn R1146 ls mark meg i me C1256 1224 FF avsett T 8 ee C3 25 01230 T 9 BC SLST as S e 2 ef E 5C S z 8 T 01040 B amp 8 lt 1216 C1228 _ Sk pa ol del R1224 n T T al al g L1220 x T 55 s 4 U1050 AA T R1204 arier R1134 N RS 1 S 01200 EE EP R1258 R1214 4 e s gl A Ar JE EE 8 C1132 C1214 8 a A1000A3 Log Lin Amplifier A1000A1 IF Mother component location shown on back of Diagram 35 2 8 RIOSO RIOSZ RIOS3 RI054 Rioso 100 47 47 47 47 cosa L leos4 cioso L 154 NN 15 5V4 75 Wen DNUS omme RIDSOA cino anol RUZOA 1140 RUSOA euo I awe 75 08 sen I 270K 75 0K 75 0K 9 00 220K
22. 564 and S66 are located on the FREQ SPAN DIV RESOLN ASSY and shown on diagram 2 FRONT PANEL U215 is located on the TUNE REF board and shown on diagram 9 TUNE REFERENCE 10 2 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION PRODUCT 715 CHANGE REFERENCE _ M30533 technical excellence 070 2184 00 11 30 76 00 o EFF SN 030409 ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST AND SCHEMATIC CHANGES CHANGE TO C1668 281 0503 00 CAP FXD CER DI 8PF 0 25PF 500V C1668 is located on the VARIABLE RESOLUTION circuit board assembly and shown on diagram 15 VARIABLE RESOLUTION AMPL 10 3 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION TEKTRONIX 75 CHANGE REFERENCE _M30727 committed to 070 2184 00 DATE 11 9 76 technical excellence m ee l DESCRIPTION EFF SN B030418 up ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST AND SCHEMATIC CHANGES CHANGE TO C4561 281 0605 00 CAP FXD CER DI 200PF 500V R4549 321 0289 00 RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 12 0 125W R4555 321 0235 00 RES FXD FILM 2 74K OHM 1 0 125W The above components are located on the DIGITAL STORAGE circuit board assembly and shown on diagram 21 10 4 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION TEKTRONIDG proouct 705 CHANGE REFERENCE _ M31343 excellence 070 2184 00 DATE 2 24 77 emne __ EFF SN B030529 ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST AND SCHEMATIC
23. CB1525 01121 5905 00 990 5559 CB1535 01121 5905 00 904 5689 CB1625 01121 RCR07G162JS 81349 5905 00 106 1248 CB1635 01121 5905 00 905 6278 CB1815 01121 5905 00 097 9534 CB1835 01121 5905 00 911 3801 CB1855 01121 5905 00 800 8068 CB2005 01121 RCR07G200JS 81349 5905 00 135 3972 CB2015 01121 5905 00 909 3919 CB2025 01121 5905 00 102 5289 CB2035 01121 5905 00 106 9356 CB2205 01121 5905 00 989 2843 CB2225 01121 5905 00 909 3940 CB2235 01121 5905 00 911 3810 CB2265 01121 5905 00 402 4242 CB2405 01121 5905 00 442 9356 RCR07G240JS 81349 5905 00 542 7735 CB2425 01121 5905 00 542 7735 CB2435 01121 RCR07G243JS 81349 5905 00 141 1295 CB27G5 01121 5905 00 909 1672 CB2725 01121 5905 00 882 2723 CB2735 01121 5905 00 911 3815 CB2745 01121 5905 00 911 3819 CB2755 01121 RCR07G275JS 81349 5905 00 104 8371 CB3015 01121 5905 00 686 3122 CB3025 01121 5905 00 577 9453 CB3035 01121 5905 00 909 3954 CB3305 01121 5905 00 915 3152 CB3315 01121 5905 00 909 3965 CB3325 01121 5905 00 716 4841 CB3335 01121 5905 00 909 3967 CB3915 01121 RCR07G391JS 81349 5905 00 121 9932 CB3925 01121 5905 00 577 9459 7 42 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P PART NUMBER NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER CROSS REFERENCE INDEX NATIONAL NATIONAL PART STOCK PART STOCK NUMBER FSCM NUMBER NUMBER FSCM NUMBER CB3935 01121 5905 00 907 4119 CB4315 01121 5905 00 766 9392 CB4325 01121 5905 00 909 3796 CB4705 01121 5905 00 802 6730 CB4715 01121 5905 00 91 1 3752 CB4725 01121
24. SWITCH SLIDE 0 5A 120VDC CKT BD MT 10389 23 021 043 Fig amp Index Tektronix Serial Model No Mfr Mfr Part No Part No Eff Dscont Qty12345 Name amp Description Code Number 1 289 1 RESISTOR VAR SEE R95 S96 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 290 210 0583 00 1 NUT PLAIN HEX 0 25 32 X 0 312 INCH BRS 73743 2 20224 402 291 426 1179 00 1 FRSECT PLUG IN LOWER LEFT 80009 426 1179 00 ATTACHING PARTS 292 213 0192 00 2 SCR TPG THD FOR 6 32 X 0 50 INCH PNH STL 87308 OBD 293 214 1054 00 1 SPRING DETENT LATCH 80009 214 1054 00 294 105 0075 00 1 PAWL 0 475 X 0 21 X 0 184 INCH PLSTC 80009 105 0075 00 295 263 0019 00 15 ASSY PB MOMENTARY 80009 263 0019 00 296 376 0161 00 1 COUPLER SW 0 157 ID X 0 562 OD FEMALE 80009 376 0161 00 ATTACHING PARTS 297 354 0272 00 1 RING RETAINING 0 467 ID X 0 018 THICK 80756 US50C1 298 354 0518 00 1 RING ROT SW SLIP 80009 354 0518 00 ATTACHING PARTS 299 211 0087 01 1 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 188 82 DEG FLH STL 83385 300 214 0660 00 1 STR HDLS 0 062 OD X 0 312 INCH LONG STL 22599 59 012 062 0312 301 376 0162 00 1 COUPLER SW 0 157 ID X 0 50 OD MALE 80009 376 0162 00 ATTACHING PARTS 302 213 0022 00 1 SETSCREW 4 40 X 0 188 INCH HEX SOC STL 74445 OBD 303 214 2254 00 1 SPRING DETENT 0 59 ID X 0 09 HIGH 80009 214 2254 00 304 214 1127 00 1 ROLLER DETENT 0 125 DIA X 0 125 INCH L 80009 214 1127 00 305 214 1579 00 1 SPRING DET
25. d Change the RESOLUTION to 10 kHz and check amplitude change of the calibrator signal with the INPUT BUFFER on and off 6 Residual Incidental FM Incidental FM is lt 1 Hz 50 Hz div to 2 Hz div and 40 kHz 5 kHz div to 500 kHz div a With the CALIBRATOR signal applied to the INPUT of the plug in module set the 7L5 front panel controls as follows DOT FREQUENCY 500 00 kHz REFERENCE LEVEL 57 dBM RESOLUTION COUPLED FREQUENCY SPAN DIV 50 Hz TIME DIV AUTO LOG 2 dB DIV On INPUT BUFFER Off DIGITAL STORAGE Off b Select the MNL SWP pushbutton and adjust the MNL SWP control to place the trace dot halfway up one side of the displayed 10 Hz filter waveform near center screen Verify that incidental FM short term peak to peak movement of trace dot is less than 1 0 vertical division 1 Hz 3 12 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P c Set the RESOLUTION control to 300 Hz the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to 5 kHz and the REFERENCE LEVEL to 62 dBm Adjust the MNL control to place the trace dot halfway up one side of the displayed 300 Hz filter waveform near center screen Verify that maximum vertical jitter of the trace dot does not exceed 1 2 division 40 Hz T Residual Response Plug in module dependent Internally generated spurious signals are down 130 dB or more with the L1 Plug In Module NOTE Each 7L5 Spectrum Analyzer is carefully tested at the factory to ensure that all internally generated spurious responses be
26. 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 33 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 33 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 33 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 0 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 8 25K OHM 0 10 0 125W RES FXD FILM 29 27K OHM 0 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 15K OHM 0 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 10 7K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 20K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 20K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 3 3K OHM 5 0 25W RES VAR NONWIR 10K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 3 3K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 100 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 442K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 2 55K OHM 1 0 125W RES FILM 9 76K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 3 3K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W 7 20 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Mfr Code 01121 01121 01121 75042 01121 73138 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 75042 01121 01121 01121 75042 75042 01121 01121 91637 75042 75042 91637 75042 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 75042 75042 75042 75042 91637 75042 75042 75042 75042 75042 01121 73138 01121 01121 75042 75042 75042 75042 01121 01121 01121 Mfr Part Number CB5125 CB1135 CB5125 CEATO 2003F CB7505 62PT 345 0 CB27G5 CB2015 CB2015 CB6815 CB2015 CB2015 C
27. 0 25W 01121 1125 R18 315 0275 00 RES FXD CMPSN 2 7M OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB2755 RI19 315 0331 00 RES FXD CMPSN 330 OHM S5 0 25W 01121 CB3315 R20 315 0112 00 RES FXD CMPSN 1 1K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB1125 R22 315 0275 00 RES FXD CMPSN 2 7M OHM 5 0 25W 01121 2755 R24 315 0331 00 RES FXD CMPSN 330 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB3315 R30 315 0112 00 RES CMPSN 1 1K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CBR125 R32 315 0275 00 RES FXD CMPSN 2 7M OHM 5 0 25W 01121 2755 R34 315 0331 00 RES FXD CMPSN 330 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB3315 R36 315 0112 00 RES CMPSN 1 1K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1125 R37 315 0275 00 RES FXD CMPSN 2 7M OHO 5 0 25W 01121 CB2755 R38 315 0331 00 RES FXD CMPSN 330 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB3315 R40 315 0331 00 RES FXD CMPSN 330 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB3315 R41 315 0104 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1045 R42 315 0331 00 RES FXD CMPSN 330 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB3315 R44 315 0331 00 RES FXD CMPSN 330 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB3315 R451 311 1714 01 RES VAR NONWIR 15K OH4 20 1W 80009 311 1714 01 R46 321 0338 00 RES FXD FILM 32 4K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 3242F R50 311 1714 01 RES VAR NONWIR 15K OHM 20 1W 80009 311 1714 01 R52 315 0104 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1045 R54 315 0102 00 RES CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1025 R55 311 1005 00 RES VAR NONWIR 15K OHM 10 0 50W 12697 382 40952 R56 315 0102 00 RES FXD CMPSN 1K
28. 01121 75042 01121 01121 01121 75042 75042 01121 75042 75042 75042 75042 75042 75042 75042 75042 75042 75042 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 01121 01121 01121 75042 91637 75042 75042 91637 75042 01121 01121 01121 75042 75042 75042 75042 75042 01121 01121 01121 73138 75042 75042 73138 01121 75042 Mfr Part Number CB1015 CB47G5 CB47G5 CEAT2 38021C CB1045 CB1045 CB1045 CEATO 3742F CEATO 3012F CB3315 CEATO 3742F CEATO 2492F CEATO 4992F CEATO 3742F CEATO 3012F CEATO 2492F CEATO 7502F CEATO 4992F CEATO 3742F CEATO 3012F CB1015 CB1025 CB1035 GB3925 CB1635 CSPO8E10LM7 CB1055 CB1635 CB4725 CEATO 1503F CSP08E101M7 CEATO 4992F CEATO 7502F CSP08E101M7 CEATO 3742F CB5135 CB4725 CB4715 CEATO 3923F CEATO 2613F CEATO 1003F CEATO 2673F CEATO 8252F CB47G5 CB47G5 EB5625 62PAS 323 0 CEAT9 12910B CEAT9 5001B 62PAS 323 0 CB1015 CEAT9 4101B Ckt No R806 R8080 R810 R812 R814 R818 R820 R822 R834 R836 R837 R838 R839 R840 R841 R842 R843 R844 R845 R846 R848 R850 R851 R852 R862 R864 R868 R870 R874 R876 R878 R880 R882 891 892 R893 R894 R895 1896 R897 R898 R1000 R1002 R1004 R1006 R1008 R1010 R1012 R1014 R1016 R1018 R1020 Tektronix Part No 321 0356 00 321 0344 00 321 0335 00 321 0327 00 321 0373 00 321 0356 00 321 0344 00 321 0335 00 315 0101 00 315 0102 00 315 01
29. 315 0112 00 315 0275 00 315 0331 00 315 0112 00 315 0275 00 315 0331 00 315 0112 00 315 0275 00 315 0331 00 315 0331 00 315 0104 00 315 0331 00 315 0331 00 311 1714 01 321 0338 00 311 1714 01 315 0104 00 315 0102 00 311 1005 00 315 0102 00 307 0410 00 307 0504 00 323 0151 00 323 0175 00 323 0151 00 323 0175 00 315 0331 00 311 1005 00 315 0331 00 315 0331 00 315 0181 00 311 1005 00 315 0201 00 315 0201 00 307 0103 00 315 0621 00 315 0185 00 315 0510 00 321 0241 00 315 0201 00 315 0201 00 315 0220 00 315 0270 00 321 0241 00 321 0399 00 315 0201 00 REV A JUNE 1977 Serial Model No Eff Dscont B010100 B020170 B010100 B020169 B020169 B020170 B010100 B020170 B020169 Name amp Description RES FXD CMPSN 22M OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 2 7M OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 330 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 2 7M OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 330 OHM 5 0 25W RES CMPSN 1 IK OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 2 7M OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 330 OHM 5 0 25W RES CMPSN 1 IK OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 2 7M OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 330 OHM 5 0 25W RES CMPSN 1 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 2 7M OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 330 OHM 5t 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 330 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 330 OHM
30. 5082 2672 1N4152 1N4152 14152 1N4152 5082 2672 1N4152 Ckt No CR72 CR74 CR76 CR80 CR80 CR82 CR82 CR84 CR84 CR86 CR86 CR87 CR88 CR88 CR89 CR90 CR90 CR94 CR122 CR168 CR178A B CR192 CR200A B CR242 CR252 CR260 CR360 CR362 CR390 CR392 CR554 CR600 CR604 CR610 CR616 CR620 CR622 CR624 CR630 CR638 CR640 CR660 CR670 CR672 CR714 CR716 CR720 CR730 CR731 CR732 CR733 CR734 CR735 Tektronix Part No 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 150 1004 00 150 1040 00 150 1004 00 150 1040 00 150 1004 00 150 1040 00 150 1004 00 150 1040 00 152 0141 02 150 1004 00 140 1040 00 152 0141 02 150 1004 00 150 1040 00 150 1033 00 152 0597 00 152 0322 00 153 0061 00 152 0322 00 153 0061 00 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0597 00 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0153 00 152 0322 00 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0322 00 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0322 00 152 0322 00 152 0246 00 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0322 00 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0322 00 REV A JUNE 1977 Serial Model No Eff B010100 B030490 B010100 B030490 B010100 B030490 B010100 B030490 B010100 B030490 B010100 B030490 Dscont B030489 B030489 B030489 B030489 B030489 B030489 Name amp Description SEMICOND DEVIGE SILICON 30V 150MA SENICOND DEVICE SI
31. 50V 72982 8121N075Z5U0103M C297 290 0574 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 47UW 10 20V 90201 TDC476K020CL C310 283 0070 00 CAP CER DI 30PF 10 50V 72982 8121 060 000300 C326 290 0517 00 CAP ELCTLT 6 8UF 20f 35V 56289 196D685X0035KA1 C330 283 0111 00 CAP DI 0 1UF 20 50V 72982 8121 N088Z5U104M C334 283 0070 00 CAP CER DI 30PP 10 5WV 72982 8121 060C0G0300K C340 283 0070 00 CAP CER DI 30PF 1096 5Wv 72982 8121 060C0G0300K C348 290 0517 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 6 8UF 2096 35V 56289 196D685X0035KA1 C350 283 0000 00 CAP CER DI 0 001UF 100 095 500V 72982 831 516E102P C352 283 0000 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 001UP 100 0 500V 72982 831 516E102P C354 283 0000 00 CAP CER DI 0 001UF 100 096 500W72982 831 516E102P C356 283 0000 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 47UF 10 20V 90201 TDC476K020CL C372 290 0488 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 2 2UF 1096 20V 90201 TAE225020P1A C376 290 0248 01 CAP FXD ELCTLT 150UF 2095 15V 56289 150D157X0015S2 C382 283 0167 00 CAP CER DI 0 1UF 10 100V 72982 81314147 C 104K C386 283 0167 00 CAP CER DI 0 IUF 10 10WV 72982 81314147 C 104K C392 283 0167 00 CAP CER DI 0 1UF 10 100V 72982 81314147 C 104K C394 283 0339 00 CAP CER DI 0 22UF 1096 50V 72982 8131 075 5 224 C404 283 0203 00 CAP CER DI 0 47UF 20 50V 72982 8131N075 E474M C408 283 0203 00 CAP DI 0 47UF 20 50V 72982 8131N075 E474
32. CRYSTAL MFR CODE 00779 00853 01121 01295 02735 04222 04713 07263 07910 08806 09023 10389 12040 12697 13715 14329 15818 17856 18178 18324 22229 24355 27014 27802 28480 32997 34371 56289 71279 72136 72982 73138 75042 76493 78488 80009 80294 81483 84411 86684 90201 91418 91637 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P CROSS INDEX MFR CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER AMP INC SANGAMO ELECTRIC CO S CAROLINA DIV ALLEN BRADLEY CO TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INC SEMICONDUCTOR GROUP RCA CORP SOLID STATE DIVISION AVX CERAMIC CORP MOTOROLA INC SEMICONDUCTOR PRODUCTS DIV FAIRCHILD SEMICONDUCTOR A DIV OF FAIRCHILD CAMERA AND INSTRUMENT CORP TELEDYNE SEMICONDUCTOR GENERAL ELECTRIC CO MINIATURE LAMP PRODUCTS DEPT CORNELL DUBILIER ELECTRONIC DIVISION FEDERAL PACIFIC ELECTRIC CO CHICAGO SWITCH INC NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORP CLAROSTAT MFG CO INC FAIRCHILD SEMICONDUCTOR A DIV OF FAIRCHILD CAMERA AND INSTRUMENT CORP WELLS ELECTRONICS INC TELEDYNE SEMICONDUCTOR SILICONIX INC VACTEC INC SIGNETICS CORP SOLITRON DEVICES INC DIODES INTEGRATED CIRCUITS AND CMOS ANALOG DEVICES INC NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORP VECTRON LABORATORIES INC HEWLETT PACKARD CO CORPORATE HQ BOURNS INC TRIMPOT PRODUCTS DIV HARRIS SEMICONDUCTOR DIV OF HARRIS INTERTYPE CORP SPRAGUE ELECTRIC CO CAMBRIDGE THERMIONIC CORP ELECTRO MOTIVE
33. Display Dynamic Range Accuracy Log 10 dB DIV Mode Dynamic window is 80 dB Accuracy is within 0 05 dB dB to 2 dB maximum Log 2 dB DIV Mode Dynamic window is 16 dB Accuracy is within 0 1 dB dB to 1 d B maximum Sweep Characteristics Frequency Span Provides calibrated frequency spans from 50 Hz div to max 500 kHz div within 4 in 1 2 5 SEQUENCE Horizontal linearity is within 4 over the entire 10 div display 0 Hz Div position is provided for time domain operation Sweep Rate 1 3 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Time per div is selectable from 10 s Div to 0 1 ms Div in 1 2 5 sequence An AUTO position permits automatic selection of optimum time div for the selected resolution and span div settings Sweep rate accuracy is within 5 of the rate selected Triggering Provides two triggering sources INT internal and LINE in addition to a FREE RUN position When INT is selected ac coupled signal components from the mainframe Trigger Source left or right vertical amplifiers are used When LINE is selected ac coupled sample of mainframe line voltage is used Three triggering modes are NORM normal SGL SWP READY single sweep and MNL SWEEP manual sweep Trigger level is gt 1 0 div of internal signal for both NORM and SGL SWP modes over the approximate frequency range of 30 Hz to 500 kHz Output Connectors Video Out Front panel pin jack connector supplies the video vertical output sign
34. Fig 2 1 Frequency reference block diagram 2 4 Output frequencies of the oscillator and oscillator are fed back to A N and B N circuits The value N assumes depends on the setting of the dot frequency control circuit For example a frequency of 16 MHz out of the oscillator requires an N factor of 160 to divide 16 MHz down to 100 kHz so the frequency into the phase comparator equals the 100 kHz at the other input to the comparator As the dot frequency is changed the N factor into either the A Nor B N circuit changes to increase or decrease the A or B oscillator frequency Since the 151 LO is slaved to these oscillators its frequency must also change The Frequency Span Div circuit determines the amount the or oscillator frequency is swept The sweep horizontal voltage is applied through an attenuator and binary switch to summing point either in the memory or B memory reference voltage line The FRE QUENGY SPAN DIV selector sets the amount of sweep attenuation and thus the frequency span The output of the SPAN DIV selector is also fed to a ROM which looks at the selected span and chooses one of three sweep outputs from the binary controlled switch These ramps are used for different span div frequencies 50 Hz to 2 kHz for the B oscillator frequency DOT FREQUENCY REFERENCE LEVEL dBm dBV OFFSET FREQUENCY SPAN RESOLUTION TIME DIV RESISTOR MATRIX TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P lo
35. Fig 2 3 Timing diagram of trigger logic events Trigger Inhibit and Lock Cycle are initiated either when the center frequency changes or at the end of sweep When Lock Pulse and Trigger Inhibit terminate the positive going edge of Lock Pulse triggers one shot multivibrator U590A The output from U590A is inverted U565B and applied to NAND gate U570A Since there is no negative Gate at this time the resultant high out of U570A maintains Sweep Inhibit at pin 1 of U580 to keep the sweep locked out The duration of this period is either 500 ms or 40 ms depending on the state of Q591 0591 is switched off to increase the time constant when a high out of ROM U535B Diagram 3 is applied to the base This occurs for the 10 Hz or 30 Hz resolution selections The Sweep Inhibit period is therefore extended 500 ms or 50 ms depending on the resolution before the sweep control IC U580 will accept another trigger This provides time for pulses that may be generated in the variable resolution filters to decay Bright Baseline Automatic is initiated about 10 s after end of sweep if no trigger arrives to trigger U580 The IC switches to automatic or free run operation when the Bright Baseline Timing input pin 12 U580 charges high after Lock Pulse terminates Charge time is set by R610 and C616 Zero Span line goes high in 0 Hz span and inhibits gate U560B and sets Lock Pulse low One shot U590B is now triggered by line into pin 11 and the Q o
36. LT CRT BLUE 80009 378 0684 00 070 1734 00 1 MANUAL TECH OPERATORS 80009 070 1734 00 070 2184 00 1 MANUAL TECH INSTRUCTION 80009 070 2184 00 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES L1 PL IN MODULE 50 OHM L2 PL IN MODULE 75 OHM L3 PL IN MODULE 50 OHM 600 OHM 1MEG OHM 24PF 2701 ATTENUATOR STEP 50 OHM 2703 ATTENUATOR STEP 75 OHM lll 7L5 SPECTRUM ANALYZER TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P i MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION TEKTRONIX 7L5 CHANGE REFERENCE C6 1276 r 070 2184 00 DATE 12 13 76 DESCRIPTION TEXT CORRECTION PRODUCT Page 2 25 Left column paragraph 2 line 1 CHANGE TO READ Table 2 7 illustrates the process using 25 11001 and 5 Page 4 14 Fig 4 15B Capacitor labeled C1776 should be labeled C1766 COMPONENT LOCATIONS FOR DIAGRAM 15 Variable capacitor labeled C1776 should be labeled C1766 COMPONENT LOCATIONS FOR DIAGRAM 16 Variable capacitor labeled C1776 should be labeled C1766 OF 1 10 1 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P 3 MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION TEKTRONIDCE proouer 15 CHANGE REFERENCE M30221 amp _ excellence _ 070 2184 00 _ 1 28 77 M30882 mm SN B030524 M30221 EFF SN 030640 M30882 ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST AND SCHEMATIC CHANGES CHANGE TO S64 260 1693 01 SWITCH ROTARY M30221 566 260 1694 01 SWITCH ROTARY M30221 0215 156 0788 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI SYNC 4 BIT CNTR W SYN CLEAR 7515162 M30882
37. MFF1816G10001F MFF1816C15001B MFF1816G10701F MFF1816G20001F MFF1816G20001F CB3325 3329P L58 103 CB1015 CB3325 MFF1816G100ROF MFF1816G44202F MFF1816G25500F MFF1816G97600F CB1015 CB3325 CB1015 3329P L58 103 CB3325 CB1015 CB1015 CB1015 3329P L58 102 MFF1816G464ROF MFF1816G11001F MFF1816G42200F CB1015 CB27G5 CB1005 MFF1816G931ROF TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Tektronix Serial Model No Mfr Ckt No Part No Eff Dscont Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number R589 315 0224 00 RES FXD CMPSN 220K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB2245 R590 315 0913 00 RES FXD CMPSN 91K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 9135 R591 315 0163 00 RES FXD CMPSN 16K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB1635 R592 315 0163 00 RES FXD CMPSN 16K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB1635 R593 315 0333 00 RES FXD CHPSN 33K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB3335 R594 321 0355 00 RES FXD FILM 48 7K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 4872F R596 321 0289 00 RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 1002F R598 315 0183 00 RES FXD CMPSN 18K OHM 596 0 25W 01121 1835 R600 321 0399 00 RES FXD FILM 140K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 1403 R602 315 0681 00 RES FXD CMPSN 680 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB6815 R604 315 0105 00 RES PXD CMPSN IM OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1055 R606 321 0226 00 RES FXD FILM 2 21K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 2211F R608 321 0222 00 RES FXD FILM 2K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 2001 610 315 0513 00 RES CMPSN 51K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 5135
38. ROW DATA Fig 2 2 Function block of readout circuits 2 5 The REFERENCE LEVEL drives U2235 which provides column data current for the top right vertical readout position The output of the U2235 is influenced by the setting of the dBm dBV selector and the offset set by the input impedance of the plug in module and the reference level selected The LIN switch latch changes the row data so the readout is in nV uV and mV instead of dBm or dBV The column data is also changed so the correct numbers are read out The FREQUENCY SPAN DIV drives ROM U800 which provides the column data for the bottom A horizontal position Row data is from fixed resistor matrix If zero span is selected it reads in time division The RESOLUTION selector drives resistor matrix that provides both column and row data to the bottom right vertical part of the display The column data also gets the 10 dB 2 dB or if LIN mode is selected that portion of the display is space Display Processing Block Diagram The video signal from the IF processing chain is fed through switch U735B to an A D converter The digital data from the converter is then placed in memory It is read from memory and displayed at the command of Display and Display selectors Before the vertical data is placed in memory it may be either averaged or peak detected Vertical data is placed at an address in memory derived from the sweep horizontal waveform How the a
39. SLEEVE 0 136 ID X 0 593 LONG BRS 80009 12 SOCKET PLUG IN 14 CONTACT LOW CLEARANCE 01295 6 SOCKET PLUG IN MICROCIRCUIT 8 CONTACT 73803 1 CKT BOARD ASSY SWEEP SEE 500 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 3 SCR ASSEM 4 40 X 0 312 INCH PNH BRS 83385 J CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES 2 KNOB GRAY80009366 1389 00 J KNOB INCLUDES 1 SETSCREW 2 56 X 0 062 INCH OX STL744450BD 1 RESISTOR VAR SEE R755 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 1 NUT PLAIN HEX 0 25 32 X 0 312 INCH BRS737432X20224 402 1 RESISTOR VAR SEE R750 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 1 NUT PLAIN HEX 0 25 32 X 0 312 INCH BRS 73743 1 SPACER RING 0 255 ID X 0 375 INCH OD 80009 1 RESISTOR VAR SEE R747 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 1 NUT PLAIN HEX 0 25 32 X 0 312 INCH BRS 73743 1 BRACKET VAR RES TRIPLE 80009 ATTACHING PARTS 2 SCR ASSEM WSHR 2 56 X 0 25 INCH PNH BRS 83385 214 SOCKET PIN TERM 0 188 INCH LONG 22526 25 CONTACT ELEC 0 365 INCH LONG 22526 24 CONTACT ELEC 0 71 INCH LONG 22526 1 SOCKET PLUG IN 16 CONTACT LOW CLEARANCE 01295 28 SOCKET PIN TERM FOR 0 025 INCH SQUARE PIN 22526 3 POST ELEC MECH 0 515 L X 0 219 OD 0 219 BRS 80009 1 STRAP RETAINING FOR 40 CONTACT SBSTR SKT 00779 1 SOCKET PLUG IN 40 CONTACT 00779 1 SOCKET PLUG IN 24 DIP LOW PROFILE 01295 1 CONNECTOR RCPT W 18 36 CONTACTS 80009 1 LINK TERM CONNE 2 WIRE BLACK 00779 1 RF MODULE ASSY 80009 1 CKT BOARD ASSY VERTICAL CONTROL 80009 A
40. U325 155 0108 00 MICROCIRCUIT LI OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 80009 155 0108 00 U335 156 0077 00 MICROCIRCUIT LI OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 27014 LM301AH U340 155 0108 00 MICROCIRCUIT LI OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 80009 155 0108 00 U345 156 0077 00 MICROCIRCUIT LI OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 27014 LM301AH U375 156 0067 00 MICROCIRCUIT LI OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 80009 156 0067 00 U395 156 0626 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI DUAL DECADE CNTR 01295 SN74390N U510 156 0503 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI HEX INVERTER BUFFER 80009 156 0503 00 U515 156 0463 28 B010100 B010134 MICROCIRCUIT DI 8 BIT PROGRAMMABLE ROM 80009 156 0463 28 U515 156 0726 00 B010135 MICROCIRCUIT DI ROM U2265 PROGRAMMED 80009 156 0726 00 U520 156 0683 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI HEX BUS RCVR 18324 8T37B U525 156 0547 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD TOI INPUT MULTIPLEXER 80009 156 0547 00 U530 156 0350 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT NAND GATE 02735 CD4WO11AE U535 156 0349 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT NOR GATE 80009 156 0349 00 U540 156 0548 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI FOUR BIT MAGNITUDE COMPTR 80009 156 0548 00 U550 156 0144 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI 3 INPUT POS NAND GATE 01295 SN7412N U555 156 0186 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT NAND GATE 01295 SN7403N U560 156 0178 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI TRIPLE 3 INPUT NOR GATE 01295 SN7427N U565 156 0403 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI HEX INV W OPEN COLL OUTPS 01295 SN74S05N REV A JUNE 1977 7 37 Ckt No U4000 U4005 U4010 U4015 U4020 U4025 U4030 U4035 U4040 U4045 U4050 U4055 U4060 U4065 U4070 U40
41. amplifier The log shaping circuit is an array of three transistor diode pairs Q1080 Q1085 Q1090A Q1090B Q1090C Q1090D connected so the input signal level to one pair set by R1080 R1090E R1090G is 10 dB below the other The transistor diode pairs current limiters are conducting at low input signals 2 22 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P signals levels to shunt the input resistance R1076 R1090B with about 200 Q pair Gain of the stage is 20 dB As the signal level increases the gain decreases at an exponential rate until Q1080 clamps and the first break point of the log gain slope is reached The gain now equals 10 dB further increase in signal decreases the gain until Q1090A clamps and the second break point of the gain slope is reached The gain is now unity This continues to decrease until the third break point is reached when Q1090C clamps and the gain is reduced to 10 dB The stages limit sequentially starting with the last stage In the 10 dB Div mode the log shaping arrays for the four stages are activated by pulling Log 10 line pin 24 of J1010 low The Lin line pin 23 of J1010 is high In the 2 dB Div mode only the last log shaping array is activated because both the Log 10 and the Lin lines are high The high on Lin line is inverted by U1002D and pulls pin FF low In the LIN mode all of the log shaping arrays are disabled because the Log 10 line is high and the Lin line is pulled low This low on the
42. depending on the display mode Row 2 and Column Data 2 currents drive the bottom left readout and Row 1 and Column Data 1 currents drive the top left readout Row 1 current for TS 10 9 8 7 3 2 1 row current 2 for TS 10 9 5 4 3 and Column Data 2 current for TS 10 6 are set by the resistor matrix in R3000 Row 1 is asserted at pins 5 and 11 Row 2 at pin 13 and Column Data 2 current at pin 10 Column Data 1 current source for all but TS 1 and 2 is the vertical control IC U2235 Reference Level diagram TS 3 column current source is pin 2 of U2235 with a dc offset set by 6 2 V Zener VR2292 TS 4 10 column current source is pin 3 of U2235 offset by VR2294 Table 2 6 shows row current and the characters generated with different column currents for all the time slots TM 11 6625 2759 1 4 amp P The Column Data 1 current for TS 2 writes either lt or gt symbol The current for this readout symbol is controlled by two FET s 02345 Q2350 When the Variable control is out of its CAL detent the Var line is high Q2350 is biased off so column current through R2352 generates a lt symbol voltage to R2352 is offset by CR2356 so resistor value is less than 75 k for 200 pA current When Uncal is asserted 02345 is biased on and supplies current through R2342 to TS 2 to generate the symbol If the VAR control is out of the CAL detent and Uncal is asserted the current is greater than 1 mA Current gr
43. pin 2 of U600 ramps down with the output level of U605A The voltage ramps up at the junction of CR630 R624 CR623 from 0 6 to about 5 6 volts then back to 0 6 volt as the LEVEL control is rotated with 5 6 volts representing the center position of the control A voltage divider R638 R640 offsets the output ramp of U605A so the Slope input pin 5 of 0580 switches the IC trigger slope from to when the output of U605A switches from 14 volts to 5 volts When U580 is triggering on the negative slope the reference voltage to the comparator U600A pin 2 ramps positive as the LEVEL control is rotated from a full ccw position to its mid point The triggering then switches to slope and the reference voltage ramps toward 0 volt as the LEVEL control is rotated clockwise When selected the Mnl line is pulled low to latch the output of NOR gate U595A high The sweep control IC now free runs and the charge on the memory capacitors for the synthesizer is maintained The sweep for the horizontal deflection circuit as previously described is now the output from U605B This output varies as the LEVEL SLOPE MNL SWP control is rotated Pressing the front panel SGL SWP button activates 9 w line and the outputs of U550A and U550B switch high This high fed back to the inputs pins 9 and 11 of U550G latch the output of this gate and pin 6 of 0580 low If the sweep is running when SGL SWP mode is set the sweep will finish its run up and s
44. pin 6 of 12210 DIAGRAM lt gt DIGITAL STORAGE VR4553 replaces CR4553 The cathode of VR4553 goes to pin 6 of U4541B and the anode to 7 of U4541B 10 7 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P PRODUCT 715 CHANGE REFERENCE M31771 parte 6 14 77 REV mr DESCRIPTION SCHEMATIC CHANGES DIAGRAM lt 250 kHz IF AMPLIFIER Partial VR 1360 15 2 R 1372 330 DIAGRAM gt VARIABLE RESOLUTION AMPL V DIAGRAM HORIZ amp VERT DISPLAY PROCESSING Partial 15 v DC PL PAGE 3 OF 3 10 8 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P s CHANGE INFORMATION r TEKTRONIDC pronuer 15 CHANGE REFERENCE M31058 eg excellence 222222222 070 2184 00 _ 2184 00 9 20 77 im ETT EFF SN B050000 ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST AND SCHEMATIC CHANGES CHANGE TO 670 3587 01 CKT CARD ASSY FRONT PANEL 283 0028 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 0022UF 20 50V 131 0993 00 LINK TERMINAL CONNECTOR 131 0993 00 LINK TERMINAL CONNECTOR P700 131 0993 00 LINK TERMINAL CONNECTOR R15 315 0226 00 RES FXD CMPSN 22M OHM 5 0 25W R664 311 1283 00 RES VAR NONWIR 10K OHM 0 5W R665 311 1281 00 RES VAR NONWIR 2 5K OHM 0 5W DIAGRAM Q FRONT PANEL Partial P56 P55 2 A Ju I DER 15 750 B DIAGRAM FREQ SPAN 5 READOUT Partial PSIO PIN2 TO P5310 2 28 DIAGRAM lt gt TRIGGER LOGIC Partial P700 TO P5606 2D VALID e PAGE 1 of 2 10 9 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp
45. the gate output A holdoff pulse is asserted out of inverter U565A to the input of U575B The output of U575B is inverted by U565E and gated through U570A to maintain sweep inhibit Holdoff timing pin 11 U580 is set by circuitry on Diagram 6 At the time sweep inhibit is generated the output of U560A goes low to generate Lock Pulse Since the Zero Span line at pin 5 of U560B is held low for frequency domain displays Lock Pulse is gated through U560B to trigger one shot multivibrator U590B The Q output of U590B now provides Trigger Inhibit for sweep control IC U580 This output is also fed back through U560A to maintain Lock Pulse When Lock Pulse is asserted the Sense Bus begins to clock pulses in at 100 kHz or 10 kHz rate depending on the Span Div setting until the synthesizer locks This clock pulse keeps U590B in an unstable state until the synthesizer locks up The time constant R593 and C593 for U560B maintains this state for an additional 50 ms Trigger Inhibit is then terminated and U580 is ready for a trigger The sweep however is still held off by Sweep Inhibit at pin 1 U565D and U565C use a common pull up resistor R840F so the output of either affects the other They operate as a NOR gate Therefore a low is maintained at pin 4 of U560B when U590B is in its triggered state 2 11 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P TRIGGERED LOGIC NOT ZERO SPAN TRIGGER END OF N ca 1 1 5 1
46. to address data for memory Memory consists of 4096 512 x 8 bit RAM and 1024 1024 x 1 bit overflow or offset RAM The 4096 bit RAM has 512 horizontal access lines Memory is divided into an and B section with 256 lines assigned to each Address locations are determined by the LSB least significant bit of the horizontal address word Since the LSB of this word alternates with any count the and locations in memory are adjacent with the odd bit assigned to memory and the even bit to B memory sections The horizontal address is a 10 bit word The first 9 bits 2 are derived from the sweep ramp and stored in the first RAM The tenth bit MSB is stored in the overflow or offset RAM This tenth bit signifies the offset to the right or left of center screen of given address and since the offset can be up to 10 V 20 volt ramp capability is provided At the slower sweep speeds there are numerous words of vertical data for each horizontal address location These numerous words of vertical data are averaged by the average calculator so with 10 second sweep rate up to 20 000 words are averaged at horizontal address At the 2 ms sweep rate only four words would be averaged At the end of an 8 bit vertical word sync pulse is sent out on the EOC end of conversion line to the display control timing block and through the synchronizer to the average calculator When the sweep horizontal signal has traversed
47. 0 01UF 20 50V 72982 8121N075Z5U0103M C256 283 0111 00 CAP DI 0 1UF 20 50V 72982 8121 N088Z5U104M C258 290 0574 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 47UF 100 20V 90201 TDC476K020CL C259 290 0535 30 B001010 B030528 CAP ELCTLT 33UF 200 10V 56289 196D336X0010KA1 C259 290 0527 00 B030529 CAP ELCTLT 15UF 200 20V 90201 TOC156M020FL C260 283 0204 00 CAP PXD CER DI 0 0IUF 20 50V 72982 8121N075Z5U0103M C261 290 072600 XB020260 CAP FXD ELCTLT 220UF 20 10V 56289 196D227X0010TE3 C262 283 0198 00 CAP DI 0 22UF 20 50V 72982 8131N075 E224M C264 283 0204 00 CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V 72982 8121N075Z5U0103M C270 283 0180 00 CAP FXD CER DI 5600PF 20 200V 72982 8121N204 E 562M C272 283 0204 00 CAP CER DI 0 10UF 20 50V 72982 8121N075Z5U0103M C273 283 0191 00 CAP CER DI 0 022UF 200 50V 72982 8121N075Z5U0223M C274 290 0574 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 47UF 10 20V 90201 TDC476K020CL C276 283 0249 00 CAP CER DI 0 068UF 10 50V 72982 8131 075 683K C278 281 061 7 00 CAP FXD CER DI 15PF 101 200V 72982 374 001C0G0150K C290 290 0517 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 6 8UF 20 35V 56289 196D685X0035KA1 C292 290 051 7 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 6 8UF 20 35V 56289 196D685X0035KA1 C293 290 0574 00 CAP ELCTLT 47UF 100 2 W 90201 TDC476K020CL C294 283 0204 00 CAP CER DI 0 0U1F 20 50V 72982 8121N075Z5U0103M C296 283 0204 00 CAP DI 0 01UF 20
48. 0 1 1 1 1 Denominator B 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 gt Summation gt 0 1 1 O 0 0 0 1 1 e Numerator A Denominator B 0 Summation 2 oy Numerator 1 Denominator 0 0 Summation gt 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 oo O Numerator A Denominator B 0 0 0 0 0 1 Summation 2 1 1 O 1 0 1 1 0 Numerator A 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 Denominator B 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 Summation 2 1 1 1 1d 0 0 1 0 1 Numerator 1 1 Denominator B 0 0 1 Summation 2 1 1 1 1 1 do o 4d 0 a E 2 26 The master clock for acquisition storage and display process is 1 MHz 1 us derived from a 2 MHz sub frequency of the master 10 MHz oscillator The 2 MHz frequency comes in at pin YA and is divided down to 1 MHz by U4510A The vertical A D converter U4504 U4506 is clocked by 1 MHz signal Every 9th pulse 9 us EOC is sent out to trigger the flip flop U4510B which generates a true EOC and Clock Enable EOC is gated in the Average Calculator with a 1 MHz clock signal to generate Sync Pulse and Sync Clock Sync Pulse is coincident with EOC and Sync Clock occurs at 1 ps intervals with he 9th pulse missing see Fig 2 5 Vertical information on the Sweep Vert line pin GH is fed through buffer amplifier U4522B to an A D converter consisting of a successive approximator U4506 digitally co
49. 00 4 INSULATOR FILM CIRCUIT BOARD BOTTOM 80009 342 0315 00 242 342 0316 00 1 INSULATOR FILM CIRCUIT BOARD TOP 80009 342 0316 00 243 337 2091 00 1 SHIELD ELEC LOG LIN TO FILTER 80009 337 2091 00 ATTACHING PARTS 244 211 0087 00 5 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 188 INCH FLH SST 70318 OBD 245 337 2089 00 1 SHIELD ELEC LOG LIN TO VOLTAGE REGULATOR 80009 337 2089 00 ATTACHING PARTS 246 211 0087 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 188 INCH FLH SST 70318 OBD 247 131 1612 01 2 TERM FEEDTHRU W INSULATOR 80009 131 1612 01 248 1 CRT BD ASSY MDL MOTHER SEE A1000A1 EPL 249 129 0106 00 13 POST ELEC MECH 4 40 X 0 219 X 0 125 INCH L 80009 129 0106 00 9 8 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Fig amp Index Tektronix Serial Model No Mfr Mfr Part No Part No Eff Dscont Qty12345 Name amp Description Code Number 1 239 337 2093 00 2 SHIELD ELEC FRONT AND REAR LEFT SIDE 80009 337 2093 00 ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACh 240 211 0087 00 2 5 MACHINE 2 56 X 0 188 INCH FLH SST 70318 OBD 241 342 0315 00 4 INSULATOR FILM CKT BD BOTTOM W SELF ADH 80009 342 0315 00 242 342 0316 00 1 INSULATOR FILM CKT BOARD W SELF ADH 80009 342 0316 00 243 337 2091 00 1 SHIELD ELEC LOG LIN TO FILTER 80009 337 2091 00 ATTACHING PARTS 244 211 0087 00 5 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 188 INCH FLH SST 70318 OBD 245 337 2089 00 1 SHIELD ELEC LOG LIN TO VOLTAGE REG 80009 337 2089 00 ATTACHING PARTS 246 211 0087
50. 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1015 R2360 321 0371 00 RES FXD FILM 71 5K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 7152F R2362 321 0400 00 RES FXD FILM 143K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 1433F R2364 321 0333 00 RES FILM 28 7K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 2872F R2366 321 0354 00 RES FXD FILM 47 SK OHM 196 0 125W 75042 CEATO 4752F R2368 317 0047 00 RES FXD CMPSN 4 7 OHM 596 0 125W 01121 BB4R705 R2371 317 0047 00 RES FXD CMPSN 4 7 OHM 596 0 125W 01121 BB4R705 R2373 317 0470 00 RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB4705 R2377 317 0470 00 RES CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB4705 R2381 317 0470 00 RES CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB4705 R2382 321 0431 00 RES FXD FILM 301K OHM 196 0 125W 75042 CEATO 3013F R2383 321 0306 00 RES FILM 15K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 1502F R2384 317 0470 00 RES CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB4705 R2386 317 0470 00 RES CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB4705 R2387 317 0470 00 RES CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB4705 R2388 317 0470 00 RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 596 0 125W 01121 BB4705 R2389 317 0470 00 RES CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W 01121 4705 7 32 Ckt No R2300 R2302 R2304 R2306 R2308 R2315 R2316 R2318 R2320 R2322 R2324 R2330 R2332 R2334 R2336 R2338 R2340 R2342 R2344 R2346 R2348 R2350 R2352 R2354 R2356 R2358 R2360 R2362 R2364 R2366 R2368 R2371 R2373 R2377 R2
51. 0141 02 152 0597 00 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0153 00 152 0322 00 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0322 00 152 0141 02 Serial Model No Eff Dscont Name amp Description CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 5V CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP FXD ELCTLT 10UF 20 25V CAP F D ELCT T 15UF 20 20V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 IUF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 IUF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V SEMICOND DEVICE SLICON 30V 150MA LAMP LED RED 2 5V 15MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA LAMP LED RED 2 5V 15MA LAMP LED RED 2 5V 15MA LAMP LED RED 2 5V 15MA LAMP LED RED 2 5V 15MA LAMP LED RED 2 5V 15MA LAMP LED RED 2 5V 15MA LAMP LED RED 2 5V 15MA LAOP LED RED 2 5V 15A SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 1500A SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 1500MA SEMTICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150KA LAMP LED RED 2 5V 1SMA LAMP LED RED 2 5V 15M LAMP LED RED 2 5V 15MA LAMP LED RED 2 5V 1S5A SEtMITCOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA LAMP LED RED 2 5V 15MA SEMICOND DEVICE STLTCON 30V 150MA LAMP LED RED 2 5V 15MA LAMP CTG 10V 40MA FLUSH BLUE LENS SEMICOND DEVICE V VAR CAP 1096 330PF SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V SEMICOND DEVICE SGNL DUAL 0 5PA AT 3V SEMICOND DEV
52. 0204 00 290 0530 00 283 0203 00 283 0204 00 283 0204 00 283 0204 00 283 0204 00 283 0204 00 283 0204 00 283 0204 00 283 0204 00 283 0204 00 Serial Model No Eff Dscont Name amp Description CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 1WU 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 1WU 20 SOV CAP FXD MICA D 1160PP 2 500v CAP FXD MICA D 545PF 1 300V CAP FXD MICA D 33PF 0 5PP 300V CAP FXD MICA D 545PF 1 300V CAP FXD MICA D 1160PF 2 500V CAP FXD ELCTLT 15UF 20 20V CAP FXD ELCTLT 4 7UF 20 10V CER DI 1000PF 100 0 200V 72982 CAP FXD ELCT T 2 2UF 20 20V CAP CER DI 0 0033UF 5 100V CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 20 SOV CAP FXD ELCTLT 6 8UF 20 35V CAP CER DI 1000PF 100 0 200V 72982 CAP FXD ELCITLT 22UF 20 15V CAP CER DI 0 01UF 100 0 250V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DI 15PF 10 200V CAP FXD CER DI 300PF 5 1000V CAP FXD CER Dl 1750PF CAP FXD CER Dl 1750PF CAP F D CER 01 1750 CAP CER DI 1F 80 2096 25V CAP FXD CER DI 0 47UP 2096 50V CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50
53. 0204 00 CAP CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V 72982 8121N075Z5U0103M C1326 283 0204 00 CAP CER DI 0 0IUF 20 50V 72982 8121N075Z5U0103M C1350 283 0177 00 CAP FD CER DI 1UF 80 20 25V 72992 8131N039 E 1057 C1354 283 0177 00 CAP FXD CER DI 1UF 80 20 25V 72982 8131N039 1057 C1364 283 0177 00 CAP FXD CER DI 1UF 80 20 25V 72982 8131N039 1057 C1374 283 0177 00 CAP CER 80 20 25V 72982 8131 039 E 1052 C1380 283 0177 00 CAP CER DI 1UF 80 20 25V 72982 8131N039 E 1057 C1384 283 0177 00 CAP CER DI 1UF 80 20 25V 72982 8131N039 1057 C1390 290 0523 00 CAP ELCTLT 2 2UF 20 20V 56289 1960225 0020 1 C1392 283 0026 00 CAP CER DI 0 2UF 80 201 25V 56289 274 3 C1400 283 0167 00 CAP CER DI 0 1UFP 10 100V 72982 81314147 104K C1402 283 0204 00 CAP CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V 72982 8121N075Z5U0103N C1406 283 0156 00 CAP FD CER DI 1000PF 100 0 20CV 72982 811 208 1027 C1408 283 0111 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 IUF 20 50V 72982 8121 3 088250104 C1410 290 0523 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 2 2UF 20 20V 56289 1960225 0020 1 C1412 290 0523 00 CAP ELCTLT 2 2UF 20 20V 56289 1960225 0020 1 C1417 283 0111 00 CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V 72982 8121 N088Z5U104M C1418 283 0070 00 CAP CER DI 30PF 10 50V 72982 8121 060C0G0300K C1420 283 0051 00 CAP CER DI 0 0033UF 5 100V 72982 8131 145
54. 0372 151 0190 00 80009 5961 00 892 8706 151 0216 00 80009 5961 00 350 2246 151 0441 00 80009 5961 01 005 9744 151 1005 00 80009 5961 00 118 4773 2N4302 80131 5961 00 118 4773 151 1006 00 80009 5961 00 401 6659 151 1012 00 80009 5961 00 118 1092 2N4416A 80131 5961 00 118 1092 151 1021 00 80009 5961 00 247 8017 152 0075 00 80009 5961 00 908 7598 152 0149 00 80009 5961 00 883 1924 152 0153 00 80009 5961 00 923 9773 152 0166 00 80009 5961 00 936 7720 152 0195 00 80009 5961 00 936 7719 152 0278 00 80009 5961 00 903 2990 JAN1N4372A 81349 5961 00 903 2990 152 0280 00 50009 5961 00 436 2890 152 0322 00 80009 5961 00 479 7329 152 0508 00 80009 5961 01 005 9751 152 0612 00 80009 5961 01 012 6695 155 0035 00 80009 5962 00 236 8592 155 0056 00 80009 5962 00 501 1758 156 0158 00 80009 5962 01 005 9712 156 0277 00 80009 5962 00 365 5977 196D336X0010KA1 56289 5910 00 007 0803 2X20224 402 73743 5310 00 158 5262 210 0046 00 80009 5310 00 8L1 8117 210 0259 00 80009 5940 00 471 9824 210 0583 00 80009 5310 00 006 8168 210 0586 00 80009 5310 00 836 3520 211 0007 00 80009 MS35206 212 96906 5305 00 993 0191 211 0008 00 80009 MS35206 213 96906 5305 00 889 3116 211 0101 00 80009 5305 00 492 2145 211 0105 00 80009 5305 00 841 8060 211 0116 00 80009 5305 00 005 8245 211 0507 00 80009 5305 00 005 0795 213 0153 00 80009 5305 00 283 1909 214 0579 00 80009 5940 00 935 8313 214 1127 00 80009 3110 00 442 8406 260 0960 01 80009 5930 00 368
55. 0604 00 283 0111 00 283 0177 00 283 0111 00 Serial Model No Eff Dscont Name amp Description CAP ELCTLT 15UF 20 20V CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 80 20 10V CAP FD CER DI 0 1UF 80 20 10V CAP FXD ELCTLT 15UF 20 20V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 80 20 100V CAP FXD ELCTLT 2 2UF 20 20V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 80 20 10V CAP CER DI 0 022UF 80 20 25V CAP CER DI 470PF 5 500V Mfr Code 90201 91418 91418 90201 72982 56289 91418 56289 72982 CAP CER DI 1000PF 100 0 200V 72982 CAP CER DI 0 1UF 80 20 10V CAP CER DI 0 022UF 80 20 25V CAP CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP FXD ELCTLT 15UF 20 20V CAP FXD ELCTLT 15UF 20 20V CAP FXD ELCTLT 1UF 20 35V CAP VAR CER D1 7 45PF 50V CAP MICA D ZOOPF 1 500V CAP VAR CER D1 7 45PF 50V CAP FXD CER Dl 5 6PF 10 500V CAP FXD MICA D 200PF 1 500V CAP CER DI 0 0033UF 5 100V CAP CER DI 0 01UF 10 SOV CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP FD CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP DI 5 5 18PF CAP FXD MICA D 304PF 2 300V CAP VAR CER DI 5 5 18PF CAP VAR MICA D 90 400PF 175V CAP FXD CER DI 2 2PF 0 25PF 500V CAP FXD CER DI 1UF 80 20 25V CAP FD
56. 1 AST LO MDL ASSY 80009 644 0450 00 140 214 1280 00 1 SPRING HLCPS 0 14 OD X 1 126 L 0 16 DIA W 80009 214 1280 00 ATTACHING PARTS 141 211 0069 00 1 CREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 125 INCH PNH STL 77250 OBD 142 337 2266 00 2 SHIELD ELEC FIRST OSCILLATOR PLATE 80009 337 2266 00 ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH 143 211 0105 00 1 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 188 100 DEG FILH STL 83385 OBD 144 337 2094 00 1 SHIELD ELEC OSC AND BUFFER BOX COVER 80009 337 2094 00 ATTACHING PARTS 145 211 0069 00 8 SCRE MACHINE 2 56 X 0 125 INCH PNH STL 77250 OBD 146 1 CKT BD ASSY FIRST LO SEE A200A1A1 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 147 211 0162 00 4 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 188 INCH SCH SST 70276 OBD CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES 148 1 MICROCKT LI VOLT REG SEE A2000A1A1 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 149 211 0105 00 1 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 188 100DEG FLH STI 83385 OBD 150 131 1425 00 1 SET ELE R ANGLE 0 150 L STR OF 36 65521 136 151 214 0579 00 2 TERM TEST PT 0 40 INCH LONG 80009 214 0579 00 152 136 0252 04 30 CONTACT ELEC 0 188 INCH LONG 22526 75060 153 136 0263 04 5 CONTACT ELEC FOR 0 025 INCH SQUARE PIN 22526 75377 001 154 1 CKT BD ASSY 1ST LO MOTHER SEE A2000A1A2 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 155 211 0162 00 8 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 188 INCH SCH SST 70276 CBD 156 210 0259 00 2 TERMINAL LUG 0 099 ID INT TOOTH SE 80009 210 0259 00 CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY INCLUD
57. 1 0 1 5 kHz 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1B 0 1 0 2 kHz 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 2 0 0 0 1 kHz 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 2 0 0 1 5 kHz 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 2 1 1 0 2 kHz 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 2 1 0 0 1 kHz 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 0 1 50 Hz 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 H2 0 1 0 0 Hz 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 2 10 Trigger Logic and Sweep Control lt Sweep and holdoff timing are controlled by IC U580 This IC provides triggered single sweep and free run operation Trigger signals Trigger In Trigger In and Line from the mainframe are processed through U600 which contains a comparator and gate to the trigger input pin 4 of U580 The triggering mode Int Line and Free Run is selected when the respective line to the trigger logic circuit is pulled low by the output of front panel latches These latches are activated by front panel momentary contact switches Sweep mode Normal Manual or Single Sweep is also set when their respective lines are pulled low Other inputs to this circuit include Zero Span logic line which goes low only when FREQUENCY SPAN DIV is at the 0 Hz position Sense Bus which clocks either at the 100 kHz or the 10 kHz rate until the synthesizer completes its lock up and line which goes low when the dot frequency is changed so that the frequency loops must relock to the new center frequency Fig 2 3 is a timing diagram illustrating the sequence of events that start with the sweep inhibit pulse into pin 1 of U580 The sweep inhibit pulse terminates
58. 12 of U670 to drive the B oscillator 2 4 lists the sweep for each SPAN DIV setting The table bypasses ROMs U510 and U650 The Max Span Dot Position adjustment R655 offsets the dc level of the memory voltage so a voltage of 0 corresponds to center screen 2 5 MHz It also offsets the dc level of the 1st LO tune voltage so a center frequency of 2 5 MHz corresponds to 0 V at the output pin 3 of U675B for centering the overspan clipping The 1st LO tune voltage is positive going ramp centered around some dc level set by the DOT FRE QUENCY control The amplitude of this sweep voltage depends on the setting of the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV selector U675A U575C and U575A limit the excursion of the waveform U675B a non inverting amplifier drives the negative Input of operational amplifier U675A As the sweep ramp crosses its center point diode CR660 dis connects and the polarity of the input signal to the comparator U575C reverses The input waveform to pin 7 of U575C Is therefore V shaped This input is referenced by a voltage divider to about 4 5 volts If either excursion of the V shaped waveform exceeds this reference a positive output signal Is produced which represents an overspan This overspan voltage is fed to a multiplexer U735B in the video processing chain and the output of TABLE 2 2 Input and Output Data for U650 8223 ROM FREQ INPUT OCTAL DATA OCTAL SPAN DIV ADDRESS BINARY EQUIV OUTPUT BINARY E
59. 1354 274C3 56289 5910 00 409 1711 276 0507 00 80009 6625 00 082 7547 281 0158 00 80009 5910 00 378 0354 281 0504 00 80009 5910 00 577 1315 281 0523 00 80009 5910 00 713 2011 7 45 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P PART NUMBER NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER CROSS REFERENCE INDEX NATIONAL NATIONAL PART STOCK PART STOCK NUMBER FSCM NUMBER NUMBER FSCM NUMBER 281 0525 00 80009 5910 00 682 3251 281 0536 00 80009 5910 00 810 3819 281 0544 0000 80009 5910 00 725 1700 281 0551 00 80009 5910 00 983 3977 281 0579 00 80009 5910 00 947 9500 281 0604 00 80009 5910 00 064 9433 281 0605 00 80009 5910 00 913 9920 281 0617 00 80009 5910 00 860 8529 281 0629 00 80009 5910 00 436 4428 281 0637 00 80009 5910 00 436 4751 2829 75 4 98159 5975 00 937 6691 283 0000 00 80009 5910 00 688 8702 283 0003 00 80009 5910 00 801 1005 283 0005 00 80009 5910 00 732 0188 283 0023 00 80009 5910 00 914 3326 283 0026 00 80009 5910 00 954 9055 283 0032 00 80009 5910 00 113 2375 283 0051 00 80009 5910 00 900 1209 283 0065 00 80009 5910 00 465 4042 283 0103 00 80009 5910 00 485 4854 283 0111 00 80009 5910 00 436 7154 283 0114 00 80009 5910 00 071 7369 283 0156 00 80009 5910 00 001 7570 283 0159 00 80009 5910 00 190 0138 283 0167 00 80009 5910 00 615 6297 283 0177 00 80009 5910 00 451 3206 283 0178 00 80009 5910 00 451 5671 283 0180 00 80009 5910 00 451 3205 283 0191 00 80009 5910 00 001 7572 283 0197 00 80009 5910 01 013 2369 283 0198 00 80009 5910 00 481
60. 151 0442 00 Q1325 151 0288 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0288 00 Q1420 151 0188 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP 01295 2N3906 Q1500 151 0441 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0441 00 REV A JUNE 1977 7 17 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Tektronix Serial Model No Mfr Ckt No Part No Eff Dscont Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number Q2350 151 1045 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON JFE P CHANNEL 80009 151 1045 00 Q2355 151 1097 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON FE SELECTED 27014 5 88010 Q2360 151 1097 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON FE SELECTED 27014 5 88010 Q2365 151 1097 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON FE SELECTED Q2370 151 1097 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON FE SELECTED Q3000 151 0190 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0190 00 Q3020 151 0188 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP R3 315 0226 00 RES FXD CMPSN 22M OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB2265 R4 315 0104 00 RES CMPSN 100K 5 0 25W 01121 1045 R6 315 0274 00 RES FXD CMPSN 270K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB2745 R7 315 0112 00 RES FXD CMPSN 1 1K OHM 525 0 25W 01121 1125 R8 315 0275 00 RES FXD CMPSN 2 T7M OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB2755 R9 315 0331 00 RES C PSN 330 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB3315 R11 315 0226 00 RES FXD CMPSN 22M OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB2265 R12 315 0112 00 RES CMPSN 1 1K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1125 R14 315 0275 00 RES FXD CMPSN 2 7M OHM 5 0 25W 01121 2755 R16 315 0331 00 RES FXD CMPSN 330 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB3315 R17 315 0112 00 RES FXD CMPSN 1 1K OHM 5
61. 196 differential voltmeter and set the output of the signal generator for 10 mV rms c Now apply the calibrated 10 mV signal through an unterminated cable to the INPUT of the L series plug in module d Set the 715 FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to 2 kHz RESOLUTION to 30 k Display Mode for 2 dB Div and adjust the REFERENCE LEVEL so the signal amplitude is at center screen or some reference level e Disconnect the reference signal and apply the 7L5 CALIBRATOR signal to the INPUT f Calibrate the output level of the Calibrator to the reference level by adjusting R892 Fig 4 2 g Now calibrate the signal source to 10 mV into 50 ohm load by applying the signal through a 50 ohm within 196 feedthrough termination to the differential voltmeter and adjust the generator output to 10 mV Fig 4 4 Plug in module connector partially Insulated so the HI Z calibrator level can be adjusted Q 4 7 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P h Apply the unterminated signal to the INPUT of the plug in module for the 7L5 and adjust the REFERENCE LEVEL so the signal amplitude is again at some graticule reference point i Remove the reference signal from the INPUT and apply the CALIBRATOR signal to the INPUT j Use a shorting strap to short B13 of J2210 Sto ground Pin B13 and pin 13 of the decoupling circuit board are connected together k With pin B13 shorted adjust the calibrator output with R895 until it equals the reference level of
62. 2 div 2 kHz 5 ms 1 div 1 kHz 10 ms 1 div 50 Hz 10 ms 2 div 7000 SERIES OSCILLOSCOPE Fig 3 3 Frequency span accuracy and linearity test equipment setup TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P 5 Sweep Rate Accuracy e Set TIME DIV switch to each position listed in a Connect test setup per Fig 3 4 Set the 715 Table 3 3 and repeat step d front panel controls as follows TABLE 3 3 FREQUENCY SPAN DIV 0 715 Marker Displayed TIME DIV 1 ms TIME DIV Generator Markers Div TRIGGERING INT and NORM ms Ams j MM b On the oscilloscope mainframe select Left i x I d Es Vertical Mode and Left Vertical Trigger Source 1 Ome 10 ms 1 5 c On the marker generator select 0 1 ms ide M markers Adjust Volts Div switch on vertical plug in 20 0 ms 15 1 5 amplifier as required for a stable display on the crt 50 0 ms 4 1 2 d Adjust 715 HORIZ POSITION as required to p s ve align markers with the vertical graticule lines Verify that Bs is 1 2 the displayed markers per division are in accordance with 1 Os 15 1 1 and within 5 percent of their respective 20s is 2A graticule line i e with the first marker on the left 50s 5 1 1 graticule line the last marker should be within 0 5 10 05 55 2 1 division of the right graticule line 7000 SERIES OSCILLOSCOPE MARKER GENERATOR Fig 3 4 Sweep rate test equipment setup 3 5 6 Intermodulatlon Distortion a Connect test setup in accordance with Fig 3 5 Set the 7
63. 3 1 according to the settings of front panel DOT FREQUENCY and FREQUENCY SPAN DIV controls The 10 7 MHz IF is processed through bandpass filters and amplifiers and then mixed with the output from a 10 450 oscillator to down convert the 10 7 MHz to an IF of 250 kHz Gain of the 250 kHz amplifier is controlled by the reference level logic circuit which establishes the amount of attenuation in the plug in module and gain for the 250 kHz IF and Log amplifiers The reference level is selectable in 1 dB and 10 dB steps The 250 kHz IF signal is processed through the variable resolution filter circuits for bandwidth selections of 10 Hz to 30 kHz The signal is again amplified detected and the video is sent through amplifier circuits that provide the 10 dB dlv 2 dB dlv and linear gain characteristics The video signal is then fed to the display processing circuits where the signal is either stored and displayed or if the storage mode is not selected the signal is passed directly through the vertical output amplifier to the mainframe circuit If either or both the DISPLAY A or DISPLAY B latches are enabled the signal is converted to digital data stored in A or B memory then converted back to analog data and processed through the output amplifiers to the mainframe The vertical information is digitized and stored at 512 horizontal address locations across the screen Therefore the horizontal sweep information is converted to digital data
64. 310 7 TM 11 6625 700 14 1 TM 11 6625 1703 15 TM 38 750 TM 750 244 2 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P APPENDIX A REFERENCES Index of Technical Publications Technical Manuals Technical Bulletins Supply Manuals Types 7 8 and 9 Supply Bulletins and Lubrication Orders US Army Equipment Index of Modification Work Orders Operator Organizational Direct Support And General Support Maintenance Manual Including Repair Parts and Special Tools Lists Including Depot Maintenance Repair Parts and Special Tools Digital Readout Electronic Counter AN USM 207A Serial Nos 1A thru 1100A NSN 6625 00 044 3228 Operator Organizational Direct Support General Support and Depot Maintenance Manual Oscilloscope AN USM 281A NSN 6625 00 228 2201 The Army Maintenance Management System TAMMS Procedures for Destruction of Electronics Materiel To Prevent Enemy Use Electronics Command A 1 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P APPENDIX B OPERATOR S ORGANIZATIONAL DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS Refer to Section 7 Replaceable Electrical Parts and Section 9 for Replaceable Mechanical Parts B 1 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P APPENDIX MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION Section I INTRODUCTION C 1 General This appendix provides summary of the maintenance operations for Spectrum Analyzer PL 1391 U It authorizes categories of maintenance for specific maintenance functions on repairabl
65. 332J C1422 283 0180 00 CAP FXD CER DI 5600PF 20 200V 72982 8121N204 E 562M C1430 283 0204 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V 72982 8121N075Z5U0103M C1436 283 0111 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 2096 50V 72982 8121 3088250104 C1440 283 0087 00 CAP FXD CER DI 300PF 10 1000V 56289 403637 C1442 283 0204 00 CER DI 0 01UF 20 SOV 72982 8121N075Z5U0103M REV A JUNE 1977 7 7 Ckt No C1501 C1502 C1503 C1506 C1507 C1508 C1510 C1511 C1512 C1520 C1522 C1528 C1532 C1533 C1534 C1540 C1600 C1602 C1604 C1606 C1608 C1632 C1634 C1650 C1652 C1654 C1656 C1658 C1660 C1662 C1664 C1666 C1668 C1670 C1672 C1680 C1681 C1682 C1690 C1710 C1712 C1714 C1716 C1718 C1719 C1720 C1724 C1726 C1727 C1728 C1730 C1731 C1732 Tektronix Part No 290 0527 00 283 0023 00 283 0023 00 290 0527 00 283 0178 00 290 0523 00 283 0023 00 283 0080 00 283 0032 00 283 0156 00 283 0023 00 283 0080 00 283 0220 00 290 0527 00 290 0527 00 290 0534 00 281 0158 00 283 0672 00 281 0158 00 281 0544 00 283 0672 00 283 0051 00 283 0238 00 283 0111 00 283 0111 00 283 0204 00 283 0204 00 283 0111 00 281 0093 00 283 0604 00 281 0093 00 281 0125 00 281 0604 00 283 0177 00 283 0111 00 283 0111 00 283 0177 00 283 0111 00 283 0177 00 283 0111 00 283 0111 00 283 0204 00 283 0204 00 283 0197 00 283 0111 00 281 0093 00 281 0093 00 281 0125 00 283 0111 00 281
66. 5 0 25W RES CMPSN 330 OHM 5 0 25W RES VAR NONWIR 15K OHM 20 1W RES FXD FILM 32 4K OHM 1 0 125W RES VAR NONWIR 15K OHM 20 1W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES VAR NONWIR 15K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 15 RES NETWORK RES NETWORK 300K OHM 2 RES FXD FILM 365 OHM 1 0 50W RES FXD FILM 649 OHM 1 0 50W RES FXD FILM 365 OHM 1 0 50W RES FXD FIILM 649 OHM 1 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 330 OHM 5 0 25W RES VAR NONWIR 15K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 330 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 330 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 180 OHM 5 0 25W RES VAR NONWIR 15K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 200 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 200 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 2 7 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 620 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1 8M OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 51 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FIILM 3 16K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 200 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 200 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 22 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 27 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 3 16K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 140X OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 200 OHM 5 0 25W 7 19 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Mfr Code 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 80009 91637 80009
67. 5082 2672 CR1252 152 0322 00 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V 28480 5082 2672 CR1420 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1 4152 CR1504 152 0612 00 SEMICOND DEVICE VAR V CAP 4V 17 5PF 80009 152 0612 00 CR1612 CR1616 CR1622 153 0044 00 SEMICOND DEVIGE SILICON 15V MATCHED 80009 153 0044 00 CR1626 CR1812 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR1813 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR1876 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 1500A 07910 1N4152 CR1888 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR1908 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1 4152 CR1910 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1 4152 CR2012 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2027 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2032 152 0622 00 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON V VAR CAP 15V 115PF 80009 152 0622 00 CR2033 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 15 07910 1N4152 CR2050 152 0153 00 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V SOMA 13715 FD7003 CR2226 152 0246 00 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 400PIV 200MA 07910 012676 CR2320 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2322 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2340 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2342 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150A 07910 1N4152 CR2344 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 3
68. 5905 00 91 1 3753 CB4735 01121 5905 00 960 0126 CB4745 01121 5905 00 909 3815 CB4755 01121 5905 00 498 6062 CB51G5 01121 5905 00 472 6502 CB5105 01121 5905 00 909 3834 CB5115 01121 5905 00 577 9484 CB5125 01121 5905 00 91 1 3754 CB5615 01121 5905 00 105 7768 CB5625 01121 RCR07G243JS 81349 5905 00 141 0744 CB62G5 01121 5905 00 465 0335 RCRO7G6R2JS 81349 5905 00 465 0335 CB6205 01121 5905 00 577 9679 CB6215 01121 RCR07G621JS 81349 5905 00 136 3891 CB6225 01121 5905 00 577 9487 CB6815 01121 5905 00 577 9492 CB6825 01121 5905 00 577 9455 CB6835 01121 5905 00 716 4852 CB7505 01121 RCR07G750JS 81349 5905 00 106 9357 CB7525 01121 5905 00 911 3779 CB7535 01121 5905 00 916 7268 CB8215 01121 5905 00 918 6522 CB8225 01121 5905 00 989 1969 CB9105 01121 5905 00 919 5708 CB9125 01121 RNC65H3400BS 81349 5905 00 359 4133 CB9135 01121 5905 00 904 5672 CD12676 07910 5961 00 858 5686 CD4001AE 02735 5962 00 169 4730 CD4011AE 02735 5962 00 169 4727 CEATO 1000F 75042 5905 00 893 1290 CEATO 1001F 75042 5905 00 904 4408 CEATO 1002F 75042 5905 00 904 4409 CEATO 1003F 75042 5905 00 484 7475 CEATO 1004F 75042 5905 01 034 7930 CEATO 1021F 75042 5905 00 105 7711 CEATO 1052F 75042 5905 00 200 9763 CEATO 1102F 75042 5905 01 484 7849 CEATO 1134F 75042 5905 01 015 1659 CEATO 1151F 75042 5905 00 153 4434 CEATO 1211F 75042 5905 00 914 0101 CEATO 1301F 75042 5905 00 724 5713 CEATO 1403F 75042 5905 00 409 7199 CEATO 1432F 75042 5905 00 233 4211 CEATO 1433F 75042 590
69. 6 dB ratio Amplitude Deviation 30 kHz 100 Hz 0 5 dB or less 30 kHz 10 Hz 2 0 dB or less Input Characteristics CAUTION The application of a dc voltage to the INPUT of the L1 or L2 Plug In Modules may cause permanent damage to the mixer circuit Input Impedance Nominal Li 500 L2 750 L3 Selectable 50 600 and 1 28 pF Input Power maximum input level for reference levels of 0 dBm or greater Li 21 dBm or 2 5 V rms L2 21 dBm or 3 07 V rms L3 21 dBm input terminated 50 or 600 Q 100 V peak ac dc input 1 28 pF Input Power maximum input level for reference levels below 0 dBm L1 10 dBm L2 10 dBm L3 10 dBm input terminated 50 Q or 600 Q and 100 V peak dc with input of 1 28 pF TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp Amplitude Characteristics NOTE If digital storage is used an additional quantization error of 0 5 of full screen should be added to the amplitude characteristics Residual Response Internally generated spurious signals are 130 dBm or less referred to the input harmonics of the calibrator are 125 dBm with L1 or L2 plug in module and 143 dBV with the L3 plug in module Sensitivity The following tabulation of equivalent input noise for each resolution bandwidth is measured with the INPUT BUFFER off the VIDEO PEAK AVG at max cw and the TIME DIV set to 10 seconds Equivalent Input Noise Resolution ewal to or Fetter man Band
70. 7 8 0638 verd 0945002 ei usos 0880 Luo I pa vase oss p Tr M p EH TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P av Cn 9 ON RI d sal ATOOA7 amp B Oscillator Control A100A1 Frequency Reference Mother component location shown on back of Diagram D A500 Sweep component location shown on back of Diagram 2 See Parts List for serial number ranges Oscillator A100A6 Oscillator FO 15 Waveforms shown on this diagram were obtained under the following conditions The oscilloscope mainframe contained two dual trace vertical amplifier units e g 7A18 and one time base unit e g 7870 A C 50 oscilloscope camera was used Time Div and Volts Div settings are indicated on the waveform The triggering source is internal or indicated with the waveform The Digital Averaging circuit board for the 7L5 was positioned to the side as shown in the Calibration section Fig 4 20 Pertinent 7L5 contro settings are also indicated with the waveform v ITE m SPAN DIV 2 kHz ov SPAN DIV 10 kHz a Output at U325 pin 9 SPAN DIV 10 kHz b DOTFREQ 100000 b Output with DOT FREQ 99 75 _ SP
71. 856 9865 321 0068 00 80009 5905 00 437 1696 321 0114 00 80009 5905 00 405 7804 321 0154 00 80009 5905 00 434 5045 321 0155 00 80009 5905 00 441 7814 321 0171 00 80009 5905 00 405 7794 321 0189 UO 80009 5905 00 405 7972 321 0193 00 80009 5905 00 434 5059 321 0201 00 80009 5905 00 434 5053 321 0204 00 80009 5905 00 724 5713 321 0216 00 80009 5905 00 426 7701 321 0222 00 80009 5905 00 426 7707 321 0231 00 80009 5905 00 021 6494 321 0237 00 80009 5905 00 426 7760 321 0239 00 80009 5905 00 426 7740 321 0260 00 80009 5905 00 426 7788 321 0261 00 80009 5905 00 426 7791 321 0285 00 80009 5905 00 913 7121 321 0289 00 80009 5905 00 434 5068 321 0321 00 80009 5905 00 981 7513 321 0327 00 80009 5905 00 426 7760 321 0335 00 80009 5905 01 017 8107 321 0338 00 80009 5905 00 069 2402 321 0344 00 80009 5905 00 441 7812 321 0385 00 80009 5905 00 426 7847 321 0399 00 80009 5905 00 472 7238 321 0406 00 80009 5905 00 256 9847 321 0431 00 80009 5905 00 445 3863 321 0452 00 80009 5905 00 021 6497 321 0486 00 80009 5905 01 015 1659 323 0175 00 80009 5905 00 433 7805 3329P L58 202 80294 5905 00 625 9624 7 47 PART NUMBER 348 0235 00 352 0157 00 352 0161 00 352 0163 00 352 0169 00 358 0241 00 366 0494 00 374 001COG0150K 380598 1 421837 9 4352 1 0318 47352 47357 47439 5082 2672 518 000G7 45 57 0180 7D 62PT 349 0 69 6512 69 9035 70F102A1 805 505B102J 8121N058651103M 8121N075W5RL03M 8131N145COG332J 813
72. CHANGES CHANGE TO C124 290 0527 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 15UF 20 20V C259 290 0527 00 FXD ELCTLT 15UF 20 20V R284 321 0764 01 RES FXD FILM 5 09K OHM NOMINAL VALUE SEL C124 C259 and R284 are located on the A amp B OSCILLATOR BOARD and are shown on diagram 7 A amp B OSC amp CONTROL DIAGRAM lt gt REF CAL 10 7 MHZ IF 2nd MIXER 2nd LO LOCK Change REF OSC amp CAL schematic as shown below su P380 DIAGRAM DETECTOR amp VERTICAL OUT Pin 8 of U2210 should be labeled pin 7 PAGE OF 10 5 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION TEKTRONIDGE provucer 715 CHANGE REFERENCE M3177 committed to 070 2184 00 DATE 6 14 77 REV technical excellence DESCRIPTION EFF SN B040702 ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST AND SCHEMATIC CHANGES CHANGE TO A500 670 3586 02 CARD 55 5 A1000A5 670 3595 01 CARD ASSY 250 KHZ AMPLIFIER A1000 A8Al 670 3593 01 CARD ASSY VARIABLE RESOLUTION A2000A2 670 3596 01 CARD ASSY VERTICAL CONTROL A4500 670 3928 04 CARD ASSY DIGITAL STORAGE R678 315 0391 00 FXD CMPSN 390 OHM 5 0 25W R1362 315 0391 00 FXD CMPSN 390 OHM 5 0 25W R1364 315 0202 00 FXD CMPSN 2K OHM 5 0 25W R1372 315 0391 00 FXD CMPSN 390 OHM 5 0 25W R1374 315 0202 00 FXD CMPSN 2K OHM 5 0 25W R1688 315 0202 00 RES FXD CMPSN 2K OHM 5 0 25W R1694 315 0391 00 RES FXD CMPSN 390 OHM 5 0 25W REMOVE CR733 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 1N4152 CR2226 152 0246 00 SEMIC
73. CORP SUB OF INTERNATIONAL ELECTRONICS CORP ERIE TECHNOLOGICAL PRODUCTS INC BECKMAN INSTRUMENTS INC HELIPOT DIV ADDRESS P O BOX 3608 BOX 128 1201 2ND ST SOUTH BOX 5012 ROUTE 202 P O BOX 867 5005 E MCDOWELL RD 464 ELLIS ST 12515 CHADRON AVE NELA PK 2652 DALRYMPLE ST 2035 WABANSIA AVE COMMERCE DRIVE LOWER WASHINGTON ST 4300 REDWOOD HWY 1701 SOUTH MAIN ST 1300 TERRA BELLA AVE 2201 LAURELWOOD RD 2423 NORTHLINE INDUSTRIAL BLVD 811 E ARQUES 8808 BALBOA AVE P 0 BOX 280 2900 SAN YSIDRO WAY 121 WATER ST 1501 PAGE MILL RD 1200 COLUMBIA AVE BOX 883 NORTH ADAMS MA 01247 445 CONCORD AVE SOUTH PARK AND JOHN STREETS 644 W 12TH ST 2500 HARBOR BLVD TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS IRC FIXED RESISTORS PHILADELPHIA DIVISION MILLER J W DIV BELL INDUSTRIES ING STACKPOLE CARBON CO TEKTRONIX ING BOURNS INC INSTRUMENT DIV INTERNATIONAL RECTIFIER CORP TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS TRW CAPACITOR RCA CORP ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS MALLORY CAPACITOR CO DIV OF MALLORY CO INC RADIO MATERIALS CO DALE ELECTRONICS INC 401 N BROAD ST 19070 RTEYES AVE P O BOX 500 6135 MAGNOLIA AVE 9220 SUNSET BLVD S 112 W FIRST ST 415 S ST 3029 WASHINGTON ST 4242 W BRYN MAWR P 0 BOX 609 Q 7 2 CITY STATE ZIP HARRISBURG PA 17105 PICKENS SC 29671 MILWAUKEE 53204 DALLAS TX 75222 S
74. COV COVER HV HIGH VOLTAGE RLF RELIEF VAR VARIABLE CPLG COUPLING IC INTEGRATED CIRCUIT RTNR RETAINER W WITH CRT CATHODE RAY TUBE ID INSIDE DIAMETER SCH SOCKET HEAD WSHR WASHER DEG DEGREE IDENT IDENTIFICATION SCOPE OSCILLOSCOPE XFMR TRANSFORMER DWR DRAWER IMPLR IMPELLER SCR SCREW XSTR TRANSISTOR CROSS INDEX MFR CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P MFR CODE MANUFACTURER ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP 0000A LIMO USA 2015 2ND ST BERILEY CA 94710 00779 AMP ING BOX 3608 HARRISBURG PA 17105 01295 TEXAS INSTRUMENTS ING SEMICONDUCTOR GROUP BOX 5012 DALLAS TX 75222 05574 VIKING INDUSTRIES ING 9324 TOPANGA CANYON BLVD CHATSWORTH CA 91311 08261 SPECTRA STRIP CORP 7100 LAMPSON AVE GARDEN GROVE CA 92642 10389 CHICAGO SWITCH INC 2035 WABANSIA AVE CHICAGO IL 60647 12327 FREEWAY CORP 9301 ALLEN DR CLEVELAND OH 44125 13257 ESNA LTD 10 ESNA PARK DR MARKHAM ONTARIO CANADA 22526 BERG ELECTRONICS INC YOUK EXPRESSWAY NEW CUMBERLAND PA 17070 22599 ESNA DIV OF AMERACE CORP 16150 STAGG STREET VAN NUYS CA 91406 23499 GAVITT WIRE AND CABLE DIVISION OF RSC INDUSTRIES INC 455 N QUINCE ST ESCONDIDO CA 92025 34641 INSTRUMENT SPECIALTIES CO ING 1111 STANLEY DR EULESS TEXAS 76039 56878 STANDARD PRESSED STEEL CO BOX 608 BENSON EAST JENKINTOWN PA 19046 70276 ALLEN MFG CO DRAWER 570 HARTFORD CT 06101 70318 ALLMETAL SCREW PRODUCTS CO INC 821 STEWART AVE GARDEN CITY NY 11530 71159 BRIST
75. Check of Readout Characters With the 7L5 installed and operating in a 7000 Series mainframe perform the following steps to check the readout operation Dot Frequency Readout a Verify that the dot frequency readout is 0 00 kHz after initial turn on Readout characters for the dot frequency are located near the top edge of the crt and can be identified by the suffix characters kHz b With the FINE TUNING pushbutton not illuminated inactive verify that the DOT FREQUENCY control changes the value of the readout characters in 10 kHz increments c Rotating DOT FREQUENCY control cw should increase the readout and ccw rotation should decrease the readout d Activate the FINE TUNING pushbutton and verify that the DOT FREQUENGY control changes the value of the readout characters in 250 Hz increments e Verify that continuous cw rotation of the DOT FREQUENCY control causes no change of the readout characters after an indicated 4999 75 kHz NOTE Following a change of the DOT FREQUENCY control the first click in the opposite direction will have no effect Reference Level Readout L1 Plug In Module f Select the LOG 2 dB DIV mode and set the dBm dBV switch on the plug in module to dBm Verify that the indicated value of the reference level changes by 13 dB e g 40 dBV 27 dBm Reference level readout characters are located near the top edge of the crt and can be identified by the suffix characters dBm or dBV g
76. FIIM 3 57K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 560 OHH 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 510 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 510 OHN 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 150 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 51 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILN 49 9 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CHPSN 51 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 62 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 30K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 30K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD OMPSN 20K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES CMPSN 3K OHM 5 0 25W RES CMPSN 1 5K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 5 0 25W RES CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 3K OHM 5 0 25W RES CMPSN 1 5K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD WCPSN 47 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 25W 7 26 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Mfr Code 01121 01121 01121 01121 75042 75042 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 75042 01121 01121 75042 75042 75042 01121 75042 01121 01121 01121 75042 01121 01121 01121 75042 01121 01121 01121 75042 01121 75042 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 Mfr Part Number CB1535 CB1535 CB1015 CB1015 CEATO 5901F CEATO 4640F CB6205 CB1035 CB1025 CB1035 CB4725 CB2
77. FILM 24 9K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FIIM 21 5K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FIILM 150K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FIILM 15K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 37 4K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 71 5K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 1M OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 71 5K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 143K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 28 7K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 47 5K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 4 7 OHM 5 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 4 7 OHM 5 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W RES FXD FIIM 301K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 15K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 2 2K OHM 5 0 125W 010100 B020274 RES CMPSN IM OHM 5 0 125W B020275 RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 125W RES NTWK Fl 17 RES NETWORK RES NTWK FXD 4 7 OHM 20 C9 RES RES FXD CMPSN 3 9K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 825 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W B010100 B03036
78. FREG REF 33K TH R N 4600 je TROT 5 c dem CReo00 zie TRIGGERAN B20 ROOG D2 4 Reis ER der Bie AL T Unused connectors shown on these A4 Ree diagrams are factory test points or RSs IM options that may be used for future lee n VE et GER GAO Kind applications 1 10 06 Ueosa leg 4 ee UEQ5A Reb 4 rex FE 10 08 vege Sc eds 5 4596 T FX gt oW e Batu EA L 0 01 F100 we P EM SPAN SV PALS n ly rd Re OK 11 I LINE 4 1 pm t USS 7403 RB45 108 k F re zz Reto m E P Pu Tor ce y 202 U555C Rex VCRSSA USSSA 45508 PT e loc t 1903 195 15559 Resad ngar 94 T AT OK 22e 24k Ca QI t iE H a 25 i Bu T Fyen Here j S504 05706 Resa Per G ferea sa 1 ai nj 2A 4o 820 hy Norm 50 9 REG sU lt lt qw p ud lim h ES AS soc AES EN lt SA 15190 N EE EI USBSE el 4 gt CAS s TL ad 7402 w issa ET ET SWF REST 7403 a ee usss useo uses ust ueo amp 0505 M used je uses Ty PIO AS000 50899 INTEC rio ASOO SWEEP 15 TRIGGER LOGIC 175 FO 12 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P P515 505 craig kj
79. FXD CMPSN 27 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 2705 R650 321 0385 00 RES FXD FILM 100K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 1003F R652 321 0385 00 RES FILM 100K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 1003F R654 321 0254 00 RES FXD FILM 4 32K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 4321 R655 311 1268 00 RES VAR NONWIR 10K OHM 10 0 50W 73138 62 351 0 R656 321 0283 00 RES FIIL 8 66K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 8661 R660 307 1039 00 RES FXD FILM ATTEN 1K OHM 80009 307 1039 00 R661 321 0285 00 RES FXD FILM 9 09K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 9091 R662 321 0291 00 RES FXD FILM 10 5K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 1052F R666 321 0337 00 RES FXD FILI 31 6K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 3162F R667 321 0337 00 RES FILM 31 6K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 3162 R668 321 0632 00 RES FXD FILM 9 41K OHM 0 5 0 125W 75042 2 9411 R670 321 1643 07 RES FXD FILM 11 03K OHM 1 0 125W 91637 MFF1816C11031B R672 321 1643 07 RES FXD FIILM 11 03K OHM 1 0 125W 91637 MFF1816C11031B R674 315 0106 00 RES FXD CMPSN 10M OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1065 R676 315 0103 00 RES CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1035 R678 321 0260 00 RES FXD FILM 4 99K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 4991 R680 321 0402 00 RES FXD FILM 150K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 1503 7 22 Ckt No R608 R610 R612 R614 R616 R618 R620 R621 R622 R623 R624 R626 R628 R629 R630 R632 R634 R636 R638 R640 R64
80. INCH LONG 22526 1 CKT BD ASSY A AND B OSC CONT SEE A1000A7 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 4 SCREW CAP 2 56 X 0 188 INCH SCH SST568780BD CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY INCLUDES 17 CONTACT ELEC FOR 0 025 INCH SQUARE PIN 22526 2 TERM TEST PT 0 40 INCH LONG 80009 71 CONTACT ELEC 0 188 INCH LONG 22526 A N 244 A G3 a A t 10 22 CKT BOARD ASSY OSC SEE A100A2 EPL ATTACHING PARTS SCREW CAP 2 56 X 0 188 INCH SCH SST568780BD CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY INCLUDES CONTACT ELEC 0 188 INCH LONG 22526 CONTACT ELEC FOP 0 025 INCH SQUAPRE PIN 22526 CONTACT ELEC TEST POINT STRAP 80009 TERM TEST PT 0 40 INCH LONG 80009 CKT BOARD ASSY TUNE REF SEE A100A3 EPL ATTACHING PARTS SCREW 2 56 X 0 188 INCH SCH SST568780BD CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY INCLUDES CONTACT ELEC FOR 0 025 INCH SQUARE PIN 22526 CONTACT ELEC 0 188 INCH LONG 22526 CONTACT SET ELE R ANGLE 0 150 L 22526 TERM TEST PT 0 40 INCH LONG 80009 TERMINAL STUD BIFURCATED 88245 JINSULATOR BSHG 0 05 ID X 0 125 OD W FLGE 88245 STRAP RETAINING 98159 CABLE ASSY RF REF OSC TO 2ND LO W380 80009 CABLE ASSY RF REF OSC TO 2ND LO W390 80009 CABLE ASSY RF REF OSC TO CALIBRATOR W385 80009 CKT BD ASSY FREQ REF SEE A100A1 EPL ATTACHING PARTS SCREW CAP 2 56 X 0 188 INCH SCH SST568780BD CKT BD ASSY INCLUDES CONTACT ELEC 0 71 INC
81. Input Frequency 10 Hz through 5 0 MHz Dot Frequency 0 Hz through 4999 75 kHz Accuracy 20 C to 30 C 5 Hz 2 10 of dot readout 0 C to 50 C 20 Hz 10 of dot readout Drift 5 Hz hour or less Residual Incidental FM 50 Hz div to 2 kHz div 1 Hz p p or less 5 kHz div to 500 kHz div 40 Hz p p or less Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy 30 kHz 30 Hz Within 20 of selected resolution 6 dB down 10 Hz Within 100 Hz 20 Hz 70 dB down The COUPLED setting electronically selects the best resolution bandwidth for each setting of the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV control Shape Factor 30 kHz 3 kHz 5 1 or better 60 6 dB ratio 1 kHz 10 Hz 10 1 or better 60 6 dB ratio Amplitude Deviation 30 kHz 100 Hz 0 5 dB or less 30 kHz 10 Hz 2 0 dB or less Input Characteristics CAUTION The application of a dc voltage to the INPUT of the L1 or L2 Plug In Modules may cause permanent damage to the mixer circuit Input Impedance Nominal L1 500 12 750 L3 Selectable 500 6000 and 1 28 pF Input Power maximum Input level for reference levels of 0 dBm or greater Li 21 dBm 2 5 V rms L2 21 dBm or 3 07 V rms L3 21 dBm input terminated 500 or 6000 100 V peak ac dc Input 1 28 pF Input Power maximum input level for reference levels below 0 dBm Li 10 dBm L2 10 dBm L3 10 dBm input terminated 500 or 6000 and 100 V peak ac dc with input of 1 28 pF Ampli
82. L Cool FEB AA ew mic 2164 43 AUTO SWEEP s 715 8 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P 505 PID e qos E Fed 5 MEM p n 16 i 790 M 9610 lg t EH L4 r 18 1 TON i 3 fat M sles L i 535 ar 1 5 0621 n i qnm 6 CR554 Aum t EV mmm 16 U550 HE 8685 D 1 8 1 ne f 1 um C620 C622 M pu x VR234 JE e R730 i EET 1 CR670 R736 i CR672 16 pg ye JE 695 amp 1 2 8 CREZO d 8 I U690 i CR640 c I P E 8 af af sl ali t 4s 31518 5 sls i ARR 81218 0680 ei amp d NM S A500 SWEEP A3000 TRANSVERSE Vertical Interface component location shown on back of Dau 21 FO 9 5Y 1 795 e REFERENCE CURRENT 158 0110 00 7 p Tacar DECODER 7 COR m eso 5 12 4 3fo B Mus 13 ka aw 25 7 Sees 4 n user n Ma 3 Wio usas 9 4 US OA 2 lo 5 z Me 0625 12 0525 4 12 US200 10 AR D 2 Fs2 sol mm CURRENT gt oso TERS SPAN MNL i Usss a 15 Po 14 R792 1008 R794 100K o Sv K RBO4 2
83. OBD Seat CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY INCLUDES 38 131 1425 00 1 SET ELE ANGLE 0 150 L STR OF 36 2252 665521 136 REV A JUNE 1977 9 3 Fig amp Index No 1 41 42 43 44 53 54 55 56 58 59 60 61 62 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 Tektronix Serial Model No Part No Eff 131 1493 00 136 0252 04 337 2237 00 136 0263 04 214 0579 00 131 1493 00 337 2236 00 136 0252 04 136 0263 04 214 0579 00 136 0252 04 136 0252 04 136 0263 04 131 1493 00 214 0579 00 136 0263 04 136 0252 04 131 1425 00 214 0579 00 1 1 0344 00 J58 0241 00 346 0032 00 175 1673 00 175 1672 00 175 1674 00 131 0590 00 386 1556 00 351 0213 00 131 1729 00 131 0593 00 281 0752 00 136 0263 04 337 2279 00 131 1612 01 337 2065 00 211 0018 00 136 0269 02 XB020275 136 0260 02 XB020275 Dscont TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Mfr Qty12345 Name amp Description Code 1 ELEC TEST POINT STRAP 80009 22 CONTACT ELEC 0 188 INCH LONG 22526 1 CKT BOARD ASSY IST LO LOCK SEE A100A5 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 2 SCREW 2 56 X 0 188 INCH SCH SST 56878 CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY INCLUDES 1 SHIELD ELEC 1ST LCL OSC LOCK BOTTOM 80009 8 ELEC FOR 0 025 INCH SQUARE PIN 22526 2 TERM TEST PT 0 40 INCH LONG 80009 1 CONTACT ELEC TEST POINT STRAP 80009 1 SHIELD ELEC 1ST LCL OSC LOCK TOP 80009 41 ELEC 0 188
84. OHM 1 0 125N RES VAR NONWIR 5K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 15K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 20K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 4 02K OHM 1 0 125W RES VAR NONWIR 2K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD FIIM 2 87K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 3 57K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 15K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 10 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 1 3K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 29 4K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 120 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 2 7 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 510 OHM 5 0 25W B010100 B010114 RES FXD CMPSN 10 OHM 5 0 25W 7 31 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Mfr Code 01121 01121 01121 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 01121 01121 01121 32997 01121 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 32997 01121 01121 Mfr Part Number CB4705 CB2205 CB4705 MFF1816G590ROF BB1045 BB1045 BB3025 BB1035 MFF1816G634ROF CB1235 CB2015 CB3925 3329P L58 102 CB4705 MFF1816G20500F MFF1816G10001F EB1045 BB1045 CB1235 CB2025 CB1025 3329P L58 202 CB1235 CB2245 01121 CB2015 01121 91637 01121 01121 01121 CB2025 MFF1816G49900F CB3015 CB2415 CB1625 01121 CB2025 01121 CB1025 91637 91637 91637 MFF1816G20000F MFF1816G66500F MFF1816G20001F 91637 MFF1816G10501F 91637 32997 01121 91637 91637 32997 91637 91637 91637 01121 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 M
85. OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1025 R60 307 0410 00 010100 020169 RES FILM 15 RES NETWORK 73138 898 1 R200K R60 307 0504 00 B020170 RES NETWORK 300K OHP 24 R62 323 0151 00 B010100 B020169 RES FXD FILM 365 OHM 196 0 50W 75042 3650 R62 323 0175 00 B020170 RES FXD FILM 649 OHM 1 0 50W 75042 CECTO 6490P R63 323 0151 00 010100 020169 RES FILM 365 OHM 1 0 50W 75042 3650 R63 323 0175 00 B020170 RES FILM 649 OHM 1 0 50W 75042 6490 R64 315 0331 00 RES FXD CMPSN 330 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB3315 R65 311 1005 00 RES VAR NONWIR 15K OHM 10 0 50W 12697 382 CM40952 R86 315 0331 00 RES FXD CMPSN 330 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB3315 R88 315 0331 00 RES FXD CMPSN 330 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB3315 R92 315 0181 00 RES FXD CMPSN 180 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1815 R95 311 1005 00 RES VAR NONWIR 15K OHM 10 0 50W 12697 382 CM40952 Furnished as a unit with S45 Furnished as a unit with S96 7 18 Ckt No R11 R12 R14 R16 R17 R18 R19 R20 R22 R24 R30 R32 R34 R36 R37 R38 R40 R41 R42 R44 R45 R46 R50 R52 R54 R55 R56 R60 R60 R62 R62 R63 R63 R64 R65 R86 R88 R92 2 R95 R120 R121 R122 R128 R129 R130 R132 R133 R134 R136 R137 R138 R152 R154 Furnished as a unit with S45 Furnished as a unit with S96 Tektronix Part No 315 0226 00 315 0112 00 315 0275 00 315 0331 00 315 0112 00 315 0275 00 315 0331 00
86. PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER 2184 02 2184 62 FO 46 Z AXIS LOGIC amp DOT 62 1175 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P ody i E aif N R1006 w cR1000K CR1001 R1002 ann croa S CR1002 S u R1002 AAA C1002 R1003 A100A1 Frequency reference Mother A1000A1 IF Mother FO 47 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P A3000A1 524552 N 8 7L5 SPECTRUM ANALYZER FO 48 By Order of the Secretary of the Army Official J C PENNINGTON Brigadier General United States Army The Adjutant General Distribution Active Army TSG 1 USAARENBD 1 USAINSCOM 2 TRADOC 2 DARCOM 1 TECOM 2 OS Maj Comd 2 USACC 2 HISA Ft Monmouth 26 Armies 1 USASIGS 10 Svc Colleges 1 Ft Huachuca 5 Ft Richardson WSMR 1 Fort Carson 5 USAERDAA 1 CERCOM Ofc 1 NG State AG 0 Units None USAR None For explanation of abbreviations used see AR 310 50 BERNARD W ROGERS General United States Army Chief of Staff USAERDAW 1 Army Dep 1 except LBAD 10 SAAD 30 TOAD 14 SHAD 3 Fort Gillem 10 USA Dep 1 Sig Sec USA Dep 1 Units org under fol TOE 1 copy each 29 134 29 136 2 copies each 29 207 29 610 RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO EQUIPMENT TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS SOMETHING WRONG wre ms FROM PRINT YOUR UNIT S COMPLETE ADDRESS THEN JOT DOWN THE DOPE ABOUT IT ON THIS
87. Part No 317 0202 00 321 0068 00 321 0068 00 321 0068 00 321 0068 00 315 0510 00 317 0470 00 315 0203 00 321 0193 00 315 0240 00 315 0101 00 315 0183 00 315 0302 00 315 0105 00 321 0260 00 315 0105 00 321 0193 00 317 0470 00 315 0222 00 321 025600 315 0273 00 315 0912 00 315 0272 00 315 0301 00 317 0301 00 311 1263 00 315 0203 00 321 0135 00 321 0318 00 315 0153 00 311 1259 00 315 0203 00 315 0113 00 315 0203 00 315 0203 00 315 0473 00 315 0153 00 315 0153 00 315 0393 00 317 0203 00 311 1273 00 311 1271 00 311 1268 00 311 1267 00 311 1265 00 315 0203 00 315 0101 00 317 0183 00 317 0302 00 321 0289 00 315 0301 00 311 1263 00 315 0203 00 REV A JUNE 1977 Serial Model No Eff Dscont Name amp Description RES FXD CMPSN 2K OHM 5 0 125W RES FXD FILM 49 9 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 49 9 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 49 9 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 49 9 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 51 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 1K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 24 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 18K OHM 5 0 25W RES CMPSN 3K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1M OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 4 99K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 1M OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 1K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 2 2K OHM 5
88. R851 R852 R862 R864 R868 R870 R874 R876 R878 R880 R882 R891 R892 R893 R894 R895 R896 R897 R898 Tektronix Part No 315 0101 00 307 0106 00 307 0106 00 321 0767 03 315 0104 00 315 0104 00 315 0104 00 321 0344 00 321 0335 00 315 0331 00 321 0344 00 321 0327 00 321 0356 00 321 0344 00 321 0335 00 321 0327 00 321 0373 00 321 0356 00 321 0344 00 321 0335 00 315 0101 00 315 0102 00 315 0103 00 303 0392 00 315 0163 00 307 0446 00 315 0105 00 315 0163 00 315 0472 00 321 0402 00 307 0446 00 321 0356 00 321 0373 00 307 0446 00 321 0344 00 315 0513 00 315 0472 00 315 0471 00 321 0442 00 321 0425 00 321 0385 00 321 0426 00 321 0377 00 307 0106 00 307 0106 00 301 0562 00 311 1280 00 321 0915 07 321 0816 07 311 1280 00 315 0101 00 321 0815 07 321 0249 09 Serial Model No Eff Dscont Name amp Description RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 4 7 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 4 7 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 38 02K OHM 0 25 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 37 4K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 30 1K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 330 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 37 4K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 24 9K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 49 9K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 37 4K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 30 1K OHM 1 0 125W
89. REF MODULE COVER 80009 337 2103 00 ATTACHING PARTS 20 211 0234 00 24 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 188 INCH PNH SST 83385 OBD DP serte 1 CKT BOARD ASSY TUNE REF SEE A1000A4 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 22 211 0162 00 4 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 188 INCH SCH SST 000AH OBD ee CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY INCLUDES 23 131 1425 00 1 CONTACT SET ELE R ANGLE 0 150 L STR OF 36 22526 65521 136 24 214 0579 00 2 TERM TEST 0 40 INCH LONG 80009 214 0579 00 25 136 0263 04 21 SOCKET PIN TERM FOR 0 025 INCH SQUARE PIN 22526 75377 001 26 136 0252 04 132 SOCKET PIN TERM 0 188 INCH LONG 22526 75060 27 131 0344 00 2 TERMINAL STUD BIFURCATED 88245 421837 9 28 358 0241 00 2 INSULATOR BSHG 0 05 ID X 0 125 OD W FLGE 88245 421565 29 255 0569 00 PLASTIC STRIP 0 125 THK 0 5W PRESS SENS 99472 PU25F 1 CKT BOARD ASSY OSC SEE A1000A6 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 31 211 0162 00 4 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 188 INCH SCH SSTOOOAHOBD CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY INCLUDES 32 214 0579 00 2 TERM TEST 0 40 INCH LONG 80009 214 0579 00 33 131 1493 00 2 ELEC TEST POINT STRAP 80009 131 1493 00 34 136 0252 04 57 PIN TERM 0 188 INCH LONG 22526 75060 35 136 0263 04 8 5 PIN TERM FOR 0 025 INCH SQUARE PIN 22526 75377 001 36 1 CKT BD ASSY REF OSC AND CAL SEE A100A8 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 37 211 0162 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 188 INCH SCH SST 000AH
90. This dot represents the programmed center frequency that was set into the N loops and the frequency readout on the crt Since the dot is in center screen or sweep start and the oscillators are swept through the center frequency any signal under the displayed dot is at center frequency and the dot frequency is read out on the crt display In MAX span the sweep center about 2 5 MHz is established by an analog voltage The position of the frequency dot depends on the center frequency memory voltage therefore as the DOT FREQUENCY is tuned the memory voltage changes and the dot moves across the display Accuracy of the dot remains constant Referring back to Diagram 8 Tune Reference N if A oscillator is phase locked the output of the N counters clocks the JK flip flop U175A at precisely the same time that the JK flip flop U175B is clocked by the 100 kHz reference The output of the comparator is gated through U180 when Lock Pulse or CW is asserted Output pins 11 and 13 are connected across two diodes in CR178 which connect to memory capacitor C180 U180 disconnects input pins 4 and 6 from output pins 3 and 5 unless either CW or Lock Pulse is asserted Output pins 11 and 13 are disconnected from input pins 12and9 unless pin 15is low When lock condition exists the simultaneous output from the comparator is gated through to turn both diodes on together and no change occurs to the charge on C180 If the DOT FREQUENCY is changed the
91. Ti 774 A1000A8A1 Variable Resolution amp A1000A8A2 Crystal Holders A1000A1 IF Mother component location shown on back of Diagram JE T1800 FO 31 TM 11 625 2759 14 amp P 195 par 7L5 wee tut i TUM Te pass Pes E eg du wie s aac Bo Lear 1 gitaod i979 a sen 5 ante Jer x iw Me BUD x E PER en asst ue us gem ew mem ten tov 9 ey gt an U uie amp oA kaz Tte We remis TER TNA SES mw au we Sa anao w res mas gt cw f x yate myte FE SU CES ane esos N SET mor Sm 5 NECS 4 menn kr 2184 55 32 va EE eden VARIABLE RESOLUTION AML TM 11 625 2759 14 amp P 176 PLM TM 11 625 2759 14 amp P TP1695 en C ne 0 t ED EC EB ES 22 amp 1691 _ 59 69 R1675 es 01760 R1688 1669 41689 m D R1686 R1733 ey a S91 A 1729 R1692 8 2 T 55 R1693 14 T n di Hi Z al o w Ro R1690 h 1 E NA E RUSLAA TT 5 i216 AG 1752 01785 85 L1680 38 emi o 11730 T ma c 4 5 RUS A TEGO 2 463 1 Oe T 15
92. U194 156 0567 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI DUAL J K NEG EDGE TRIG F F 01295 SN74LS113N U195 156 0315 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI BCD O BINARY CONV 01295 SN74184AN U196 156 0506 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD SGL ENDED DUAL LINE D 27014 DM8831N U198 156 0516 00 MICROCIRCUIT LI OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 24355 AD523J U200 156 0079 00 BO10100 B020274 MICROCIRCUIT DI DECADE COUNTER TTL 07263 9390PC U200 156 0656 00 B020275 MICROCIRCUIT DI DECADE COUNTER 80009 156 0656 00 U0205 156 0117 00 B010100 B020274 MICROCIRCUIT DI SYNC 4 BIT BINARY COUNTER 01295 SN74161N U205 156 0784 00 B020275 MICROCIRCUIT DI SYNC 4 BIT BINARY COUNTER 80009 156 0784 00 U210 156 0084 00 B010100 B020274 MICROCIRCUIT DI SYNCHRONOUS DECADE COUNTER07263 9310DC U210 156 0788 00 B020275 MICROCIRCUIT DI SYNC 4 BIT CNTR W SYNC CLEAR 80009 156 0788 00 U215 156 0084 00 B010100 B030639 MICROCIRCUIT DI SYNCHRONOUS DECADE COUNTER07263 9310DC 0215 156 0788 00 B030640 MICROCIRCUIT DI SYNC 4 BIT CNTR W SYNC CLEAR 80009 156 0788 00 0225 156 0517 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI DOUBLE BAL MIXER 01295 SN76514N U230 156 0124 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI SGL FREQ PHASE DETECTOR 80009 156 0124 00 U260 156 0177 00 MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL LINE RECEIVER 01295 SN75107AN U265 156 0041 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI DUAL D TYPE FLIP FLOP 27014 DM7474N U270 156 0079 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI DECADE COUNTER TTL 07263 9390PC u305 156 0158 00 MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 80009 156 0158 00 U310 156 0077 00 MICROCIRCUIT LI OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 27014 LM301AH
93. U205 U210 U215 so the 1st LO loop shifts in 250 Hz steps The output memory voltage of this integrator also feeds through a summing amplifier to ramp or smooth the abrupt 100 kHz steps from the N X 100 kHz loop before it is applied to the sweep shaper for the B oscillator The logic gate for the phase lock loop functions as a switch that gates the error signal from the phase detector to the integrator or memory Controlling signal levels for the logic gate are Lock Pulse and CW line A cw decoder U650 on Diagram 6 selects which line CW CW2 of the two gates is activated pulled low The Lock Pulse line is a common bus to both gates from the sweep circuit Diagram 5 which is pulled low during retrace time When Lock Pulse is asserted the error signal from the phase detector is gated through the CW selected gate to charge the integrator and feed a voltage back through summing amplifiers to the oscillator As the oscillator pulls toward the programmed center frequency and phase lock condition a lock sense Sense Bus signal is sent tot he sweep circuit to signify that the oscillator is in a lock mode The circuit is now ready to sweep the oscillator through this center frequency During sweep time Lock Pulse goes high to disconnect the intergrator from the phase detector The oscillator sweeps through the center frequency voltage stored in memory and the display chops between the sweep and the center frequency dot reference
94. With the UNCAL light off rotate the VAR variable control and verify that a symbol not calibrated prefixes the reference level readout Rotate the VAR control to its maximum ccw detent position and verify that the symbol is no longer displayed h Pull the REFERENCE LEVEL control out to its coarse position and verify that the value of the reference level readout changes in 10 dB steps Push the REFERENCE LEVEL control in to its fine position and verify that the value of the reference level readout changes in 1 dB steps i Verify that rotation of the REFERENCE LEVEL control beyond the reference level limits of 128 dBm 141 dBV In the 1 dB step position or 70 dBm 83 dBV in the 10 dB step position for the one extreme and 21 dBm 8 dBV for the other extreme remains constant These extremes are applicable only for 50 o plug in modules J With the REFERENCE LEVEL control at max ccw position select the LIN mode and verify that the readout changes to 200 mV k Rotate the REFERENCE LEVEL cw and verify that the readout changes from mV to uV to nV in a 2 1 5 sequence Verify that continuous cw rotation of the REFERENCE LEVEL control causes no change of the corresponding readout characters beyond 20 nV TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Time Div Readout I Set the FREQUECNY SPAN DIV switch to 0 Rotate the TIME DIV control to each of its positions and verify that its front panel designations correspond to the crt readou
95. and horizontal compartments and counter e g 7D14 into the left vertical compartment 2 Connect 1X probe from the Input of the counter to the output of the crystal reference oscillator at P390 Fig 4 3 Note the frequency 3 Calibrate the reference oscillator frequency to 10 0000 MHz 20 Hz with the crystal adjustment illustrated i 2 Check Adjust the Calibrator Output Level The output of the Calibrator is 40 dBV at 500 kHz Low and High Level adjustments calibrate the output current for low impedance 50 n and high impedance 1 Mo plug in modules This calibration can be per formed by using a low impedance and high impedance plug in module or any plug in module with pin B13 of J2219 or pin P of J530 shorted to ground for low impedance calibration and pin B13 of J2210 open for high impedance calibration The output level of the calibrator is calibrated to a reference level set by a calibrated signal source high impedance rms differential voltmeter with an accuracy of 1 or better is used to set the reference level of the signal source Fig 4 3 Test point location for the 10 MHz Crystal Oscillator a Remove the plug in module and place insulating tape e g Scotch tape over pins A13 B13 14 14 A15 B15 of the interface connector Fig 4 4 then re insert the plug in module in its compartment b Apply a 500 kHz signal from a signal source with a variable output adjustment to an accurate within
96. aoe ewe ro PEAK e WETE Tw lt fave Vv amp LL AX tae hal m eo lt waca hl i 5 SASELME et mou VIDEOS PEAK vx Bee we VIDEO AVERAGE tL VERTICAL BIG 5 4 nes lat EJ lt 1 mer EIE url Uem ade uoma o d sa OPTIONS Lo SV Id IRI lt gt 40D VERB lt LI HELP ri a ES d re tS TT 7 i KE See wx Bao CRO o EA p P 2 2 el x w pa g B 2 RGOA fres av prmetors 1 EL uso 4 1 pod ayrev CEVECTECSPE ev Loe E pr 4 saz es ON INT er 1 SE 4 cw lt Game cw T2 T m cw lt lt Morte ONE fre re Tu Te ye uc e e a SNe NNN FREQUENCY SG Hag lue 188 cret BPR de 5 oe ete 3 3 AD T S TENA Le Ci MHz 7 eelo FREE RUN crea 9 9 NER capa r vin Tete so S ES eres stifitetrej gt tt TES USGS Ppp pete io Shae s HES ee ete pe muz zoet 1913 I ILS s FS sas 8 2 es dod md Pit etat KORM ATE opite Serrar tos RESOLUTION ing S s 3010 x I a 42010 gt
97. at pin HF is therefore 0 volt When the output of the converter is 0 volt the output of U4540A is 5 volts so the input voltage at pin HF is 10 volts The counter output is a 10 bit word with the LSB for the horizontal address at pin 3 of U4562 and the MSB at pin 2 of U4580 512 of the 1024 bits discrete locations are used to cover the screen width the remaining 512 bits are divided so 256 locations are on either side of the screen Since the frequency dot can be moved across the display screen and it always represents 0 volt and location 512 the distribution of the 512 locations within the screen width is in accordance to the dot position If the dot is at the left edge of the screen location 511 is at the right edge and 512 and 0 are at the left edge Moving the dot to center screen distributes the locations so 255 locations are either side of location 512 Moving the dot to the right edge shifts location 1 to the left edge and location 511 to the right edge The MSB for the horizontal address is the offset data that determines the dot location on the display The remaining 9 bits provide the address in memory and 512 discrete locations across the screen Each location or step is 1 512th of the 10 volt sweep ramp or about 20 mV This is the hysteresis window for comparators U4564A and U4564B When the horizontal acquisition counter needs to count up during the sweep ramp period for Sweep Horizontal the output of comparator U4
98. be cleaned and inspected as outlined in the Maintenance section before performing a 2 Two 2 Plug In Extenders Tektronix Part No complete calibration Perform the checks 067 0616 00 adjustments in sequence for a complete calibration Q 4 1 3 Shorting strap or jumper Jumper lead approximately 4 inches long with square pin connector and miniature alligator clip see Fig 4 19 4 Four 4 10 k2 swamping resistor straps See Fig 4 16 for construction details 5 Adjusting tuning tool for rf coils on the Variable Resolution assemblies Ferroxcube Corp Saugerties New York Part No 991 0368 00 6 Non metallic tuning screwdriver 1 8 inch blade JFD Production Tool 7104 5 7 50 feedthrough termination Tektronix Part No 011 0099 00 Short Form Procedure and Record The following abridged procedure provides a calibration record and an index to help locate adjustment steps 7L5 Serial No Calibration Date Calibrator 1 Check Adjust the Reference Oscillator Frequency Page 4 6 Calibrate the CALIBRATOR frequency to 500 kHz 1 Hz or the crystal oscillator frequency to 10 MHz 20 Hz 2 Calibrate the Calibrator Output Level Page 4 6 a Use calibrated reference signal of 10 mV into a Hi Z plug in module to establish a reference amplitude then adjust the CALIBRATOR output with R892 to this reference b Use calibrated reference signal of 10 mV into a Lo Z plug in module to est
99. comparator U575A whose output switches high when the Input ramp reaches the reference level set by the divider network on the other input of the comparator or about 8 9 volts This Sweep Inhibit signal is fed back to the sweep control IC to terminate the sweep gate Unless Manual sweep has been selected the sweep ramp is also fed through multiplexer U680B to operational amplifier U685A Gain of U685A is about 1 2 producing an output ramp of approximately 10 4 volt This ramp is fed to the frequency span attenuator circuit containing R660 U665 and to the horizontal sweep processing circuit TABLE 2 1 Truth Table for TIME DIV Selections TIME DIV SWEEP CONTROL STST ST ST ST 0695 0680 5 4 3 2 1 GATE U680C 9 ms 1 0 00001001 1 1 2 0 0 0 O 1 00 1 0 1 5 0 0 0 1 1 0 00 0 1 1 001 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 5 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 O 0 1 10 0 1 0 O 0 0 0 1 1 0 20 0 1 0 0 1 00 1 0 0 50 0 1 0 1 1 0 00 0 0 SEC 110 1 100 0 1 1 1 0 2 0 1 1 0 1 01 1 0 0 5 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 21 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 3 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 10 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 AUTO1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 Holdoff timing capacitors for the sweep control IC U580 on Diagram 5 are C728 and C726 When the logic input pin 11 to multiplexer U680A is low C726 parallels C728 to increase the time constant The other output of U680A pin 13 drives the base of the transistor in U585C to provide intensity limiting to the ma
100. counter output is not synchronized with the 100 kHz reference and the output of one flip flop preceeds the other so the charge on the memory capacitor is changed as a function of the time phase shift of the two outputs This change is applied through U185 to the A oscillator circuit as a correction voltage to pull the frequency into a lock mode When CW 1 line is high both sampling gates in U180 are open ignoring the state of Lock Pulse At this time however CW 2 for the B N Tune Reference Diagram 10 is low so the 10 kHz Sense Bus line is turned on When the sampling gates are open both diodes of CR178 are back biased The memory capacitor C180 must maintain its charge for at least 100 seconds so it is important that the capacitor and components around it have a very low leakage C180 has a resistance of about 5 X 1012 ohms The sampling diodes are selected for a leakage less than 1 pA and the differential amplifier U185 has a leakage of about 0 1 pA The common point of the diodes is an isolation point 2 14 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P It is IMPORTANT that this point be kept clean fingerprints or any dirt may contribute to leakage Leakage from all sources must be kept low 2 pA If U185 should become reverse biased the junction may break down and introduce leakage The instrument will appear to work correctly except in the storage mode NAND gates U170A and U170B ensure that the JK flip flops U175A and U175B
101. de C4193 zh 5 AEG R4195 R4192 CR4189 C4189 24 C4186 DCPL dd Y 4196 A R4193 1 16 1 16 1 14 1 16 1 14 1 16 1 C4195 R4194 7 U4140 U4145 U4160 04170 04175 04180 4000 Digital Averaging 1 14 1 16 04100 4105 41 Waveforms shown on this diagram were obtained under the following conditions The oscilloscope mainframe contained two dual trace vertical amplifier units e g 7A18 and one time base unit e g 7870 Oscilloscope settings Time Div and Volts Div are indicated on the waveform photograph The triggering 18 indicated on the waveform The 7L5 Digital Averaging circuit board was positioned to the side as shown in the Calibration section Fig 4 20 The CALIBRATOR signal is applied to the INPUT 7L5 control settings are as follows SPAN DIV 0 DISPLAY A and B ON RESOLUTION 10 kHz SAVE OFF Display Mode 10 dB DIV Sweep Mode SGL SWP REFERENCE LEVEL 40 dBm Time Div 5ms DOT FREQUENCY 1 MHz a U4085 pin 8 Trigger b b U4160 pin 7 c U4160 pin 9 d d U4100 pin 8 Front panel controls same as Diagram 21 waveform 7 8 U4085 pin 8 Trigger b U4085 pin 3 c R4000 pin 6 d U4110 pin 4 Front panel controls same as Diagram 21 waveform 7 Trigger SOURCE from IA TP4512 Sync Pulse b U4506 pin 5 Data Out
102. description function of the front panel controls and connectors an operational check out and familiarization procedure and a section devoted to the use and application of the instrument Service information is contained in the Service Instruction manual FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DESCRIPTION Functional Block Description The 7L5 is a swept front end spectrum analyzer with selectable front end plug in modules that permit the user to obtain calibrated display for a number of different Impedances i e 50 ohm 600 ohm etc The plug in module contains selectable attenuation the first mixer and an Input buffer selector that trades attenuation for IF gain Signal attenuation in the plug in and gain of the IF processing chain are controlled by a reference level logic circuit in the 7L5 which provides calibrated settings in 1 dB or 10 dB steps over a range of approximately 146 dB depending on the plug in module A simplified block diagram is shown in Fig 3 1 The input signal to the 7L5 is mixed with the frequency of the main oscillator and the IF of 10 7 MHz is fed to and amplified by the 10 7 MHz IF amplifier Since the 7L5 input frequency range is O to 5 MHz the main oscillator is tuned and swept from 10 7 to 15 7 MHz The frequency of the main oscillator is controlled by two secondary and oscillators that use synthesizer technique to tune and phase lock their frequencies The sweep frequency control circuit drives the oscillators
103. far enough to generate new horizontal address the EOC starts three cycle sequence that writes vertical word in memory at that address This process requires 27 us 3 x9 us The rest of the time is utilized in the display mode to read from memory At the beginning of the three cycle process the first cycle generates Start Divide to the average calculator The average circuit divides the accumulated vertical data by the number of words during that period and the resultant or quotent is gated into memory on the Math line when the second cycle or Write Cycle arrives Write Cycle signal is generated only when Valid is present Valid is not present during retrace or when the dot frequency is changing The output of the horizontal display generator consists of readout addresses to memory and synthesized horizontal sweep ramp for the Store horizontal line Therefore as the vertical data is read from memory corresponding change occurs in the horizontal sweep voltage so the vertical data written in memory is duplicated and displayed appropriately when it is read out Data is stored in memory at the rate set by the Time Div selector however it is read from memory at a constant rate If Display A is selected the LSB for the address out of the horizontal display generator remains 1 The counter counts in odd number sequence so only data in A section of memory is read If Display is selected then the counter counts in even n
104. for serial number range FO 27 7L5 450 HE 440 01400 ai Ria60 7242 NC R 1466 R1464 1 R1446 Q1420 R1411 R1410 DB aa m o R1412 R1416 DC ATOOOAS 250 kHz Amplifier ATAT Front Panel component location shown on back of Diagram De AT100AT Frequency Reference Mother component location shown on back of Diagram lt A2000A2 Vertical Control component location shown on back of Diagram gt FO 28 TM 11 625 2759 14 amp P 7L5 ji JF lee st peer See 1 eH v re evt x 2 20 d ea EI sener BT IS sarg i mye tome BR d 25 Mag IE BE rate m 3 4 futs vie poa pants ust KOR 1 RANGES OF PANT UY RED OR DEMETED w ant TM 11 625 2759 14 amp P REF CAL 10 7 MHz IF 2 MIXER 2 LO LOCK 13 1175 2184 53 FO 29 GAIN OFFSET e ye oan gt S mae HER EL ONTROL PLUGIN MODULE RI430 414008 So a 00 p 1048 oe x s pu a miata on to
105. for storage then converted back to an analog signal for display The horizontal sweep ramp is processed the same as the vertical signal The vertical video information can be averaged or peak detected TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Lc ee Sa DISPLAY A B l 1 I 1 l i OSCILLATOR i 1 DIGITAL HORIZONTAL CONTROL I STORAGE AMPLIFIER TO I amp MAINFRAME I SWEEP Ii l GENERATOR MAIN OSCILLATOR I 1 1 B 10 7 15 7 I I OSCILLATOR SERTIBAL p AMPLIFIER i L SWEEP E L DISPLAY PROCESSING FREQUENCY CONTROL IF AMPL MIXER VARIABLE LOG AMPL 10 7 MHz 250 kHz RESOLUTION DETECTOR tF AMPL FILTER amp 10 Hz 30 kHz VIDEO AMPL RF INPUT ATTENUATOR 0 5 MHz eme MODULE i REFERENCE LEVEL LOGIC Lo REFERENCE LEVEL SYSTEM 1734 2 Fig 3 1 Functional block diagram 3 2 FRONT PANEL CONTROLS AND CONNECTORS Pushing any front panel pushbutton switch activates a bistable electronic circuit to change its output state When in the active state the plastic pushbutton is illuminated Pressing the pushbutton a second time changes the output of the circuit to the inactive state and extinguishes the illuminated button Front panel c
106. output 111 PG 502 Risetime less than 1 ns 10 ns Pretrigger 111 Risetime 0 5 ns 30 to 250 ns Pretrigger pulse delay pulse delay 114 PG 502 5 V output 114 10 V output Short proof output 115 PG502 Does not have Paired Burst Gated 115 Paired Burst Gated Delayed amp Undelayed Delayed amp Undelayed pulse mode Has 5 V pulse mode 10 V output Short proof output output 2101 PG 502 Does not have Paired or Delayed pulse Has 2101 Paired and Delayed pulse 10 V output 5 V output PG 506 replaces 106 PG 506 Positive going trigger output signal at least 1 106 Positive and Negative going trigger output V High Amplitude output 60 V signal 50 ns and 1 V High Amplitude output 100 V 067 0502 01 PG 506 Does not have chopped feature 0502 1 Comparator output can be alternately chopped to a reference voltage SG 503 replaces 190 190A 190B SG 503 Amplitude range 5 mV to 5 5 V 190B Amplitude range 40 mV to 10V p p 191 SG 503 Frequency range 250 kHz to 250 MHz 191 Frequency range 350 kHz to 110 MHz 067 0532 01 SG 503 Frequency range 250 kHz to 250 MHz 0532 01 Frequency range 3350 kHz to 100 MHz TG 501 replaces 180 180A 501 Marker outputs 5 sec to 1 ns Sinewave 180A Marker outputs 5 sec to 1 us Sinewave available at 5 2 and 1 ns Trigger output available at 20 10 and 2 ns Trigger pulses slaved to marker output from 5 sec through 1 10 100 Hz 1 10 and 100 kHz Multiple 100 ns One time
107. reference level approximately Molded plastic termination connector pa 352 0171 00 Metal crimp termination connector 131 0707 00 Miniature gt alligator clip Total length 7 6 inches 2184 34 Figure 4 19 Suggested construction for shorting strap calibration fixture 4 16 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P Adjust the 1st stage 10 Hz Gain with R1685 for minimum signal level shift as the RESOLUTION is switched between 3 kHz and 10 Hz positions Remove the shorting strap from TP1790 and adjust R1735 Fig 4 15 for minimum signal level shift between the 3 kHz and 10 Hz positions of RESOLUTION Arnes Remove the shorting strap from TP1795 and adjust the3rd stage 10 Hz gain with R1785 for minimum signal level shift between the 3 kHz and 10 Hz RESOLUTION settings Remove the shorting strap from TP1820 and adjust R1825 for minimum signal level shift between the 3 kHz and 10 Hz RESOLUTION settings Center the AMPL CAL adjustment on the front panel of the L Series plug in module then with 40 dBV Calibrator signal applied and the REFERENCE LEVEL at 40 dBV set the RESOLUTION to 30 kHz and adjust the 30 kHz gain with R1905 Fig 4 18 for a full screen 8 div display Switch the ene to 10 kHz and adjust the 10 kHz gain with R1885 Fig 4 15 for full screen display Switch the RESOLUTION to 3 kHz or less and adjust the 10 Hz to 3 kHz gain with R1835 for full screen display xm Replace the rf screen
108. the HORIZ OUT jack When the Dot is displayed the sweep horizontal plus dot information is switched off and only dot position information from U685B is applied through R734 to the null point of amplifier U730A Average Calculator An average or quotient is the summation of words of vertical data numerator divided by the number of words taken denominator The Average Calculator circuit accumulates data from the vertical A D converter and divides this by the number of words taken within an averaging period At the slow sweep rates as many as 216 words can be accumulated and averaged The accumulator for vertical data numerator is located in the upper portion of the diagram The number of words denominator are counted by two IC s U4125 U4120 in the lower left portion The dividing process accumulated data divided by the number of words is performed by circuitry comprising three shift registers U4100 U4000 U4105 two adders U4005 U4010 and the NAND gate U4110B The Average Calculator circuit also includes a peak detector U4065 U4060 U4075A U4075C U4070A U4155A a Max Hold U4170 U4175 U4055C U4055D U4075D U4155C and a 3 to 4 MHz oscillator U4080B Three lines Start Divide Memory Data and Write Cycle from the digital storage circuit go through level shifters U4085B U4080A U4085A to raise the logic level to a high of 15 volts The shift registers for the vertical data are clocked by Sync Clock
109. the circuits may need recalibration Parts Repair and Exchange Program Tektronix repair centers provide replacement or repair service on major assemblies as well as the unit Return the instrument or assembly to your local Field Office for this service Refer to Repackaging For Shipment instructions in Section 1 before shipping the instrument Soldering Technique CAUTION Disconnect the instrument from its power source before replacing or soldering components Because it is easy to damage the plating in the holes that the component is soldered to we recommend cutting the old component free and leaving some length to solder the new component leads to If the leads are pulled through use caution when pulling through the plated hole Excessive heat or bent lea damage the plating Use 15 watt pencil type iron straighten the leads on the back side of the board then when the solder melts gently pull the soldered through the hole desoldering tool should be used to remove the old solder Transistor and Integrated Circuit Replacement Transistors and IC s should not be replaced unless they are actually defective When removed from their sockets during routine maintenance return them to their original sockets Unnecessary replacement or switching semiconductor devices may affect the instrument adjustment When an active device is replaced check the operation of the circuit affected CAUTION The POWER switch must be t
110. the complete procedure will recalibrate the instrument to its History Information specifications After calibration the instrument performance should be verified by performing the The instrument and manual are periodically Performance Check evaluated and updated If modifications require changes in the calibration procedure history information The limits tolerances and waveform illustrations applicable to earlier instruments is included as a in this procedure are aids to calibrate the instrument and deviation within a step or as a subpart to a step not intended as performance specifications Interaction Complete or Partial Calibration Adjustments that interact with other circuits are Because the circuits are very stable re noted and reference made to the affected circuit calibration is usually necessary only after a component has been replaced or the instrument has been operating Equipment Required for a number of hours We advise checking the performance and recalibrate only those circuits that do Equipment for calibration includes the equipment not meet specifications Turn to the desired step within listed for the Performance Check plus the following this procedure and prepare the instrument for calibration additional equipment by referring to the preceding setup and control instructions then adjust or calibrate as directed 1 Digital Voltmeter 0 196 accuracy 100 V range Tektronix DC501 of the TM500 Series The instrument should
111. the instrument being compared g Install The act of emplacing seating or fixing into position an item part module component or assembly in a manner to allow the proper functioning of the equipment or system h Replace The act of substituting a serviceable like type part subassembly or module component or assembly for an unserviceable counterpart i Repair The application of maintenance C 1 services inspect test service adjust align calibrate replace or other maintenance actions welding grinding riveting straightening facing remachining resurfacing to restore serviceability to an item by correcting specific damage fault malfunction or failure in a part subassembly module component or assembly end item or system j Overhaul That maintenance effort service action necessary to restore an item to a completely serviceable operational condition prescribed by maintenance standards i e DMWR in appropriate technical publications Overhaul is normally the highest degree of maintenance per formed by the Army Overhaul does not normally return an item to like new condition Rebuild Consists of those services actions necessary for the restoration of unserviceable equip ment to a like new condition in accordance with original manufacturing standards Rebuild is the highest degree of materiel maintenance applied to Army equipment The rebuild operation includes the act of returning
112. the setting of the front panel DOT FREQUENGY control This number times the reference frequency sets the oscillator frequency for the loop Referring to the oscillator 11 1 to 16 MHz tune reference loop Diagram 8 the following events occur during a lock operation digital number N is loaded into the counter U160 U165 The oscillator frequency is counted down from this digital number in increments of 100 kHz LSB The output of the counter is then compared by the phase detector U175A U175B against 100 kHz reference Any differential in phase or frequency generates an error voltage This error is gated through U180 if Clock Pulse and CW are low The error voltage charges an integrator and memory capacitor C180 and is applied through summing amplifier U185 to the oscillator to pull it into a lock state For example If the value of N is 12 4 MHz the BCD counter counts down from 400 kHz then borrows from the binary counter and cycles back through its full count of 1000 kHz until the binary counter has counted down from 12 0 MHz to 0 An output pulse from the binary counter occurs after the 12 4 MHz count down is fed back to reset the counters This process repeats until lock pulse goes away The operation of the Tune Reference B N loop for the 16 to 12 MHz oscillator is similar to the A N loop except its input frequency is N X 10 kHz The 10 kHz frequency increments are counted down by a 40 counter
113. the signal source I Remove the shorting strap and recheck the calibrator signal level for high impedance input If R892 must be readjusted recalibrate the signal source for high impedance and repeat the above procedure for high impedance and low impedance calibration These two adjustments interact m Remove the insulation from the plug in connector and re insert the plug in module into the 7L5 compartment 3 Frequency Span Div Reference Module amp Sweep Calibration a Remove the rf screen cover over the honeycomb assembly Set the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to 0 the DOT FREQUENCY to 2500 00 kHz and turn the DOT MKR control fully ccw to its detent position 5 Location of B13 on J2210 Pats a i 77 Base of Q365 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P Fig 4 6 Test point and adjustment locations for the A amp B Oscillator Control b Connect a DVM digital voltmeter to the base of Q365 A and B Oscillator Control 7 and adjust R365 Fig 4 6 for a reading of 11 00 volts c Change the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to 5 kHz Position the marker dot to the center line of the graticule with the HORIZ POSITION control d Set the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to MAX Adjust the Max Span Dot Position with R655 Fig 4 7 to center the marker dot on the graticule i iv t lte ALL Gar d R655 eM Dot Position Fig 4 7 Location of Dot Position and Sweep Timing adjustments and test points NOTE If any freque
114. then finalize with L1680 Change the Display Mode to 2 dB DIV and reduce the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to observe the response symmetry The sweep rate must be slow enough to maintain optimum response amplitude as the resolution bandwidth is adjusted The response must be symmetrical about the DOT sed Fig 4 17B for Adjust R1680 bandwidth 1 down of 3 kHz 20 chius Install swamping resistor across TF1660 TP1665 and remove the swamping resistor across the 2nd stage TP1720 TP1725 Repeat the procedure to align and calibrate the response for the 2nd stage adjustments C1720 C1724 L1730 and R1730 Repeat the procedure to align and calibrate the 3rd and 4th stages then remove the swamping resistors and check the overall response symmetry and bandwidth Because of stray capacitance effect lift the connector on the TP for the gate of the FET or remove the swamping resistors completely before checking the overall response Molded plastic termination connector 362017100 Metal crimp termination connector 131 0707 00 Total length 6 inches is 1733 2184 31 Figure 4 16 Suggested construction of a 10 swamping resistor calibration fixture 4 15 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P Trim the response bandwidth and symmetry if necessary by spreading the adjustment over all four stages or repeat the above procedure until the response is satisfactory g Calibrate the resolution bandwidth 6 dB down
115. verify that the second order IM products 2 divisions from the signal generator No 2 display are 8 divisions 80 dB below the reference level h Remove 10 dB of external attenuation to Increase both Input signal levels Set the REFERENCE LEVEL control to 30 dBm Walt 20 seconds and verify that the second order IM products 2 divisions from signal generator No 2 display are at least 7 2 divisions 72 dB below the reference level i Set the INPUT BUFFER pushbutton to on Wait 20 seconds and verify that the second order IM products are at least 8 divisions 80 dB below the reference level j Reset signal generator No 1 frequency to 2495 0 kHz Wait 20 seconds and verify that the third order IM products are at least 8 divisions below the reference 7000 SERIES OSCILLOSCOPE 2184 11 Fig 3 5 Intermodulation distortion test equipment setup Displayed Frequency Stability a Connect the test setup in accordance with Fig 3 2 using a stable signal generator A frequency should be equal to or less than 0 5 Hz hour b Adjust a stable signal source for an output frequency of 500 kHz at an output level of approxmately 20 dBm c Set the 7L5 front panel controls as follows DOT FREQUENCY 500 00 kHz RESOLUTION 100 Hz FREQUENCY SPAN DIV 50 Hz TIME DIV 1s REFERENCE LEVEL 27 dBm DIGITAL STORAGE DISPLAY A B Display Mode LOG 2 dB DIV 6 1 Slope
116. 0 C4558 283 0631 00 B030323 CAP FXD MICA D 95PF 196 100V 00853 D151E950PFO C4561 281 0525 00 B010100 B030322 CAP CER DI 470PF 94PF 500V 04222 7001 1364 C4561 283 0631 00 B030323 B030417 CAP FXD MICA D 95PF 196 100V 00853 D151E950PFO C4561 281 0605 00 B030418 CAP FXD CER DI 200PF 1096 500V 04222 7001 1375 C4571 283 0111 00 010116 CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 2096 50V 72982 8121 N088ZSU104M C4576 283 0204 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V 72982 8121 07527500103 REV A JUNE 1977 7 11 Ckt No C4643 C4644 C4646 C4648 C4660 C4662 C4664 C4666 C4668 CR3 CR9 CR11 CR16 CR19 CR24 CR34 CR38 CR40 CR42 CR44 CR64 CR66 CR70 CR72 CR74 CR76 CR80 CR82 CR84 CR86 CR87 CR88 CR89 CR90 CR94 CR122 CR168 CR178A B CR192 CR200A B CR242 CR252 CR260 CR360 CR362 CR390 CR392 CR554 CR600 CR604 CR610 CR616 CR620 Tektronix Part No 283 0204 00 283 0204 00 290 0536 00 290 0527 00 283 0111 00 283 0111 00 283 0111 00 283 0111 00 283 0111 00 152 0141 02 150 1004 00 152 0141 02 150 1004 00 150 1004 00 150 1004 00 150 1004 00 150 1004 00 150 1004 00 150 1004 00 150 1004 00 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 150 1004 00 150 1004 00 150 1004 00 150 1004 00 152 0141 02 150 1004 00 152 0141 02 150 1004 00 150 1033 00 152 0597 00 152 0322 00 153 0061 00 152 0322 00 153 0061 00 152 0141 02 152
117. 0 50V Q 7 4 Mfr 56289 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 56289 72982 90201 90201 90201 72982 56289 84411 72982 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 72982 80009 56289 56289 90201 90201 90201 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 00853 72136 00853 72982 72982 72982 56289 72982 72982 72982 56289 56289 72982 56289 72982 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P Mfr Part Number 196D336X0010KA1 8121N058651103M 8121N204651562M 8131N075651104M 8131N075651104M 8131NO75WR5683K 374 001C0G0150K 8121N058651103M 8121N058651 103M 196D476X9020 8121N058651 103M TDC157M006CL TDC685M006EL TDC685M006EL 8131M200A102K 196D476X9020 TEK135A50492 805 509B152J 196D476X9020 196D476X9020 196D336X0010KA1 196D336X0010KA1 196D476X9020 8121 060C0G0300K 285 1124 00 196D476X9020 196D476X9020 TDC156M020NLF TDC156M020NLF TDC156M020NLF 8121 058651103 8121 058651103 8121 058651103 805 509B152J 8121N058651 103M D151E161F0 DM15E561G0300 D151E161F0 8121N58651103M 8131N075651104M 8131N075651104M 403637 8131N075WR5223K 8121N058651103M 8131 075651104 1960476 9020 196D336X0010YA1 8121 058651103 196D227X0010TE3 8131 075 E224M TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P Tektronix Serial Model No Mfr Ckt No Part No Eff Dscont Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number C252 283 0239 00 CAP CER DI 0 022UF 10 50V 72982 8131N075C223K C253 283 0204 00 CAP CER DI
118. 0 RES VAR NONWIR 5K OHM 10 0 50W 73138 62 350 0 R2020 315 0153 00 RES FXD CMPSN 15K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1535 R2022 321 0318 00 RES FXD FILM 20K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 2002F R2024 321 0251 00 RES FXD FILM 4 02K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 4021F R2025 311 1265 00 RES VAR NONWIR 2K OHM 10 0 50W 80294 3329P L58 202 7 30 Ckt No R1846 R1847 R1848 R1854 R1856 R1858 R1874 R1876 R1878 R1880 R1882 R1883 R1885 R1886 R1887 R1888 R1890 R1894 R1902 R1903 R1904 R1905 R1906 R1908 RI910 R1912 R1914 R1916 R1916 R1918 R1919 R2000 R2002 R2010 R2012 R2013 R2014 R2015 h2020 R2022 R2024 R2025 R2026 R2027 R2028 R2030 R2032 R2033 R2040 R2042 R2052 R2060 R2062 Tektronix Part No 315 0470 00 315 0220 00 315 0470 00 321 0171 00 317 0104 00 317 0104 00 317 0302 00 317 0103 00 321 0174 00 315 0123 00 315 0201 00 315 0392 00 311 1263 00 315 0470 00 321 0223 00 321 0289 00 317 0104 00 317 0104 00 315 0123 00 315 0202 00 315 0102 00 311 1265 00 315 0123 00 315 0224 00 315 0201 00 315 0202 00 321 0260 00 315 0301 00 315 0241 00 315 0162 00 315 0202 00 315 0102 00 321 0222 00 321 0272 00 321 0318 00 321 0291 00 321 0251 00 311 1267 00 315 0153 00 321 0318 00 321 0251 00 311 1265 00 321 0237 00 321 0246 00 321 0306 00 315 0100 00 321 0204 00 321 0334 00 315 0121 00 307 0103 00 315 010 00 315 0511 00 315 0100 00 R
119. 0 X 0 125 INCH HEX SOC STL 74445 OBD 263 358 0301 00 3 BUSHING SLEEVE FOR 0 185 DIA HOLE GRAY 80009 358 0301 00 264 366 1058 63 1 KNOB LATCH 7L5 80009 366 1058 63 ATTACHING PARTS 265 214 1095 00 1 PIN SPG SPLIT 0 094 OD X 0 187 INCH LONG 13257 52 022 094 0187 105 0076 02 B010100 B030639 1 REL BAR LATCH PLUG IN UNIT 80009 105 0076 02 266 105 0076 00 B030640 1 REL BAR LATCH PLUG IN UNIT 80009 105 0076 00 267 214 1280 00 1 SPRING HLCPS 0 14 OD X 1 126 L 0 16 DIA W 80009 214 1280 00 ATTACHING PARTS 268 211 0069 00 1 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 125 INCH PNH STL 77250 OBD 269 1 SWITCH ROTARY RES AND SPAN SEE A1A2 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 270 211 0007 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 188 INCH PNH STL 83385 OBD 271 1 SWITCH ROTARY SWEEP TIME SEE ALA3 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 272 211 0007 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 188 INCH PNH STL 83385 OBD 273 333 1936 00 1 PANEL FRONT 80009 333 1936 00 274 426 1181 00 1 FR SECT PLUG IN 80009 426 1181 00 275 348 0235 00 2 SHLD GSKT ELEC 4 734 INCH LONG 80009 348 0235 00 276 351 0432 00 1 GUIDE POST LOWER 80009 351 0432 00 ATTACHING PARTS 277 211 0105 00 1 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 188 100 DEG FLH STL 83385 REV A JUNE 1977 9 9 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P 331 136 0260 02 332 407 1572 00 333 260 0960 01 SOCKET PLUG IN 16 CONTACT LOW CLEARANCE 01295 931602 BRACKET SW SLIDE 0 25 OD X 0 5 INCHES LONG 80009 407 1572 00
120. 00 210 0583 00 361 0387 00 210 0583 00 407 1574 00 211 0180 00 136 0252 04 131 0608 00 131 0590 00 136 0260 02 136 0263 04 129 0266 00 346 0130 00 136 0641 00 136 0578 00 131 1617 01 B010100 B020275 XB020275 XB020275 131 0993 00 XB030642 644 0451 00 672 0556 00 211 0116 00 136 0252 04 136 0252 04 136 0578 00 346 0130 00 REV A JUNE 1977 B010100 B020275 Dscont B020274 B020274 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp Mfr Part Number OBD C931402 C931602 65521 136 214 0579 00 C932202 C931602 C931602 75377 001 361 0766 00 C931402 C9308 02 OBD 2X20224 402 361 0387 00 2X20224 402 407 1574 00 OBD 75060 47357 47351 C931602 75377 001 129 0266 00 350894 1 1 485169 2 0932402 131 1617 01 530153 2 644 0451 00 672 0556 00 75060 75060 Mfr Qty12345 Name amp Description Code 1 CKT BOARD ASSY DIGITAL AVG SEE 4000 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 3 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 875 PNH STL 83385 10 SOCKET PLUG IN 14 CONTACT LOW CLEARANCE 01295 22 SOCKET PLUG IN 16 CONTACT LOW CLEARANCE 01295 CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES 1 SET ELE ANGLE 0 150 L STR OF 36 22526 1 CKT BOARD ASSY DIGITAL STOR SEE A4500 EPL 5 TERM TEST PT 0 40 INCH LONG 80009 1 SOCKET PLUG IN 22 CONTACT 73803 1 SOCKET PLUG IN 16 CONTACT LOW CLEARANCE 01295 19 SOCKET PLUG IN 16 CONTACT LOW CLEARANCE 01295 19 SOCKET PIN TERM FOR 0 025 INCH SQUARE PIN 22526 3 SPACER
121. 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 188 INCH FLH SST 70318 OBD 247 131 1612 01 2 TERMINAL FEEDTH W INSULATOR 80009 131 1612 01 248 1 CKT BD ASSY MDL MOTHER SEE A1000AI EPL 249 129 0106 00 13 POST ELEC MECH 0 218 OD X 0 125 INCH L RRS 80009129 0106 00 250 131 0591 00 30 ELEC 0 835 INCH LONG 22526 47352 251 131 0608 00 34 ELEC 0 365 INCH LONG 2252 47357 252 131 0593 00 3 ELEC 1 15 INCH LONG 22526 47354 253 281 0752 00 3 CAP FXD CER DI 0 00175UF 10A 72982 1214 007 254 131 0595 00 2 CONTACT ELEC 1 37 INCH LONG 22526 47355 255 175 1667 00 1 CA ASSY SP ELEC 2ND LO TO REFOSC 80009 175 1667 00 256 175 1668 00 1 CA ASSY SP ELEC 2ND LO TO REFOSC 80009 175 1668 00 257 175 1669 00 1 CA ASSY SP ELEC 10 7 MHZ TO OSC BUFFER 80009 175 1669 00 614 0559 00 1 FRONT PNL ASSY 80009 614 0559 00 258 66 1610 02 1 KNOB GRAY DOT 80009 366 1610 02 213 0153 00 1 SETSCREW 5 40 X 0 125 INCH HEX SOC STL 74445 OBD 259 366 1007 02 1 KNOB GRAY 80009 366 1007 02 213 0153 00 2 SETSCREW 5 40 X 0 125 INCH HEX SOC STL 74445 OBD 260 366 1610 01 1 KNOB GRAY VAR 80009 366 1610 01 213 0153 00 1 SETSCREW 5 40 X 0 125 INCH HEX SOC STL 74445 OBD 261 366 1007 04 1 KNOB GRAY 80009 366 1007 04 213 0153 00 2 SETSCREW 5 40 X 0 125 INCH HEX SOC STL 74445 OBD 262 366 0494 00 2 KNOB GRAY 80009 366 0494 00 EACH KNOB INCLUDES 213 0153 00 1 SETSCREW 5 4
122. 00F MFF1816G44200F MFF1816G20000F MFF1816G221ROF MFF1816G17400F MFF1816G576ROF CB1025 CB5105 MFF1816G30100F CB3015 MFF1816G15802F MFF1816G35700F TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Tektronix Serial Model No Mfr Ckt No Part No Eff Dscont Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number R1520 317 0274 00 RES FXD CMPSN 270K OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB2745 R1522 317 0152 00 RES FXD CMPSN 1 5K OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB1525 R1524 317 0512 00 RES CMPSN 5 1K OHM 5 0 125 01121 BB5125 R1526 317 0301 00 RES FXD CMPSN 300 OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB3015 R1528 317 0102 00 RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0125W 01121 BB1025 R1529 317 0102 00 RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0125W 01121 BB1025 R1530 317 0303 00 RES FXD CMPSN 30K OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB3035 R1531 317 0103 00 RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0125W 01121 BB1035 R1532 317 0103 00 RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0125W 01121 1035 R1533 317 0101 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB1015 R1536 317 0564 00 RES FXD CMPSN 560K OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB5645 R1540 317 0103 00 RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0125W 01121 1035 R1544 317 0202 00 RES FXD CMPSN 2K OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB2025 R1612 321 0068 00 RES FXD FILM 49 9 OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 49R90F R1616 321 0068 00 RES FILM 49 9 OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 49R90F R1622 321 0068 00 RES FXD FILM 49 9 OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 49R90P R1626 321 0068 00 RES FXD FILM 49 9 OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 49R90F
123. 0101M C4195 281 0504 00 CAP CER DE OIPF 1PF 500V 72982 301 055 0 0100 C4196 281 0504 00 CAP FXD CER DIHOPF 1PF 500V 72982 301 055 0 0100 C4531 281 0579 00 010105 3020274 CAP DIt21PF 5 500V 72982 301 050 0 0210 C4531 281 06560 00 020275 3030339 CAP CZR Dti22PF 5 500V 72982 374 000C000220J C4531 281 0656 00 B030340 CAP FXD CZR D122PF NON VALUE SEL 72982 374 000C000220J C4532 281 0525 00 030325 CAP CER DS1470PF 94PF 500V 04222 7001 1364 CU433 291 0525 00 CAP CZR DI 470PF 94PF 500V 04222 7001 1364 C4534 281 0579 00 CAP CER DI21IPF 5 50V 72982 301 050C0G0210J C4538 281 0523 00 CAP CER DI 100PF 20PF 500V 72982 301 00002 0101 C4542 283 0139 00 B010100 B010115 CAP FXD CER DI 150PF 2096 50V 51642 100 05x5F151M C4542 283 0139 00 010116 B030322XCAP CER DI 150PFP 20 50V NOM VALUE SEL 72982 8101A058B C4545 281 0523 00 CAP CER DI 100PF 20PF 500V 72982 301 00 2 0101 010 C4547 283 0330 00 CAP CER DI 100PF 5 SOV 72982 8111N068C0G0101J C4548 283 0203 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 47UF 20 50V 72982 8131N075 E474M C4553 281 0525 00 B010100 B030322 CAP CER DI 470PF 94PF 500V 04222 7001 1364 C4553 283 0631 00 B030323 CAP FXD MICA D 95PF 195 I00V 00853 D151E950F0 C4558 281 0637 00 B010100 B030322 CAP FXD CER DI 91PF 596 500V 72982 30100025091
124. 01121 01121 12697 01121 73138 75042 75042 75042 75042 01121 12697 01121 01121 01121 12697 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 91637 01121 Mfr Part Number CB2265 CB1125 CB2755 CB3315 CB1125 CB2755 CB3315 CB1125 CB2755 CB3315 CB1125 CB2755 CB3315 CB1125 CB2755 CB3315 CB3315 CB1045 CB3315 CB3315 311 1714 01 MFF1816G32401F 311 1714 01 CB1045 CB1025 382 CM40952 CB1025 1898 83 0 CECTO 3650F CECTO 6490F CECTO 3650F CECTO 6490F CB3315 382 CM40952 CB3315 CB3315 CB1815 382 CM40952 CB2015 CB2015 CB27G5 CB6215 CB1855 CB5105 MFF1816G31600F CB2015 CB2015 CB2205 CB2705 MFF1816G31600F MFF1816G14002F CB2015 Ckt No R244 R246 R248 R252 R254 R255 R256 R258 R259 R261 R266 R268 R269 R270 R272 R273 R274 R275 R276 R277 R278 R279 R280 R282 R284 R2B6 R287 R288 R290 R292 R294 R296 R300 R302 R304 R306 R308 R310 R312 R313 R314 R316 R324 R325 R326 R328 R330 R331 R332 R334 R338 R342 R344 Tektronix Part No 315 0512 00 315 0113 00 315 0512 00 321 0414 00 315 0750 00 311 1260 00 307 0103 00 315 0201 00 315 0201 00 315 0681 00 315 0201 00 315 0201 00 315 0102 00 315 0242 00 321 0399 00 316 0565 00 315 0201 00 315 0270 00 321 0241 00 321 0241 00 315 0220 00 315 0510 00 321 0327 03 321 0310 00 321 0748 06 321 0318 07 321 0620 00 321 0631 03 315 03
125. 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2366 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2370 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2372 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2374 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2376 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2378 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR3008 152 0075 00 SEMICOND DEVICE GE 25V 40MA 80009 152 0075 00 CR3012 152 0322 00 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V HOT CARRIER 28480 5082 2672 CR3014 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR3022 152 0322 00 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V HOT CARRIER 28480 5082 2672 CR3024 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR3032 152 0322 00 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V HOT CARRIER 28480 5082 2672 CR3034 152 0322 00 SEMICOND DEVIGE SILICON 15V HOT CARRIER 28480 5082 2672 CR3038 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR4189 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR4553 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR4602 152 0322 00 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V HOT CARRIER 28480 5082 2672 CR4611 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 15OMA 07910 1N4152 CR4612 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 E266 276 0507 00 XB010150 SHIELDING BEAD 0 6UH 78488 57 0180 7D 500B E268 276
126. 03 00 303 0392 00 315 0163 00 307 0446 00 315 0105 00 315 0163 00 315 0472 00 321 0402 00 307 0446 00 321 0356 00 321 0373 00 307 0446 00 321 0344 00 315 0513 00 315 0472 00 315 0471 00 321 0442 00 321 0425 00 321 0385 00 321 0426 00 321 0377 00 307 0106 00 307 0106 00 301 0562 00 311 1280 00 321 0915 07 321 0816 07 311 1280 00 315 0101 00 321 0815 07 321 0249 09 315 0104 00 315 0273 00 315 0302 00 315 0104 00 315 0104 00 315 0104 00 315 0104 00 315 0104 00 315 0104 00 315 0104 00 315 0103 00 REV A JUNE 1977 Serial Model No Eff Dscont Name amp Description RES FXD FILM 49 9K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 37 4K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 30 1K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 24 9K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 75K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 49 9K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FIIM 37 4K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 30 1K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 3 9K OHM 5 1W RES FXD CMPSN 16K OHM 5 0 25W RES NTWK Fl 10K OHM 20 9 RES RES FXD CMPSN 1M OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 16K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 4 7K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 150K OHM 1 0 125W RES NTWK Fl 10K OHM 20 9 RES RES FXD FILM 49 9K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 75K OHM 1 0 125W RES NTWK FXD Fl 10K OHM 20 9 RES
127. 04M C1169 283 0111 00 CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V 72982 8131N075651104M C1170 283 0000 00 CAP CER DI 0 001UF 100 0 500V72982 831 516E102P C1182 281 0509 00 CAP CER DI 15PF 1 5PF 500V 72982 301 000C0G0150K C1184 283 0111 00 CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V 72982 8131N075651104M C1198 283 0111 00 CAP CER DI O IUF 20 50V 72982 8131N075651104M C1202 281 0509 00 CAP CER DI 15PF 1 5PF 500V 72982 301 000C0G0150K C1214 283 0111 00 CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V 72982 8131N075651104M 7 6 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P Tektronix Serial Model No Mfr Ckt No Part No Eff Dscont Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number C1158 283 0111 00 CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V 72982 8121 N088Z5U104M C1164 283 0111 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 2096 50V 72982 8121 N088Z5U104M C1169 283 0111 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 2096 50V 72982 8121 3038250104 C1170 283 0000 00 CAP CER DI 0 001UF 100 096 500V 72982 831 516 102 C1182 281 0509 00 CAP CER DI 15PF 1 5PF 500V 72982 301 000C0G0150K C1184 283 0111 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 2096 50V 72982 8121 N088Z5U104M C1198 283 0111 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 2096 50V 72982 8121 3088250104 C1202 281 0509 00 CAP CER DI 15PF 1 5PF 500V 72982 301 000C0G0150K C1214 283 0111 00 CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V 72982 8121 3088250104 C1216 283 0111 00 CAP FD CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V 72982 8121 30882
128. 050 283 0111 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V 72982 8131N075651104M C1052 283 0111 00 CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V 72982 8131N075651104M C1053 283 0111 00 CAP CER DI 0 IUF 20 50V 72982 8131N075651104M C1054 283 0111 00 CAP CER DI 0 IUF 20 50V 72982 8131N075651104M C1056 283 0111 00 CAP CZR Dls0 1UF 20 50V 72982 8131N075651104M C1005 283 0111 00 CAP CER DI 0 IUF 20 50V 72982 8131N075651104M C1059 203 0111 00 CAP CER DIIO IUF 20 50V 72982 8131N075651104M C1060 283 0000 00 CAP CZR Di0 00IUF 100 0 50V 72982 831 5162102P C1074 283 0204 00 CAP CZR DIIO 01UP 20 500V 72982 8121N058651103M C1088 283 0111 00 CAP CER DII0 1UF 20 50V 72982 8131N075651104M C1102 281 0509 00 CAP CER DI 15PF 1 5PF 500V 72982 301 000C0G0150K C1104 283 0111 00 CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V 72982 8131N075651104M C1110 283 0000 00 CAP CER DI 0 001UF 100 00 500V 72982 831 516E102P C1128 283 0111 00 CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V 72982 8131N075651104N C1132 281 0509 00 CAP DI 15PF 1 5PF 500V 72982 301 000 0 0150 C1134 283 0111 00 CAP CER DI 0 IUF 20 50V 72982 8131N075651104M C1140 283 0000 00 CAP CER DI 0 001UF 100 0 500V72982 831 516E102P C1158 283 0111 00 CAP CER DI 0 IUF 20 50V 72982 8131N075651104M C1164 283 0111 00 CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V 72982 8131N0756511
129. 0507 00 XB010150 SHIELDING BEAD 0 6UH 78488 57 0180 7D 500B E276 276 0507 00 XB010150 SHIELDING BEAD 0 6UH 78488 57 0180 7D 500B E278 276 0507 00 XB010150 SHIELDING BEAD 0 6UH 78488 57 0180 7D 500B FL1300 119 0608 00 FILTER BAND PAS CRYSTAL 10 7MH 80009 119 0608 00 J10 131 1606 01 CONNECTOR RCPT W 22 44 CONTACTS 80009 131 1606 01 J20 131 1617 01 CONNECTOR RCPT W 18 36 CONTACTS 80009 131 1617 01 J94 136 0387 00 JACK TIP GRAY 71279 450 4352 01 0318 J96 103 0180 01 ADAPTER CONN FEMALE BNC 80009 103 0180 01 J530 131 1617 01 CONNECTOR RCPT W 18 36 CONTACTS 80009 131 1617 01 J2210 131 1616 00 CONNECTOR RCPT 18 36 CONTACT 05574 3VH15 1JV15 J3020 131 1617 01 CONNECTOR RCPT w 18 36 CONTACTS 80009 131 1617 01 J3030 131 1617 01 CONNECTOR RCPT w 18 36 CONTACTS 80009 131 1617 01 L120 108 0551 00 COIL RF 14UH 80009 108 0551 00 L122 108 0552 00 COIL RF 80NH 80009 108 0552 00 L124 108 0420 00 COIL RF 60NH 80009 108 0420 00 L126 108 0551 00 COIL RF 14UH 80009 108 0551 00 L128 108 0598 00 COIL RF 200UH 80009 108 0598 00 REV A JUNE 1977 7 15 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Tektronix Serial Model No Mfr Ckt No Part No Eff Dscont Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number L1730 114 0341 00 COIL RF 7 13 7 35MH 80009 114 0341 00 L1780 114 0341 00 COIL RF 7 13 7 35MH 80009 114 0341 00 L1820 114 0341 00 COIL RF 7 13 7 35MH 80009 114 0341 00 L1856 114 0342 00 COIL RF 0 95 1 05MH L1860 114 0342 00 COIL RF 0 95 1 05MHH 80009 11
130. 0V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2346 152 0141 02 SENICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2348 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2356 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 3150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2360 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2362 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2366 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2370 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2372 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2374 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2376 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2378 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 3WOV 150MA 07910 1 4152 CR3008 152 0075 00 SEMICOND DEVICE GE 25V 40NA 80009 152 0075 00 CR3012 152 0322 00 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V 28480 5082 2672 CR3014 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR3022 152 0322 00 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V 28480 5082 2672 CR3024 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR3032 152 0322 00 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V 28480 5082 2672 CR3034 152 0322 00 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V 28480 5082 2672 CR3038 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR4189 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR4553 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR4602 152 0322 00 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICO
131. 1 4 BIT ADDER MICROCIRCUIT 01 4 BIT ADDER MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL D TYPE F F MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT NAND GATE MICROCIRCUIT DI DUAL J K MASTER SLAVE F F MICROCIRCUIT DI 3 INPUT NOR GATE MICROCIRCUIT 01 18 STAGE STATIC SHIFT RGTR MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT NAND GATE MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL HIGH SPEED COMPARATOR MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL HIGH SPEED COMPARATOR MICROCIRCUIT 01 8 BIT SERIAL IN PRL OUT MICROCIRCUIT DI 4 STAGE PRL IN PRL OUT MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT NAND GATE MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD TOW INPUT MULTIPLEXER MICROCIRCUIT DI DUAL 4 BIT BIN COUNTER MICROCIRCUIT DI DUAL 4 BIT BIN COUNTER MICROCIRCUIT DI DUAL 4 BIT BIN COUNTER MICROCIRCUIT DI DUAL 4 BIT BIN COUNTER MICROCIRCUIT DI 8 BIT PRL INP SERIAL OUTPUT MICROCIRCUIT DI 4 STAGE PRL IN PRL OUT MICROCIRCUIT DI 4 STAGE PRL IN PRL OUT MICROCIRCUIT DI HEX INVERTER BUFFER MICROCIRCUIT DI DUAL 1 SHOT MULTIVIBRATOR MICROCIRCUIT DI 3 INPUT NOR GATE MICROCIRCUIT DI DUAL J K MASTER SLAVE F F MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT NOR GATE MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT NOR GATE MICROCIRCUIT DI DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONV MICROCIRCUIT DI SUCCESSIVE APPROX REGISTER MICROCIRCUIT LI DUA L HIGH SPEED COMPARATOR MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL D TYPE F F MICROCIRCUIT DI DUAL J K MASTER SLAVE F F MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT NAND GATE MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL O
132. 11 00 283 0641 00 283 0672 00 23 0111 00 283 0159 00 281 0645 00 Serial Model No Eff Dscont Name amp Description CAP CER DI 470PF 5 100V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP VAR CER DI 5 5 18PF CAP VAR CER DI 5 5 18PF CAP VAR MICA D 90 400PF 175V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 SOV CAP FXD CER DI 2 2PF 0 25PF 500V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DI 1UF 80 20 25V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DI 1UF 80 20 25V CAP FXD CER DI 1UF 80 20 25V CAP FXD CER DI 1UF 80 20 25V CAP CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 1UF 8 20 25V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP VAR CER DI 5 5 18PF CAP CER DI 470PF 5 100V CAP VAR CER DI 5 5 18PF CAP VAR MICA D 90 400PF 175V CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 0 01UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 2096 50V CAP CER DI 1UF 80 2096 25V CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 2096 50V CAP VAR CER DI 5 5 18PF CAP CER DI 470PF 5 100V CAP VAR CER DI 5 5 18PF CAP VAR MICA D 90 400PF 175V CAP CER DI 1UF 80 2096 25V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 200 50
133. 1121 1635 1834 317 0301 00 RES FXD CMPSN 300 OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB3015 R1835 311 1263 00 RES VAR NONWIR 1K OHM 1096 0 50W 73138 62PT 347 0 R1836 315 0103 00 RES FXD CMPSN 1OK OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1035 R1842 315 0470 00 RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 4705 R1844 317 0470 00 RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB4705 R1846 315 0470 00 RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 4705 R1847 315 0220 00 RES FXD CMPSN 22 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB2205 R1848 315 0470 00 RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 4705 1854 321 0171 00 RES FXD FILM 590 OHM 1 0 125W 75042 5900 R1856 317 0104 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 125W 01121 1045 R1858 317 0104 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB1045 R1874 317 0302 00 RES CMPSN 3K OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB3025 R1876 317 0103 00 RES CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0125W 01121 BB1035 R1878 321 0174 00 RES FXD FILM 634 OHM 195 0 125W 75042 CEATO 6340F R1880 315 0123 00 RES FXD CMPSN 12K OHM 596 0 25W 01121 1235 R1882 315 0201 00 RES FXD CMPSN 200 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB2015 R1883 315 0392 00 RES CMPSN 3 9K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB3925 R1885 311 1263 00 RES VAR NONWIR 1K OHM 10 O SOW 73138 62 347 0 R1886 315 0470 00 RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 C94705 R1887 321 0223 00 RES FXD FILM 2 05K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 2051 R1888 321 0289 00 RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 1
134. 13 9 Digital Storage u Calibration Test Equipment Replacement 4 19 Section 5 MAINTENANCE Introduction Vare Preventive Maintenance CIGARE E O O O O TER 5 1 5 2 Visual lhspection Qu aa au Transistor and Integrated Circuit Troubleshootingk r et Troubleshooting 5 2 Finding Faulty Semiconductors sse 5 3 General Troubleshooting Techniques L 5 5 Corrective Maintenance 5 5 Disassembly of the 715 and Replacing Assemblies 5 7 Removing the Front Panel U 5 7 Removing the IF Module Assembly sn 5 7 Removing the Sweep Board sss nennen Removing the RF Module sa 5 9 Reassembling the 7L5 8 OPTION INFORMATION Section REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS 7 1 Part Number NSN Index 7 42 8 DIAGRAMS AND CIRCUIT BOARD ILLUSTRATIONS
135. 1503F R2315 315 0223 00 RES FXD CMPSN 22K OHM 596 0 25W 01121 CB2235 R2316 315 0101 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 595 0 25W 01121 CB1015 R2318 315 0101 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 595 0 25W 01121 CB1015 R2320 321 0356 00 RES FXD FILM 49 9K OHM 196 0 125W 75042 CEATO 4992F R2322 321 0327 00 RES FXD FILM 24 9K OHM 196 0 125W 75042 CEATO 2492F R2324 321 0321 00 RES FXD FILM 21 5K OHM 196 0 125W 75042 CEATO 2152F R2330 321 0344 00 RES FXD FILM 37 4K OHM 196 0 125W 75042 CEATO 3742F R2332 321 0373 00 RES FXD FILM 75K OHM 195 0 125W 75042 CEATO 7502F R2334 321 0402 00 RES FXD FILM 150K OHM 196 0 125W 75042 CEATO 1503F R2336 321 0327 00 RES FXD FILM 24 9K OHM 196 0 125W 75042 CEATO 2492F R2338 321 0321 00 RES FXD FILM 21 5K OHM 196 0 125W 75042 CEATO 2152F R2340 321 0402 00 RES FXD FILM 150K OHM 196 0 125W 75042 CEATO 1503F R2342 321 0306 00 RES FXD FILM 15K OHM 195 0 125W 75042 CEATO 1502F R2344 315 0101 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 595 0 25W 01121 CB1015 R2346 315 0103 00 RES CMPSN 1OK OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1035 R2348 321 0344 00 RES FXD FILM 37 4K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 3742F R2350 315 0101 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1015 R2352 321 0371 00 RES FXD FILM 71 5K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 7152F R2354 315 0105 00 RES CMPSN iM OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1055 R2356 315 0101 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1015 R2358 315 0101
136. 151 1012 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON FE N CHANNEL 22229 F1585 Q240 151 0195 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0195 00 Q245 151 0195 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0195 00 Q260 151 0190 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0190 00 Q270 151 0230 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 02735 38520 Q275 151 0230 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 02735 38520 Q365 151 0188 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP 01295 2N3906 Q395 151 0216 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP 01713 MPS6523 Q525 151 0188 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP 01295 2 3906 Q570 151 0456 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0456 00 Q575 151 0456 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0456 00 Q591 151 0188 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP 01295 2 3906 Q621 151 1021 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON JFE 17856 FN815 Q680 151 1078 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON JFE N CHANNEL 80009 151 1078 00 Q700 151 1022 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON JFE SEL FROM 2N439280009 151 1022 00 Q705 151 0188 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP 01295 2 3906 Q735 151 1079 00 TRANSISTOR MOS FE SILICON N CHANNEL 15818 U1897E Q765 151 1079 00 TRANSISTOR MOS FE SILICON N CHANNEL 15818 U1897E Q1040 151 0190 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0190 00 Q1060 151 1021 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON JFE 17856 FN815 Q1070 151 0190 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0190 00 Q1080 151 0190 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0190 00 7 16 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Tektronix Serial Model No Mfr Ckt No Part No Eff Dscont Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number L2360 108 0598 00 COIL RF 200
137. 1864 L1870 and L1872 for maximum amplitude and symmetry around the DOT frequency Bandwidth 6 dB down should be 10 kHz 20 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P d Set the RESOLUTION to 30 kHz FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to 10 kHz and adjust 11916 L1918 for symmetry and maximum amplitude around the DOT frequency e Return the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to 0 tune the crystal filter center frequency to 250 kHz with adjustments C1666 C1726 C1766 and C1806 Fig 4 15 Tune for maximum response amplitude as the RESOLUTION is decreased towards 10 Hz f Adjust the response of each VR stage for response symmetry amplitude and bandwidth as follows Set the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to 5 kHz RESOLUTION to 3 kHz and Display Mode to 10 dB DIV Adjust the REFERENCE LEVEL for an on screen display so the shape and bandwidth 20 dB down can be observed Figure 4 14 Test points and adjustments on the 250 kHz IF Amplifier 10 8 MHz Input Filter and 2 Mixer 4 13 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P Ma mest Figure 4 15 B Test points and adjustments on the Variable Resolution board 4 14 Install 10 ko swamping resistors Fig across 1720 1725 1760 1765 TP TP1805 Fig 4 15 Adjust the response symmetry and center frequency of the 151 stage with C1660 C1664 and as follows 20 dB a Adjust for down with C1660 Fig 4 17A symmetry b Adjust for symmetry 2 dB down and response flatness with C1664
138. 1N058651103M 72982 8121N058651103M 72982 8121N058651103M 72982 8121N058651103M 72982 8121N058651103M 56289 150D476X0006B2 72982 8121N058651103M 90201 TDC686M006NLF 72982 8131 075651474 72982 8121N058651103M 72982 8121N058651103M 72982 8121N058651103M 72982 8121N058651103M 72982 8121N058651103M 72982 8121N058651103M 72982 B121N058651103M 72982 8121N058651103M 72982 8121 058651103 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P Tektronix Serial Model No Mfr Ckt No Part No Eff Dscont Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number C2360 283 0203 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 47UF 20 50V 72982 8131 075 E474M C2368 283 0204 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V 72982 8121N075Z5U0103M C2371 283 0204 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V 72982 8121 07527500103 C2373 283 0204 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V 72982 8121 07527500103 C2377 283 0204 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V 72982 8121 0752500103 C2381 283 0204 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V 72982 8121 07527500103 C2384 283 0204 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V 72982 8121 07527500103 C2386 283 0204 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V 72982 8121N075ZSU0103M C2387 283 0204 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V 72982 8121 07527500103 C2388 283 0204 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V 72982 8121 07527500103 C2391 283 0204 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V 72982 8121 07527500103 C2393 283 0204 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V 72982 8121N07
139. 1N147W5RLO04K 855 547E103Z 86282 2 FSCM 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 72982 00779 88245 71279 22526 22526 22526 28480 72982 78488 73138 81483 81483 76493 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 00779 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P PART NUMBER NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER CROSS REFERENCE INDEX NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER 5999 00 434 2894 6250 00 476 0489 5935 00 599 8831 5935 00 599 8832 5935 00 597 5054 5365 00 003 4147 5355 00 763 2993 5910 00 860 8529 5920 00 942 9927 5935 00 879 8328 5935 00 359 8926 5940 01 020 0592 5999 00 551 9433 5999 00 396 6331 5961 00 479 7329 5910 00 378 0354 5950 00 001 7551 5905 01 012 3765 5961 00 936 7719 5961 00 936 7720 5950 00 057 0777 5910 01 033 8432 5910 00 488 9888 5910 00 372 0584 5910 00 900 1209 5910 00 615 6297 5910 00 801 1005 5999 01 020 2591 NATIONAL PART STOCK NUMBER son NUMBER 7 48 136 0387 00 80009 5935 00 359 8926 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P SECTION 9 REPLACEABLE MECHANICAL PARTS PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION Replacement parts are available from or through your local Tektronix Inc Field Office or representative Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to accommodate improved components as they become available and to give you the benefit of the latest circuit improvements developed in our engineering department It is therefore important when ordering parts to include the following information i
140. 2 8121M050W5R222M C758 283 0177 00 CAP CER DI 1UF 80 20 25V 72982 8131N039651105Z C772 283 0111 00 CAP DI 0 1UF 20 50V 72982 8131N075651104M C784 283 0111 00 CAP DI 0 1UF 20 50V 72982 8131N075651104M C786 283 0111 00 CAP DI 0 1UF 20 50V 72982 8131N075651104M C788 283 0111 00 CAP CER DI 0 IUF 20 50V 72982 8131N075651104M C790 283 0003 00 CAP CER DI 0 01UF 80 20 150V 72982 855 547E103z C830 283 0103 00 CAP Dl 180PF 5 500 56289 40C638 C832 283 0103 00 CER DI 180PF 5 500V 56289 40C638 C840 283 0065 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 001UF 5 100V 72982 805 505B102J CB41 283 0198 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 22UF 20 50V 72982 8131N075651224M C860 283 0640 00 CAP FXD MICA D 160PF 1 100V 00853 D151E161F0 C880 283 0111 00 CAP CER DI 0 IUF 20 50V 72982 8131N075651104M C1002 283 0111 00 CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V 72982 8131N075651104M C1010 281 0752 00 CAP FXD CER Dl 1750PF 80009 281 0752 00 C1012 283 0154 00 CAP CER Dl 22PF 5 50V 72982 8111A058C0G2200J C1014 281 0752 00 CAP FXD CER Dl 1750PF 80009 281 0752 00 C1016 283 0154 00 CAP CER DI 22PF 5 50V 72982 8111IA058C0G220J C1018 281 0752 00 CAP FXD CER Dl 1750PF 80009 281 0752 00 C1040 283 0706 00 CAP FXD MICA D 91PF 1PF 500V 00853 D15 5E910F0 C1042 281 0167 00 CAP VAR CER DI 9 45PF 200V 72982 538 011 0 9 45 C1
141. 2 R644 R646 R648 R650 R652 R654 R655 R656 R660 R661 R662 R666 R667 R668 R670 R672 R674 R676 R678 R680 R682 R684 R685 R686 R688 R690 R692 R694 R696 R698 R700 R702 Tektronix Part No 321 0222 00 315 0513 00 315 0112 00 315 0622 00 315 0222 00 321 0337 00 315 0103 00 315 0106 00 315 0101 00 315 0103 00 315 0511 00 321 0356 00 321 0385 00 315 0821 00 315 0752 00 321 0289 00 321 0289 00 321 0304 00 315 0622 00 315 0153 00 315 0222 00 315 0821 00 315 0821 00 315 0270 00 321 0385 00 321 0385 00 321 0254 00 311 1268 00 321 0283 00 307 1039 00 321 0285 00 321 0291 00 321 0337 00 321 0337 00 321 0632 00 321 1643 07 321 1643 07 315 0106 00 315 0103 00 321 0260 00 321 0402 00 321 0356 00 321 0349 00 311 1266 00 321 0349 00 321 0291 00 315 0475 00 321 0289 00 321 0327 00 321 0385 00 321 0423 00 321 0481 00 322 0519 01 REV A JUNE 1977 Serial Model No Eff Dscont Name amp Description RES FXD FILM 2K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 51K OHM 5 0 25W RES CMPSN I 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 6 2K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 2 2K 08M 5 0 25W RES FILM 31 6K OHM 1 0 125W RES CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10M OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 510 OHM 5 0 25W RES 49 9 OHM 1 0 125W RES
142. 225 CB1035 CEATO 4020F CB3025 CB1015 CEATO 4991F CEATO 4020F CEATO 4021F CB1025 CEATO 1001F CB2035 CB2035 CB1025 CEATO 49R90F CB51G5 CB1825 CB5105 CEATO 3571F CB5615 CB5115 CB5115 CEATO 1500F CB5105 CEATO 49R90F CB5105 CB6205 CB4705 CB3035 CB4705 CB3035 CB1015 CB1015 CB2035 CB1035 CB3025 CB1525 CB2035 CB1035 CB3025 CB1525 CB4705 CB4705 Ckt No R1241 R1242 R1246 R1248 R1249 R1250 R1252 R1254 R1256 R1258 R1260 R1262 R1300 1304 R1306 R1308 R1310 R1312 R1314 R1316 R1318 R1320 R1322 R1324 R1326 R1350 R1352 R1354 R1356 R1358 R1359 R1360 R1362 R1364 R1366 R1370 R1372 R1374 R1376 R1380 R1384 R1390 R1392 R1394 R1396 R1398 R1400 R1402 R1404 R1406 R1408 R1410 R1411 Tektronix Part No 315 0103 00 321 0155 00 315 0302 00 315 0101 00 321 0260 00 321 0155 00 321 0251 00 315 0102 00 321 0193 00 315 0203 00 315 0203 00 315 0102 00 321 0068 00 307 0113 00 315 0182 00 315 0510 00 321 0246 00 315 0561 00 315 051 1 00 315 051 1 00 321 0114 00 315 0510 00 321 0068 00 315 0510 00 315 0620 00 315 0470 00 315 0303 00 315 0470 00 315 0303 00 315 0101 00 315 0101 00 315 0203 00 315 0103 00 315 0302 00 315 0152 00 315 0203 00 315 0103 00 315 0302 00 315 0152 00 315 0470 00 315 0470 00 321 0263 00 321 0255 00 321 0222 00 321 0130 00 321 0216 00 321 0170 00 315 0102 00 315 0510 00 321 0239 00 31
143. 25 CB1035 CB1045 CB1045 CB1035 CB2035 MFF1816G10001F MFF1816G10001F CB3935 CB1025 CB1025 MFF1816G84500F MFF1816G1000IIF 3329P L58 202 3329P L58 252 CB6825 HMF188G11303F MFF1816G10001F CB1035 Ckt No U145 U160 U165 U170 U175 U180 U185 U192 U192 U194 U195 U196 U198 U200 U200 U205 U205 U210 U210 U215 U225 U230 U260 U265 U270 U305 U310 0325 0335 0340 0345 0375 0395 0510 0515 0515 0520 0525 0530 0535 0540 0550 0555 0560 0565 0570 0575 0580 0585 0590 0595 0600 0605 0650 0665 0670 0675 Tektronix Part No 156 0177 00 156 0569 00 156 0422 00 156 0508 00 156 0567 00 156 0506 00 156 0516 00 156 0047 00 156 0386 00 156 0567 00 156 0315 00 156 0506 00 156 0516 00 156 0079 00 156 0656 00 156 0117 00 156 0784 00 156 0084 00 156 0788 00 156 0084 00 156 0517 00 156 0124 00 156 0177 00 156 0041 00 156 0079 00 156 0158 00 156 0077 00 155 0108 00 156 0077 00 155 0108 00 156 0077 00 156 0067 01 156 0626 00 156 0503 00 156 0463 28 156 0726 00 156 0683 00 156 0547 00 156 0350 00 156 0349 00 156 0548 00 156 0144 00 156 0186 00 156 0178 00 156 0403 00 156 0043 00 156 0411 00 155 0056 00 156 0259 00 156 0487 00 156 0112 00 156 0177 00 156 0158 00 156 0305 04 156 0513 00 156 0514 00 156 0158 00 Serial Model No Dscont Eff B010100 B020275 B020274 B010100 B020275 B010100 B020275 B010100 B020274 B020274 B020274
144. 253 00 315 0101 00 307 0103 00 315 0100 00 321 0190 00 REV A JUNE 1977 Serial Model No Eff Dscont B010100 B030528 B030529 Name amp Description RES FXD FILM 140K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 5 6M OHM 10 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 200 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 27 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 3 16K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 3 16K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 22 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 51 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 24 9K OHM 0 25 0 125W RES FXD FILM 16 5K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 4 95K OHM NOM VALUE SEL RES FXD FILM 5 09K OHM 0 5 0 125W RES FILM 20K CHM 0 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 8 45K OHM 0 25 0 125W RES FXD FILM 12 5K OHM 0 25W 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 33 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 33 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 33 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 33 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RES FILM 1OK OHM 0 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 8 25K OHM 0 10 0 125W RES FXD FILM 29 27K OHM 0 1t 0 125W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 15K OHM 0 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 10 7K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 20K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 20K OHM 1 0 125SW RES FXD CMPSN 3 3K OHM 5 0 25W RES VAR NONWIR 10K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 3 3K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 100 OHM 1 0 125
145. 25W 75042 1002 R1890 317 0104 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB1045 R1894 317 0104 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 125W 01121 1045 R1902 315 0123 00 RES FXD CMPSN 12K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1235 1903 315 0202 00 RES FXD CMPSN 2K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB2025 R1904 315 0102 00 RES CMPSN 1K 01HM 5 0 25W 01121 1025 R1905 311 1265 00 RES VAR NONWIR 2K OHM 10 0 50W 80294 3329P L58 202 R1906 315 0123 00 RES FXD CKPSN 12K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1235 R1908 315 0224 00 RES FXD CMPSN 220K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB2245 R1910 315 0201 00 RES FXD CMPSN 200 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB2015 R1912 315 0202 00 RES FXD CMPSN 2K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB2025 R1914 321 0260 00 RES FXD FILM 4 99K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 4991 1916 315 0301 00 RES FXD CKPSN 300 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 015 1918 315 0162 00 RES CMPSN 1 6K OHN 5 0 25W 01121 1625 1919 315 0202 00 RES FXD CMPSN 2K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB2025 R2000 315 0102 00 RES CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1025 R2002 321 0222 00 RES FXD FILM 2K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 2001 R2010 321 0272 00 RES FXD FILM 6 65K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 6651F R2012 321 0318 00 RES FXD FILM 20K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 2002 R2013 321 0291 00 RES FXD FILM 10 5K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 1052F R2014 321 0251 00 RES FXD FILM 4 02K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 4021F R2015 311 1267 0
146. 30 00 315 0330 00 315 0330 00 315 0330 00 321 0289 00 321 0289 07 321 0289 00 321 0281 07 321 1602 04 321 0289 00 321 0603 07 321 0292 00 321 0318 00 321 0318 00 315 0332 00 311 1268 00 315 0101 00 315 0332 00 321 0097 00 321 0447 00 321 0232 00 321 0288 00 315 0101 00 315 0332 00 315 0101 00 Serial Model No Eff Dscont Name amp Description RES FXD CMPSN 5 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 11K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 5 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 200K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 75 OHM 5 0 25W RES VAR NONWIR 250 OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 2 7 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 200 OHM 5 0 25w RES FXD CMPSN 200 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 680 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 200 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 200 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES CKPSN 2 4K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 140K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 5 6M OHM 10 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 200 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 27 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 3 16K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 3 16K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 22 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 51 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 24 9K OHM 0 50 0 125W RES FXD FILM 16 5K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 4 95K OHM NOM VALUE SEL RES FXD FILM 20K OHM 0 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 8 45K OHM 0 25 0 125W RES FXD FILM 12 5K OHM 0 25W 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 33 OHM 5
147. 3173 283 0203 00 80009 5910 00 372 0582 283 0204 00 80009 5910 00 488 9888 283 0220 00 80009 5910 00 372 0584 283 0604 00 80009 5910 00 064 9433 283 0634 00 80009 5910 00 153 7920 283 0670 00 80009 5910 00 551 9377 290 0114 00 80009 5910 00 752 4185 290 0135 00 80009 5910 00 436 5365 290 0425 00 80009 5910 00 500 9676 290 0512 00 80009 5910 00 361 8667 290 0532 00 80009 5910 00 549 0398 301 050C0GO210J 72982 5910 00 947 9500 307 0106 00 80009 5905 00 126 6705 RCR20G4R7JS 1349 905 00 126 6705 307 0113 00 80009 5905 00 472 6502 311 1259 00 80009 5905 00 434 5415 311 1263 00 80009 5905 00 048 6793 311 1266 00 80009 5905 01 012 3765 311 1267 00 80009 5905 00 369 7639 311 1268 00 80009 5905 00 566 3797 311 1280 00 80009 5905 00 553 8796 315 0100 00 80009 5905 00 434 5438 315 0101 00 80009 5905 00 102 5294 315 0102 00 80009 5905 00 434 5439 315 0104 00 80009 5905 00 434 5443 315 0105 00 80009 RCR07G153JS 81349 5905 OO00 116 8554 315 0112 00 80009 5905 00 445 3781 315 0121 00 80009 5905 00 445 3804 315 0123 00 80009 5905 00 445 3826 315 0131 00 80009 5905 00 445 3827 315 0133 00 80009 5905 00 445 3828 315 0151 00 80009 5905 00 577 9598 315 0153 00 80009 RCR07G153JS 81349 5905 00 116 8555 315 0162 00 80009 5905 00 445 3705 315 0163 00 80009 5905 00 445 3706 315 0181 00 80009 5905 00 445 3707 315 0182 00 80009 5905 00 114 5343 7 46 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P PART NUMBER NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER CROSS REFERENCE INDEX NATIONAL NATIONAL PART S
148. 381 R2382 R2383 R2384 R2386 R2387 R2388 R2389 R2391 R2393 R2396 R2397 R2397 R3000 R3010 R3012 R3014 R3022 R3024 Tektronix Part No 321 0315 00 321 0344 00 321 0373 00 321 0402 00 321 0402 00 315 0223 00 315 0101 00 315 0101 00 321 0356 00 321 0327 00 321 0321 00 321 0344 00 321 0373 00 321 0402 00 321 0327 00 321 0321 00 321 0402 00 321 0306 00 315 0101 00 315 0103 00 321 0344 00 315 0101 00 321 0371 00 315 0105 00 315 0101 00 315 0101 00 321 0371 00 321 0400 00 321 0333 00 321 0354 00 317 0047 00 317 0047 00 317 0470 00 317 0470 00 317 0470 00 321 0431 00 321 0306 00 317 0470 00 317 0470 00 317 0470 00 317 0470 00 317 0470 00 317 0470 00 317 0470 00 317 0222 00 317 0105 00 317 0102 00 307 0474 00 307 0445 00 315 0392 00 321 0185 00 315 0102 00 321 0250 00 REV A JUNE 1977 Serial Model No Eff Dscont Name amp Description RES FXD FILM 18 7K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 37 4K OHM 1 0 125W RES FIIM 75K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 150K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 150K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 22K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FIILM 49 9K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 24 9K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 21 5K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 37 4K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 75K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 150K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD
149. 4 R4624 R4625 R4625 R4626 R4627 R4628 R4629 R4630 R4633 R4634 R4637 Tektronix Part No 321 0409 00 321 0289 00 321 0399 00 321 0406 00 315 0472 00 321 0253 00 311 1263 00 321 0289 00 321 0342 00 315 0153 00 315 0133 00 315 0474 00 315 0103 00 311 1272 00 315 0562 00 321 0318 00 315 0562 00 315 0302 00 321 0201 00 321 0261 00 315 0471 00 315 0103 00 315 0510 00 315 0910 00 315 0243 00 321 0277 00 315 0471 00 311 1267 00 321 0289 00 321 0289 00 315 0562 00 315 0562 00 315 0510 00 315 0471 00 315 0102 00 315 0103 00 315 0104 00 315 0104 00 315 0103 00 315 0203 00 321 0289 00 321 0289 00 315 0393 00 315 0102 00 315 0102 00 321 0282 00 321 0289 00 311 1265 00 311 1266 00 315 0682 00 321 0486 00 321 0289 00 315 0103 00 315 0100 02 315 0103 00 315 0100 02 315 0103 00 Serial Model No Eff Dscont B010100 B010149 B010150 8010100 010114 010115 010100 030322 030323 030323 030339 030340 030323 010116 010116 amp Description RES FI LM 178K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RES FIIM 140K CHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FIIM 165K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 4 7K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 4 22K OHM 1 0 125W RES VAR NONWIR 1K COHM 10 0 50W RES FXD FILM 100K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 35 7K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 15K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 13K OHM 5 0 25W
150. 4 0342 00 L1864 114 0342 00 COIL RF 0 95 1 05MH 80009 114 0342 00 L1870 114 0342 00 COIL RF 0 95 1 05MH 80009 114 0342 00 11872 114 0342 00 COIL RF 0 95 1 05MH 80009 114 0342 00 L1916 114 0342 00 COIL RF 0 95 1 05MH 80009 114 0342 00 11918 114 0342 00 RF 0 95 1 05 12032 SELECTED COIL RF 1 4UH NOMINAL VALUE SEL L2240 108 0598 00 COIL RF 200UH 80009 108 0598 00 L2266 108 0598 00 COIL RF 200UH 80009 108 0598 00 L2268 108 0598 00 COIL RF 200UH 80009 108 0598 00 L2360 108 0598 00 COIL RF 200UH 80009 108 0598 00 L3004 108 0598 00 COIL RF 200UH 80009 108 0598 00 L4182 108 0598 00 COIL RF 200UH 80009 108 0598 00 P122 131 1493 00 CONTACT ELEG TEST POINT STRAP 80009 131 1493 00 P124 131 1493 00 CONTACT ELEG TEST POINT STRAP 80009 131 1493 00 P246 131 1493 00 CONTACT ELEC TEST POINT STRAP 80009 131 1493 00 P260 131 1493 00 CONTACT ELEC TEST POINT STRAP 80009 131 1493 00 P262 131 1493 00 CONTACT ELEG TEST POINT STRAP 80009 131 1493 00 P390 131 1493 00 CONTACT ELEC TEST POINT STRAP 80009 131 1493 00 P3008 131 0993 00 LINK TERM CONNE 2 WIRE BLACK 00779 530153 2 Q45 151 1066 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON FE P CHANNEL 80009 151 1066 00 Q55 151 1066 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON FE P CHANNEL 80009 151 1066 00 Q70 151 0190 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0190 00 Q125 151 0190 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0190 00 Q130 151 0230 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 02735 38520 Q135 151 0230 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 02735 38520 Q230
151. 4454C selects the cursor input pin 13 Sequence of the display is B A cursor so the cursor is displayed every third sweep 2 29 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P The horizontal output circuit consists of an 8 bit counter U4590 two latches U4572 U4568 a D A converter U4570 and display control circuitry above the horizontal display circuit The counter is clocked by the output from the display logic circuit which is programmed by front panel Display Mode push buttons DISPLAY A DISPLAY B and SAVE A During read cycle Q output of U4530B low the output of the display counter U4590 is connected through U4588A and U4592A to drive the memory RAM With the counter at some horizontal address the vertical output sequence is executed then 04590 is clocked through U4588B U4592B depending on the display mode and another vertical output sequence is executed When Hold B line goes high the horizontal address for one word of data is clocked through the latches U4568 U4572 to the D A converter U4570 Over the period of one sweep 512 increments the output of U4570 is a 5 volt stairstep ramp which is smoothed and amplified by U4546A U4540B The output signal of U4540B is a negative going 10 volt sweep for the display processing circuits on Diagram 19 There are four basic modes of store operation Display A Display B Display both A and B and Save A with either or both Display A Display B The LSB determines which section da
152. 49 u800 Rao 335 COLUMN CURRENT FOR FREQ SPAN OF 4 mt TIME DIV DOT FREQ Unused connectors shown on these diagrams are factory test points or options that may be used for future applications Rade 49 9K neo Sak COLUMN ROW BOTTOM AST 555 FREQ SPAN TIME DIV Rezo BTK TLS P O ASOO SWEEP BOARD 2184 44 FO 10 FREQ SPAN 4 READOUT s gt P O A3000 TRANSV VERT INTFC 853 52 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P SE jer 8 6 5 U790 0510 2 Ei amp 1 wt 16 1 C724 2z 3 H g A HE JE 8730 wt TM 1 16 R685 8 Lim ae ia RENE NM D CR733 VR734 1 m pp R620 CR670 mg CR672 1 8 0690 7 D AT El al alel al el el sl ole C3 V FN n 16 1 D 0680 R644 R568 R577 R739 R629 A500 SWEEP A1A1 Front Panel component location shown on back of Diagram c A100A1 Frequency Reference Mother component location shown on back of Diagram 22 A3000 Transverse Vertical Interface component location shown on back of Diagram 21 FO 11 Waveforms shown on this diagram were obtained unde
153. 49 161 131 1605 00 2 CONNECTOR RCPT MALE 50 OHM SLIDE ON 0000A FA 00 250 162 175 1670 00 1 CABLE ASSY RF 50 OM 5 166 INCH W200 80009 175 1670 00 ATTACHING PARTS 163 211 0069 00 1 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 125 INCH PNH STL 77250 OBD 164 337 2072 00 1 SHIELD ELECOSC BUFFER 80009 337 2072 00 644 0449 00 1 IF MODULE ASSY 80009 644 0449 00 ATTACHING PARTS 165 213 0075 00 2 SETSCREW 4 40 X 0 094 INCH BEX SOC STL 70276 OBD 166 211 0101 00 2 SCREW MACHINE14 40 X 0 25 100 DEG FLR STL 83385 080 167 337 2088 00 1 SHIELD ELEC PRE VOLTAGE REG COVER 80009 337 2088 00 ATTACHING PARTS 168 211 0234 00 20 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 188 INCH PNH SST 83385 OBD 169 342 0321 00 1 INSULATOR FILM POLYESTER 4 SELF ADH BACK 80009 342 0321 00 170 337 2278 00 1 SHIELD ELEC 2ND MIXER 80009 337 2278 00 ATA 1 FILTER BANDPASS 10 7 MHZ SEE FL1300 EPL 348 0480 00 1 SHLD GSKT ELEC 30 KIZ FILTER 80009 348 0480 00 172 131 1612 01 6 TERMINAL FEEDTH W INSULATOR 80009 131 1612 01 173 1 CKT BD ASSY 10 7 MIZ IF AMP SEE A1000A4 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 174 211 0196 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 188 SCH HEX STL 000 CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY INCLUDES 175 131 0608 00 2 CONTACT ELEC 0 365 INCH LONG 22526 47357 176 214 0579 00 2 TERM TEST PT 0 40 INCH LONG 80009 214 0579 00 177 136 0252 04 7 SOCKET PIN TERM 0 188 INCH LONG 22526 75060 178 136 0263 04 4 SOCKET PIN TERM FOR 0 025 INCH SQU
154. 5 U2320 U3000 U3005 U3010 U3015 W4000 U4005 WO410 14015 U4020 U4025 U4030 U4035 U4040 U4045 U4050 04055 U4060 U4065 W4070 U4075 U4080 U4085 U4100 04105 U4110 U4115 U4120 U4125 U4130 U4135 U4140 U4145 U4150 U4155 U4160 U4170 U4175 U4180 U4180 U4504 U4506 U4508 U4510 U4514 U4516 Tektronix Part No 156 0349 00 155 0118 00 156 0140 00 156 0093 00 156 0683 00 156 0463 29 156 0725 00 156 0186 00 156 0267 00 156 0131 00 156 0075 00 156 0197 00 156 0580 00 156 0502 00 156 0502 00 156 0576 00 156 0576 00 156 0576 00 156 0576 00 156 0572 00 156 0502 00 156 0502 00 156 0366 00 156 0350 01 156 0525 00 156 0575 02 156 0681 00 156 0350 01 156 0570 00 156 0570 00 156 0572 00 156 0580 00 156 0350 01 156 0547 00 156 0579 00 156 0579 00 156 0579 00 156 0579 00 156 0576 00 156 0580 00 156 0580 00 156 0494 00 156 0578 00 156 0575 02 156 0525 00 156 0349 00 156 0349 01 156 0509 00 156 0583 00 156 0570 00 156 0366 00 156 0575 00 156 0350 00 REV A JUNE 1977 Serial Model No Eff B010100 B010135 B010100 B300323 Dscont Name amp Description MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT NOR GATE MICROCIRCUIT DI VERT CONTROL MICROCIRCUIT DI HEX BFR 15V TTL MICROCIRCUIT DI HEX INVERTER MICROCIRCUIT DI HEX BUS RCVR B010134 MICROCIRCUIT DI 8 BIT PROGRAMMABLE ROM MICROCIRCUIT DI ROM U515 PROGRAMMED MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT NAND GATE MIC
155. 5 00 409 9880 CEATO 1500F 75042 5905 00 91 7 0576 CEATO 1502F 75042 5905 00 212 3533 CEATO 1503F 75042 5905 00 994 8458 CEATO 1582F 75042 5905 00 456 4213 CEATO 1583F 75042 5905 00 498 2103 CEATO 1623F 75042 5905 00 445 6339 CEATO 1653F 75042 5905 00 256 9847 CEATO 1653F 07716 5905 00 256 9847 CEATO 1783F 75042 5905 00 118 7911 CEATO 1872F 75042 5905 00 131 9772 CEATO 2001F 75042 5905 00 922 9920 CEATO 2002F 75042 5905 00 089 1548 CEATO 2051F 75042 5905 00 724 5717 CEATO 2151F 75042 5905 00 974 6073 CEATO 2152F 75042 5905 00 201 6937 CEATO 2210F 75042 5905 00 772 7038 CEATO 2370F 75042 5905 00 122 3620 CEATO 2490F 75042 5905 00 021 6493 CEATO 2492F 75042 5905 00 118 7914 CEATO 2493F 75042 5905 00 051 1879 7 43 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P PART NUMBER NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER CROSS REFERENCE INDEX NATIONAL NATIONAL PART STOCK PART STOCK NUMBER FSCM NUMBER NUMBER FSCM NUMBER CEATO 2551F 75042 5905 00 998 1810 CEATO 2552F 75042 5905 00 498 5748 CEATO 2613F 75042 5905 00 139 9564 CEATO 2872F 75042 5905 00 200 1255 CEATO 2940F 75042 5905 00 402 1312 CEATO 3011F 75042 5905 00 904 4410 CEATO 3012F 75042 5905 01 017 8107 CEATO 3013F 75042 5905 00 994 8492 CEATO 3161F 75042 5905 00 914 0100 CEATO 3242F 75042 5905 00 069 2402 CEATO 3571F 75042 5905 00 403 3871 CEATO 3651F 75042 5905 00 998 1793 CEATO 3742F 75042 5904 00 441 7812 CEATO 3921F 75042 5905 00 764 2042 CEATO 3923F 75042 5905 00 456 4215 CEATO 4021F 75042 5904 00 922 9923 C
156. 5 0301 00 321 0404 00 321 0246 00 REV A JUNE 1977 Serial Model No Eff Dscont Name amp Description RES CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 402 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 3K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 4 99K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 402 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 4 02K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 1K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 49 9 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 5 1 OHM 5 0 25W RES CMPSN 1 8K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 51 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 3 57K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 560 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 510 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 510 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 150 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 51 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 49 9 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 51 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 62 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 30K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 30K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 3K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1 5K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5
157. 50104 C1220 283 0204 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 2095 50V 72982 8121 07527500103 C1222 283 0051 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 0033UF 596 100V 72982 8131 145 332J C1224 281 0605 00 CAP FXD CER DI 208PF 1096 500V 04222 7001 1375 C1226 283 0204 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 2095 50V 72982 8121 0752500103 C1234 283 0204 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 2095 50V 72982 8121N075Z5U0103M C1240 283 0204 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 2095 50V 72982 8121N075Z25U01038M C1242 283 0111 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 2096 50V 72982 8121 3088250104 C1246 283 0111 00 CAP XD CER DI 0 1UF 20 5oV 72982 8121 N088Z5U104M C1248 283 0111 00 CAP PXD CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V 72982 8121 N088Z5U104M C1254 283 0268 00 CAP CER DI 0 015UF 10 50V 72982 8181N075W5RI53K C1256 283 0204 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 2095 50V 72982 8121 0752500103 C1258 281 0551 00 CAP CER DI 390PF 10 50V 04222 7001 1363 C1300 283 0604 00 CAP PXD MICA D 304PF 2 300V 00853 0153 304060 C1302 283 0204 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 2095 50V 72982 8121N075Z5U0103M C1304 290 0718 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 22UF 20 35V 56289 1960226 0035 C1306 290 0718 00 CAP FD ELCTLT 22UF 20 35V 56289 1960226 0035 C1312 283 0204 00 CAP CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V 72982 8121N075Z5U0103M C1316 281 0579 00 CAP CER Dl 21PF 5 S500V 72982 301 50 060210 C1318 283 0204 00 CAP CER DI 0 01UF 20 SOV 72982 8121 0752500103 C1320 283
158. 564A goes high This enables flip flop U4530B so Sync Pulse clocks U45308 to assert Start Divide see Fig 2 6 The next Sync Pulse clocks U4530A and Write Cycle is asserted during which data is written into memory At the end of Start Divide and Write Cycle the horizontal acquisition counter counts up The screen then refreshes until the next horizontal count occurs Since each horizontal 2 28 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P increment requires three 9 us periods total of 15 ms 512 X 27 us minimum is required for each horizontal sweep or2 ms div or slower Is required to acquire with digital storage During retrace time the output of U4564B switches high and enables the NAND gate U4566D so Sync Clock pulses can ripple the counter down in a short period When Start Divide is asserted the horizontal address is latched into U4584 U4586 and U4564B then during Write Cycle the vertical data on Math line is written in memory at that horizontal address Memory consists of two RAM s U4598 and U4596 The vertical memory U4598 is a serial memory operated by a 3 bit counter U4558A The counter is run by Sync Clock and its output 3 bit word shifts data in and out of memory The horizontal RAM is U4596 The offset data bit MSB of the horizontal address that signifies the dot position is fed into the RAM on the Left Right line The LSB of the horizontal address into pin 5 of U4598 selects the section A or B for writing or reading the ver
159. 572 00 1 BRACXET SWITCH SLIDE 0 25 0 5 LONG 80009 407 1572 00 333 260 0960 01 1 SWITCH SLIDE 0 5A 120VDG CKT CD MT 10389 23 021 043 334 386 1858 08 1 SUBPANEL FRONT 80009 386 1458 08 335 131 0707 00 54 CONTACT ELEC 0 48 L 22 26 AWG WIRE 22526 75691 005 336 352 0171 00 8 CONN BODY PL EL 1 WIRE BLACK 80009 352 0171 00 337 352 0169 00 1 CONN BODY PL EL 2 WIRE BLACK 80009 352 0169 00 338 352 0161 00 3 CONN BODY PL EL 3 WIRE BLACK 80009 352 0161 00 339 352 0162 00 2 CONN BODY PL EL 4 WIRE BLACK 80009 352 0162 00 340 352 0163 00 1 CONN BODY PL EL 5 WIRE BLACK 80009 352 0163 00 341 352 0164 00 1 CONN BODY PL EL 6 WIRE BLACK 80009 352 0164 00 342 352 0165 01 1 CONN BODY PL EL 7 WIRE BROWN 80009 352 0165 01 352 0165 05 1 CONN BODY PL EL 7 WIRE GREEN 80009 352 0165 05 343 175 0825 00 FT WIRE ELECTRICAL 2 WIRE RIBBON 08261 OBD 344 175 0826 00 FT WIRE ELECTRICAL 3 WIRE RIBBON 80009 175 0826 00 345 175 0827 00 FT WIRE ELECTRICAL 4 WIRE RIBBON 08261 TEK 175 0827 00 346 175 0830 00 1 WIRE ELECTRICAL 7 WIRE RIBBON 08261 OBD 347 175 1675 00 CA ASSY SP ELEC 50 OHM COAX 7 75 INCH LONG 80009 175 1675 00 REV A JUNE 1977 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Fig amp Index Tektronix Serial Model No Mfr Mfr Part No Part No Eff Dscont Qty12345 Name amp Description Code Number STANDARD ACCESSORIES 1 337 1159 02 1 SHLD IMPLOSION MARKED 80009 337 1159 02 2 378 0684 00 1 FILTER
160. 5Z5U01038M C3002 283 0238 00 CAP CER DI 0 0IUF 10 50V 72982 8121N071W5R103K C3004 283 0177 00 CAP CER DI 1UF 80 2096 25V 72982 8131N039 E 1057 C3014 283 0641 00 CAP MICA D 180PF 1 100V 00853 D151E181FO0 C4094 283 0204 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V 72982 8121N075Z5U0103M C4158 281 0579 00 CAP CER Dl 21PF 5 500V 72982 301 050 0 60210 C4160 281 0523 00 B010100 B010104XCAP CER DI 100PF 20PF 500V 72982 301 0002 0101 C4160 281 0523 00 020275 CAP FXD CER DI 100PF NOM VAUE SEL 72982 301 00002 0101 C4172 283 0111 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 2096 50V 72982 8121 N088Z5U104M C4174 283 0111 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 2096 50V 72982 8121 3 088250104 C4176 283 0111 00 CAP CER DI 0 IUF 20 50V 72982 8121 3088250104 C4178 283 0111 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 204 50V 72982 8121 08 751 104 C4180 283 0111 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 2096 50V 72982 8121 088250104 C4182 281 0536 00 CAP FXD CER DI 01000P 1096 500V 72982 3001055XSP12K C4184 290 0425 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 100UF 2096 20V 90201 THF107M020PIG1 C4186 281 0536 00 CAP FXD CER DI 1000PF 1096 500V 72982 301055x5P102K C4189 281 0629 00 B010100 B020274 CAP FXD CER DI 33PF 596 600V 72982 308 000 000330 C4189 281 0515 00 8020275 CAP CER Dl 27PF 1 35PF 500V 72982 302 005C0G0270J C4193 281 0523 00 CAP CER DI 100PF 20PF 500V 72982 301 000U2M
161. 6 56523 04713 5961 00 106 5179 SN7403N 01295 5962 00 185 6629 SN74161N 01295 5962 00 327 1155 SN74164N 01295 5962 00 263 2195 SN7417N 01295 5962 00 167 3474 SN7426N 01295 5962 00 400 9165 SN7427N 01295 5962 00 272 9506 SN74279N 01295 5962 00 276 9944 SN75107AN 01295 5962 00 400 8993 SSL 12 08806 5961 00 368 2298 7 44 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P PART NUMBER NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER CROSS REFERENCE INDEX NATIONAL NATIONAL PART STOCK PART STOCK NUMBER FSCM NUMBER NUMBER FSCM NUMBER TDC106M025NLF 90201 5910 01 033 1391 TDC156M020NLF 90201 5910 01 011 1146 196D156X9020KA1 56289 5910 01 011 1146 U1491 15818 5961 00 401 6659 VTL 2C4 18178 5961 01 012 9214 1N4152 07910 5961 00 899 8924 1N4372A 07910 5961 00 903 2990 1N755A 04713 5961 00 068 2000 1N961B 04713 5961 00 883 1924 108 0240 00 80009 5950 00 835 6417 108 0420 00 80009 5950 00 472 0426 108 0551 00 80009 5950 00 234 0811 108 0598 00 80009 5950 00 236 8021 114 0200 00 80009 5920 00 406 6294 1214 05 00 0541C 78189 5310 00 193 6731 131 0344 00 80009 5935 00 879 8328 131 0590 00 80009 5999 00 551 9434 131 0591 00 80009 5940 01 020 0592 131 0608 00 80009 5999 00 551 9433 131 0707 00 80009 5999 00 396 6331 136 0252 04 80009 5999 00 257 9041 136 0387 00 80009 5935 00 359 8926 150 1004 00 80009 5961 00 368 2298 150D156X0020B2 56289 5910 00 815 5118 150D157X0015S2 56289 5910 00 688 7211 150D476X0006B2 56289 5910 00 752 4185 151 0188 00 80009 5961 00 931
162. 6 00 4 000 OBD REV A JUNE 1977 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 188 SCH HEX STL 9 7 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Fig amp Index Tektronix Serial Model No Mfr Mfr Part No Part No Eff Dscont Qty12345 Name amp Description Code Number 1 209 1 CKT BOARD ASSY LOG LIN AMP SEE A1000A3 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 210 211 0196 00 3 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 188 SCH HEX STL 80009 211 0196 00 CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY INCLUDES 211 136 0263 04 11 ELEC FOR 0 025 INCH SQUARE PIN 22526 75377 001 212 136 0252 04 106 ELEC 0 188 INCH LONG 22526 75060 213 214 0579 00 3 TERM TEST PT 0 40 INCH LONG 80009 214 0579 00 672 0486 00 1 CKT BOARD ASSY RESOLUTION AND CRYSTAL 80009 672 0486 00 214 4 CKT BOARD ASSY CRYSTAL HOLDER SEE A8A2 EPL M EACH CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY INCLUDES 215 136 0234 00 2 CONTACT ELEC 0 088 OD X 0 247 INCH L 00779 380598 1 216 136 0328 02 2 CONTACT ELEC HORIZONTAL 00779 86282 2 217 1 CKT BOARD ASSY VAR RESOLN SEE A1000A8A1 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 218 211 0196 00 10 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 188 SCH HEX STL 80009 211 0196 00 CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY INCLUDES 219 131 0608 00 15 CONTACT ELEC 0 365 INCH LONG 22526 47357 220 214 0579 00 5 TERM TEST PT 0 40 INCH LONG 80009 214 0579 00 221 352 0387 00 8 HOLDER CRYSTAL 80009 352 0387 00 222 131 0590 00 8 ELEC 0 71 IN
163. 6 RES FILM 3 92K OHM 1 0 125W 7 33 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Mfr Code 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 01121 01121 91637 01121 91637 01121 01121 01121 91637 91637 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 80009 03888 01121 91637 01121 91637 Mfr Part Number MFF1816G18701F MFF1816G37401F MFF1816G75001F MFF1816G15002F MFF1816G15002F CB2235 CB1015 CB1015 MFF1816G49901F MFF1816G24901F MFF1816G21501F MFF1816G37401F MFF1816G75001F MFF1816G15002F MFF1816G24901F MFF1816G21501F MFF1816G15002F MFF1816G15001F CB1015 CB1035 MFF1816G37401F CB1015 MFF1816G71501F CB1055 CB1015 CB1015 MFF1816G71501F MFF1816G14302F MFF1816G28701F MFF1816G47501F BB47G5 BB47G5 BB4705 BB4705 BB4705 MFF1816G30102F MFF1816G15001F BB4705 BB4705 BB4705 BB4705 BB4705 BB4705 BB4705 BB2225 BB1055 BB1025 307 0474 00 07 CB3925 MFF1816G825ROF CB1025 MFF1816G39200F Ckt No R4561 R4562 R4563 R4563 R4564 R4564 R4565 R4566 R4566 R4567 R4567 R4568 R4569 R4570 R4571 R4572 R4573 R4574 R4575 R4576 R4577 R4578 R4579 R4580 R4581 R4582 R4583 R4585 R4586 R4588 R4589 R4591 R4593 R4595 R4602 R4609 R4610 R4611 R4612 R4613 R4614 R4616 R4618 R4620 R4622 R462
164. 651104 538 011C0P092R D153F3040G0 538 011CO0P092R 51917 1 301000C0J0229C 8131N039651105Z 8131N075651104M 8131N075651104M 8131N039651105Z 8131N075651104M 8131N039651105Z 8131 075651104 8131 075651104 8121 058651103 8121 058651103 8121N064C0G471J 8131N075651104M 538 0lICOP092R 538 011CO0P092R 51917 1 8131 075651104 301 000C0J0229C 8131N075651 104M 8131N039651105Z 8131 075651104 Ckt No C1718 C1719 C1720 C1724 C1726 C 727 C1728 C1730 C1731 C1732 C1740 C1741 C1742 C1744 C1746 C1749 C1750 C1752 C1756 C1760 C1762 C1764 C1766 C1768 C1772 C1774 C1776 C1778 01780 C1781 C1782 01800 C1802 C1804 C1806 C1816 C1820 C1821 C1822 C1830 C1834 C1842 C1844 C1846 C1847 C1848 C1850 C1852 C1854 C1856 C1859 C1860 C1862 Tektronix Part No 283 0197 00 283 0111 00 281 0093 00 281 0093 00 281 0125 00 283 0111 00 281 0604 00 283 0111 00 283 0177 00 283 0111 00 283 0111 00 283 0177 00 283 0177 00 283 0177 00 283 0204 00 283 0177 00 283 0111 00 283 0111 00 283 0204 00 281 0093 00 283 0197 00 281 0093 00 281 0125 00 283 0204 00 283 0111 00 283 0111 00 283 0204 00 283 0111 00 283 0111 00 283 0177 00 283 0111 00 281 0093 00 283 0197 00 281 0093 00 281 0125 00 283 0177 00 283 0111 00 283 0177 00 283 0111 00 283 0204 00 283 0111 00 283 0177 00 283 0177 00 283 0177 00 283 0177 00 283 0177 00 283 0111 00 283 01
165. 7 0113 00 315 0182 00 315 0510 00 321 0246 00 315 0561 00 315 0511 00 315 0511 00 321 0114 00 315 0510 00 321 0068 00 315 0510 00 315 0620 00 315 0470 00 315 0303 00 315 0470 00 315 0303 00 315 0101 00 315 0101 00 315 0203 00 315 0103 00 315 0302 00 315 0152 00 315 0203 00 315 0103 00 315 0302 00 315 0152 00 315 0470 00 315 0470 00 Serial Model No Eff Dscont Name amp Description RES FXD CMPSN 15K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 15K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 5 9K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 464 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 62 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES PFXD CMPSN 4 7K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 2 2K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 402 OHM 1 0 125W RES CMPSN 3K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 4 99K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 402 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 4 02K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 1K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 49 9 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 5 1 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1 8K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 51 OHM 5 0 25W RES
166. 75 U4080 U4085 U4100 u4105 U4110 U4115 U4120 U4125 u4130 U4135 U4140 U4145 U4150 U4155 U4160 U4170 U4175 U4180 U4180 U4504 U4506 U4508 U4510 U4514 U4516 U4522 U4524 1 U4525 2 U4540 1 U4543 2 U4530 U4532 U4534 U4536 U4538 U4544 U4546 U4548 Tektronix Part No 156 0580 00 156 0502 00 156 0502 00 156 0576 00 156 0576 00 156 0576 00 156 0576 00 156 0572 00 156 0502 00 156 0502 00 156 0366 00 156 0350 01 156 0525 00 156 0575 02 156 0681 00 156 0350 01 156 0570 00 156 0570 00 156 0572 00 156 0580 00 156 0350 01 156 0547 00 156 0579 00 156 0579 00 156 0579 00 156 0579 00 156 0576 00 156 0580 00 156 0580 00 156 0494 00 156 0578 00 156 0575 02 156 0525 00 156 0349 00 156 0349 01 156 0509 00 156 0583 00 156 0570 00 156 0366 00 156 0575 00 156 0350 00 156 0158 00 156 0158 00 156 0158 00 156 0158 00 156 0158 00 156 0680 00 156 0350 00 156 0350 00 156 0349 00 156 0578 00 156 0515 00 156 0158 00 307 0479 00 Serial Model No Dscont Eff B010100 B030322 B030323 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Mfr Name amp Description MICROCIRCUIT 01 4 STAGE PRL IN PRL OUT MICROCIRCUIT DI 4 BIT ADDER MICROCIRCUIT 01 4 BIT ADDER MICROCIRCUIT 01 8 BIT PRL INP SERIAL OUTPUT MICROCIRCUIT 01 8 BIT PRL INP SERIAL OUTPUT MICROCIRCUIT 01 8 BIT PRL INP SERIAL OUTPUT MICROCIRCUIT 01 8 BIT PRL INP SERIAL OUTPUT MICROCIRCUIT 01 8 BIT SERIAL IN PRL OUT MICROCIRCUIT 0
167. 86 00 A8A1 670 3593 00 CKT CARD ASSY VARIABLE RESOLUTION 80009 670 3953 00 A1000 A8A2 670 3425 10 CKT CARD ASSY CRYSTAL HOLDER 80009 670 3425 10 A2000 644 0451 00 RF MODULE ASSY 80009 644 0451 00 A2000A1 644 0450 00 1ST LO MODULE ABBY 80009 644 0450 00 A2000 A1 1 670 3597 000 CKT CARD ASSY 1ST LO 80009 670 3597 00 A2000 1 2 670 3598 00 CARD ASSY 1ST LO MOTHER 80009 670 3598 00 A2000A2 A2000 A2A1 670 4194 00 CKT CARD ASSY DCPL 80009 670 4194 00 A2000 A2A2 670 4195 00 CKT CARD ASSY DCPL B 80009 670 4195 00 A3000A1 670 3588 00 CKT CARD ASSY TRANSVERSE VERT INTERFACE 80009 670 3588 00 A4000 670 3929 00 CKT CARD ASSY DIGITAL AVERAGING 80009 670 3929 00 A4500 670 3928 01 B010100 020259 CARD ASSY DIGITAL STORAGE 80009 670 3928 01 A4500 670 3928 02 B020260 B030322 CKT CARD ASSY DIGITAL STORAGE 80009 670 3928 02 A4500 670 3928 03 B030323 CKT CARD ASSY DIGITAL STORAGE 80009 670 3928 03 C3 283 0028 01 CAP FXD CER DT 0 0022UF 20 50V 56289 19C606 C11 283 0028 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 0022UF 20 50V 56289 19 606 C102 281 0752 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 00175WUF 10A 72982 1214 007 C104 281 0752 00 CAP FXD CER DS 0 00175UF 10A 72982 1214 007 C106 281 0752 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 00175UF 10A 72982 1214 007 Furnished as a unit with 564 Furnithed as a unit with 866 REV A JUNE 1977 7 3 kt No C124 C126 C127 C128 C129 C132 C137 C142 C154 C156 C158 C160 C162 C166 C172 C178 C179 C180 C182 C184 C186 C190
168. 917 1 8121 0757500103 8121 NOB8Z5U104M 8121 N088Z5U104M 8121 0757500103 8121 N088Z5U104M 8121 N088Z5U104N 8131N039 E 105Z 8121 N088Z5U104M 538 011A5 5 18 8121N064 471J 538 01A5 5 18 51917 1 8131 039 1057 8121 N088Z5U104M 8131 039 E 1057 8121 N088ZSU104M 8121N075Z25U0103M 8121 N088Z25U104M 8131N039 E 105Z 8131 039 E 105Z 8131N039 E 1050 8131N039 E 105Z 8131 039 E 105Z 8121 N088ZSU104M 8121 N088ZSU104M D1E8151EF0 D155F201F0 8121 N088Z5U104M 8111B061C0G0180J 374 011 0 0829 Ckt No C1886 Clies C1894 C1895 C1896 C1902 C1904 C1906 C1910 C1912 C1913 C1914 C1916 C1918 C1919 C2000 C2012 C2026 C2030 C2032 C2034 C2040 C2044 C2046 C2048 C2052 C2060 C2064 C2102 C2104 C2106 C2258 C2268 C2269 C2270 C2287 C2289 C2290 C2291 C2310 C2314 C2320 C2360 C2368 C2371 C2373 C2377 C2381 C2384 C2386 C2387 C2388 Tektronix Part No 283 0111 00 283 0111 00 283 0111 00 283 0111 00 283 0111 00 283 0204 00 283 0111 00 283 0111 00 283 0111 00 283 0111 00 283 0659 00 283 0697 00 283 0642 00 283 0697 00 283 0659 00 290 0135 00 290 0524 00 283 0156 00 290 0523 00 283 0051 00 283 0111 00 290 0517 00 283 0156 00 290 0512 00 283 0005 00 283 0111 00 281 0617 00 283 0087 00 281 0752 00 281 0752 00 281 0752 00 283 0177 00 283 0203 00 283 0204 00 283 0204 00 283 0204 00 2B3 0204 00 283 0204 00 283 0204 00 290 0114 00 283
169. 997 01121 91637 01121 01121 Mfr Part Number MFF1816G49901F MFF1816G37401F MFF1816G30101F MFF1816G24901F MFF1816G75001F MFF1816G49901F MFF1816G37401F MFF1816G30101F CB1015 CB1025 CB1035 GB3925 CB1635 08 1055 1635 4725 MFF1816G15002F ASHT08 MFF1816G49901F MFF1816G75001F ASHT08 MFF1816G37401F CB5135 CB4725 CB4715 MFF1816G39202F MFF1816G26102F MFF1816G10002F MFF1816G26702F MFF1816G82501F CB47G5 CB47G5 EB5625 3329W L58 102 CEAT9 12910B MFF1816CS0000B 3329W L58 102 CB1015 MFF1816C41000B CB1045 CB1045 01121 CB3025 01121 01121 01121 01121 CB1045 CB1045 CB1045 CB1045 01121 CB1045 01121 01121 01121 CB1045 CB1045 CB1035 Ckt No R1200 R1204 R1214 R1216 R1220 R1224 R1226 R1230 R1232 R1234 R1236 R1240 R1241 R1242 R1246 R1248 R1249 R1250 R1252 R1254 R1256 R1258 R1260 R1262 R1300 R1304 R1306 R1308 R1310 R1312 R1314 R1316 R1318 R1320 R1322 R1324 R1326 R1350 R1352 R1354 R1356 R1358 R1359 R1360 R1362 R1364 R1366 R1370 R1372 R1374 R1376 R1380 R1384 Tektronix Part No 315 0153 00 315 0153 00 315 0101 00 315 0101 00 321 0267 00 321 0161 00 315 0620 00 315 0103 00 315 0102 00 315 0103 00 315 0472 00 315 0222 00 315 0103 00 321 0155 00 315 0302 00 315 0101 00 321 0260 00 321 0155 00 321 0251 00 315 0102 00 321 0193 00 315 0203 00 315 0203 00 315 0102 00 321 0068 00 30
170. AN ov DOT FREQ 100 00 kHz rz DOT FREQ 4999 75 kHz MAX SPAN ovi DOT FREQ 100 00 kHz DOT FREQ 2500 00 kHz SOHLIDIV TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp ion pun MAIN ase TUVE A amp B OSCILLATORS 8 CONROL 7 FO 16 sus 9 rav echa 33 Y E Vee r oe varen N VOLT ADJUST AIOOAT AGB OSCILLATOR CONTROL pe AIO0A6 B OSCILLATOR w E ow j uzes 194270 1907 EA sene 1 4 us SEE PARTS LIST SE 18107 F a Jia FOR EARLIER RIAL NUMBER OR DEPICTED IN GREY TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P A500 Sweep A1A1 Front Panel component location shown on back of Diagram De A100A1 Frequency Reference Mother component location shown on back of Diagram A3000 Transverse Vertical Interface component location shown on back of Diagram 17 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P HM HN HP HR HS 0 8 A100A4 Tune Reference B A100A1 Frequency Reference Mother component location shown on back of Diagram 22 FO 18 Ah FRONT PAWEL Caso 1909 PIG A3001 V RT INTEC NEBAT meat buv TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp Je
171. ARE 22526 75377 001 179 1 CKT BD ASSY 10 7 MHZ FILTER SEE A1000A2 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 180 211 0196 00 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 188 SCH HEX STL 000 OBD 181 131 0608 00 4 ELEC 0 365 INCH LONG 22526 47357 182 1 CKT BOARD ASSY SECOND MIXER SEE A1000A7 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 183 211 0196 00 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 188 SCB HEX STL 000 OBD CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY INCLUDES 184 214 0579 00 2 TERM TEST PT 0 40 INCH LONG 80009 214 0579 00 185 136 0263 04 6 5 PIN TERM FOR 0 025 INCH SOUARE PIN 22526 75377 001 186 1 CKT BD ASSY 2ND LO LOCK SEE A1000A6 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 187 211 0196 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 188 SCH HEX STL 000AH CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY INCLUDES 188 214 0579 00 2 TERM TEST PT 0 40 INCH LONG 80009 214 0579 00 189 131 0608 00 2 CONTACT ELEC 0 365 INCH LONG 22526 47357 190 1 MICROCIRCUIT LI VOLTAGE REG SEE 01501 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 191 211 0016 00 1 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 625 INCH PNH STL 83385 OBD 192 351 0213 00 1 GUIDE POST LOCK 0 285 INCH LONG 80009 351 0213 00 193 136 0263 04 3 SOCKET PIN TERM FOR 0 025 INCH SQUARE PIN 22526 75377 001 194 136 0252 04 13 SOCET PIN TERM 0 188 INCH LONG 22526 75060 195 136 0260 02 3 SOCET PLG IN 16 CONTACT LOW CLEARANCE 01295 931602 196 1 CKT BOARD ASSY 2501RZ AMP SEE A100A5 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 197 211 019
172. ATOR TIMING DISPLAY CONTROL DISPLAY BF VERTICAL DISPLAY GENERATOR TIMING PEAW AVERAGE REF LEVEL VERTICAL ANALOG DIGITAL CONVERTER DATA OUT BASELINE CLIPPER VERTIGAL SYNCHRONIZER COMPARATOR lag SWEEP HORIZONTAL TRANSFER t CLEAR RIGHT JUSTIFY TIMING SINC PULSE TIMING DIGITAL AVERAGE BOARD TIMING DENOMINATOR ACCUMULATOR DIVIDER NUMERATOR ACCUMULATOR PEAK AVERAGE SEL PAK DETECTOR Mur HORIZONTAL orome LEFT RIGHT OFFSET BIT DRIZONTAL GENERATOR we 1 9 DIVIDE MEMORY DATA ADDRESS BUS LEFT RIGHT OFFSET DATA Suv WRITE CAME AVERAGE CALCULATOR HORIZONTAL START DIVIDE ANALOG e DIGITAL CONVERTER j PEAK AVG SWEEP CONTROL E FREQUENCY REFERENCE SWITCH DISPLAY SWITOM USC cue DISPLAY VALID CHANNEL SW v MODE INFO v FROM CHOP DRIVE vl MAIN AS FRAME EF __ CHANNEL Sw Un wt e tes a TIMESLOT 3 FO 4 SWEEP HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL DOT POSITION DATA oisPLay SWITCH UTASA MEMORY _ SHIFT REGISTER BUFFER AVERAGE CALCULATOR AUXILIARY HORIZONTAL
173. B020275 010100 010134 010135 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Mfr Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL LINE RECEIVER 01295 SN75107AN MICROCIRCUIT DI BCD COUNTER TI 01295 SN74LS190N MICROCIRCUIT DI UP DOWN SYNC BINARYCOUNTER 01295 SN74LS191N MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD R S LATCH TTL 01295 SN74279N MICROCIRCUIT DI DUAL J K NEG EDGE TRIG F F 01295 SN74LS113N MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD SGL ENDED DUAL LINE D 27014 DM8831N MICROCIRCUIT LI OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 24355 AD523J MICROCIRCUIT DI TPL 3 INPUT POS NAND GATE 80009 156 0047 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI TRIPLE 3 INPUT NAND GATE 01295 SN74LS10N MICROCIRCUIT DI DUAL J K NEG EDGE TRIG F F 01295 SN74LS113N MICROCIRCUIT DI BCD O BINARYCONV 01295 SN74184AN MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD SGL ENDED DUAL LINE D 27014 DM8831N MICROCIRCUIT LI OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 24355 AD523J MICROCIRCUIT DI DECADE COUNTER TTL 07263 9390PC MICROCIRCUIT DI DECADE COUNTER 01295 SN74LS90N MICROCIRCUIT DI SYNC 4 BIT BINARY COUNTER 01295 SN74161N MICROCIRCUIT DI SYNC 4 BIT BINARY COUNTER MICROCIRCUIT DI SYNCHRONOUS DECADE COUNTER07263 9310DC MICROCIRCUIT DI SYNC 4 BIT CNTR W SYN CLEAR MICROCIRCUIT DI SYNCHRONOUS DECADE COUNTERO07263 9310DC MICROCIRCUIT DI DOUBLE BAL MIXER 01295 SN76514N MICROCIRCUIT DI SGL FREQ PHASE DETECTOR 04713 MC4044P MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL LINE RECEIVER 01295 SN75107AN MICROCIRCUIT DI DUAL D TYPE FLIP FLOP 27014 DM7474N MICROCIRCUIT DI DECADE COUNTER TTL 07263 9390PC MICROCIRC
174. B1025 CB2425 CEATO 1403F CB5651 CB2015 CB2705 CEATO 3161F CEATO 3161F CB2205 CB5105 MFF1816D24901C CEATO 1652C 9 4951 MFF1816C200018 CEAT2 8451C MFF1816G12501C CB3305 CB3305 CB3305 CB3305 CEATO 1002F CEAT9 1002B CEATO 1002F CEAT9 8251B MFF186D29271B CEATO 1002F CEAT9 1502B CEATO 1072F CEATO 2002F CEATO 2002F CB3325 62PT 351 0 CB1015 CB3325 CEATO 1000F CEATO 4423F CEATO 2551F CEATO 9761F CB1015 CB3325 CB1015 Ckt No R272 R273 R274 R275 R276 R277 R278 R279 R280 R282 R284 R284 R286 R287 R288 R290 R292 R294 R296 R300 R302 R304 R306 R308 R310 R312 R313 R314 R316 R324 R325 R326 R328 R330 R331 R332 R334 R338 R342 R344 R345 R346 R348 R350 R354 R365 R366 R370 R372 R374 R382 R384 R386 Tektronix Part No 321 0399 00 316 0565 00 315 0201 00 315 0270 00 321 0241 00 321 0241 00 315 0220 00 315 0510 00 321 327 03 321 0310 00 321 0748 06 321 0764 01 321 0318 07 321 0620 00 321 0631 03 315 0330 00 315 0330 00 315 0330 00 315 0330 00 321 0289 00 321 0289 07 321 0289 00 321 0281 07 321 1602 04 321 0289 00 321 0603 07 321 0292 00 321 0318 00 321 0318 00 315 0332 00 311 1268 00 315 0101 00 315 0332 00 321 0097 00 321 0447 00 321 0232 00 321 0288 00 315 0101 00 315 0332 00 315 0101 00 311 1268 00 315 0332 00 315 0101 00 315 0101 00 315 0101 00 311 1263 00 321 0161 00 321 0293 00 321 0
175. BLE 2 5 Vertical Control ROM U2265 Program 11110010 11100011 11010011 11000011 11110010 11000011 10110011 10100011 11110010 10010011 10000011 01110011 11110010 01100011 01010011 11110010 01000011 00110011 00100011 00000011 11010100 11110100 11110010 00001000 00011000 10001100 11110010 10001100 10011100 10001000 00011101 11110010 00001001 00011001 10001101 11110010 10001101 10011101 10001001 00011110 11110010 00001010 00011010 2 17 172 173 175 250 251 252 255 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P 10001110 11110010 10001110 10011110 10001010 00011111 11110010 00001011 00011011 10001111 11110010 10001111 10011111 10001011 11110010 10011011 11001111 11011111 11110010 11110010 11011111 11001011 11011011 11110010 11000011 10110011 10100011 11110010 10100011 10010011 10000011 11110010 01110011 01100011 01010011 11110010 01010011 01000011 00110011 11110010 00100011 00010011 00000011 Readout and Timeslot Decode 42 This circuit pertains to the row and column current for the top and bottom left section of crt readouts The top left reads reference level in dBm dBV or V Div for Lin mode If appropriate reference level readout is preceded by a sign for dBm or dBV readout This may be preceded by a lt or gt symbol when the reference level is variable or not calibrated The bottom left section reads resolution bandwidth in Hz or kHz preceded by either 10 dB or 2 dB
176. C198 C201 C204 C210 C212 C214 C216 C218 C219 C220 C222 C224 C226 C227 C228 C230 C232 C236 C237 C238 C240 C242 C244 C248 C252 C253 C256 C258 C259 C260 C261 C262 Tektronix Part N 290 0535 00 283 0204 00 283 0180 00 283 0111 00 283 0111 00 283 0249 00 281 0617 00 283 0204 00 283 0204 00 290 0574 00 283 0204 00 290 0532 00 290 0776 00 290 0526 00 290 0526 00 283 0359 00 290 0574 00 285 1118 00 283 0114 00 290 0574 00 290 0574 00 290 0535 00 290 0535 00 290 0574 00 283 0360 00 283 0070 00 285 1 125 00 290 0574 00 290 0776 00 290 0776 00 290 0574 00 290 0527 00 290 0527 00 290 0527 00 283 0204 00 283 0204 00 283 0204 00 283 0114 00 283 0204 00 283 0640 00 283 0687 00 283 0640 00 283 0204 00 283 0111 00 283 0111 00 283 0087 00 283 0239 00 283 0204 00 283 0111 00 290 0574 00 290 0535 00 283 0204 00 290 0726 00 283 0198 00 Serial Model No Eff XB020260 Nam D ription CAP FXD ELCTLT 33UF 20 10V CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DI 5600PF 20 200V CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 068UF 10 50V CAP FXD CER DI 15PF 10 200V CAP CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP FXD ELCTLT 47UF 10 20V CAP CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP FXD ELCTLT 150UF 20 6V CAP FXD ELCTLT 22UF 50 10 10V CAP FXD ELCT
177. CAL control should be adjusted or checked for Q 3 7 AMPL CAL L1 Plug In Module HORIZ POS VERT POS dBm dBV TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P proper setting each time the 7L5 is installed in an oscilloscope The AMPL CAL control is adjusted during the initial calibration to calibrate the full screen reference level This control is used to compensate for gain differences in the RF and IF portions of the instrument The AMPL CAL control should be adjusted or checked for proper setting each time plug in module is installed in the 7L5 Positions the display or baseline on the crt X axis Positions the display or baseline on the crt Y axis Located on the plug in module front panel the dBm dBV control selects the reference level scale factor decibels with respect to one milliwatt or decibels with respect to one volt Calibrating the 7L5 to the Oscilloscope Mainframe 1 Install or verify the presence of plug in module see Optional Accessories Section 1 2 Select oscilloscope Vertical Horizontal Mode and Trigger Source Right or Left corresponding with plug in compartments occupied by the spectrum analyzer Turn on the mainframe power and allow 10 minute warm up period 3 Set the front panel controls as follows DOT MKR FREQUENCY SPAN DIV RESOLUTION VAR BASELINE CLIPPER LOG 10 dB DIV REFERENCE LEVEL INPUT BUFFER FREE RUN NORM SAVE MAX HOLD dBm dBV TIM
178. CE LEVEL COUNTER PHASE Lock Loop BUFFER AMPLIFIER BANDPASS FILTER FROM DECODE LATCHES 2 INVALID CODE ZNO MIXER LOG IG QISOO ANOS SOOKHZ LOWPASS FILTER IF GAIN RF ATTENUATION DECODING FREQUENCY SPAN RESOLUTION EE Soz AMPLIFIER eur eurre 2 44 COUPLED RESOLUTION CIRCUIT Ed VARIABLE RESOLUTION FILTER 1OH2 TO Dinz lo kHz t FILTERS SIGNAL LEVEL CONTROL DATA LOG 10 DBE serss post va AMPLIFIER TO e GAIN RE ATTENUATION DECODING LOG LIN LATCHES LOG LIN MPLIFI ER DETECTOR J 2164 40 e FO 3 VIDEO OUT TRIGGER PANEL TRIGGER MAIN Bis FRAME LOG LIN AMPLIFIER CALIBRATE DISPLAY PROCESSING gt Yo PLUG IN ATTENUATION CODE MODULE READOUT DATA IF PROCESSING CHAIN D BLOCK DIAGRAM FRAME VITS PUM TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P ROL t fency ENCE BUFFER ABSOLUTE VALUE E LOT CIRR COMPARATOR Dr i DE VOLTAGE FRO YI ALS switen JE UTaSe MEES Gan ess e TLS WRITE CYCLE DISPLAY CONTROL TAMING END OF CONVERSION ATTENU
179. CE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V HOT CARRIER SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V HOT CARRIER SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 400PIV 200MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V HOT CARRIER SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V HOT CARRIER 7 13 28480 80009 07910 07910 80009 07910 07910 80009 28480 07910 07910 07910 07910 28480 07910 07910 07910 07910 07910 07910 07910 28480 28480 07910 07910 07910 07910 28480 07910 07910 07910 28480 Mfr Part Number 11N4152 1N4152 1N4152 SSL 12 LLL 7A SSL 12 LLL 7A SSL 12 LLL 7A SSL 12 LLL 7A 1N4152 SSL 12 LLL 7A 1N4152 SSL 12 LLL 7A 150 1033 00 152 0597 00 5082 2672 153 0061 00 5082 2672 153 0061 00 1N4152 1N4152 152 0597 00 1N4152 IN4152 152 0153 00 5082 2672 1N4152 1N4152 1N4152 1N4152 5082 2672 11N4152 1N4152 11N4152 1N4152 1N4152 11N4152 1N4152 5082 2672 5082 2672 CD12676 1N4152 1N4152 1N4152 5082 2672 1N4152 1N4152 1N4152 5082 2672 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Tektronix Serial Model No Mfr Ckt No Part No Eff Dscont Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number CR1250 152 0322 00 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V 28480
180. CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DI 1UF 80 20 25V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DI 1UF 80 20 25V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 470PF 5 100V CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP VAR CER 01 5 5 18 CAP VAR CER DI 5 5 18PF CAP VAR MICA D 90 400PF 175V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DI 2 2PF 0 25PF 500V CAP PXD CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DI 1UF 80 20 25V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V 7 8 91418 56289 72982 90201 90201 56289 72982 00853 72982 72982 00853 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 00853 72982 72136 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72136 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P Mfr Part Number TDC156M020NLF MX104Z1201R0 MX104Z1201R0 TDC156M020NLF 8131N145651104Z 196D225X0025HA1 MX104Z1201R0 196611 831 500450471 8111 208 1 027 MX104Z1201R0 196611 8121NO75W5R103M TDC156M020NLF TDC156M020NLF 196D105X0035HA1 518 000G7 45 D155F201F0 518 000G7 45 301 000C0H0569D D155F201F0 8131N145C0G332J 8121N071WR5103K 8131 075651104 8131 075651104 8121 058651103 8121 058651103 8131 075
181. CH LONG 22526 47351 223 337 2100 00 1 SHIELD ELEC FILTER TO VOLTAGE REG TOP 80009 337 2100 00 224 136 0252 04 133 CONTACT ELEC 0 188 INCH LONG 22526 75060 225 136 0263 04 14 CONTACT ELEC FOR 0 025 INCH SQUARE PIN 22526 75377 001 226 337 2142 00 1 SHTELD ELEC FILTER TO VOLTAGE REG 80009 337 2142 00 227 337 2096 00 1 SHIELD ELEC FI MODULE RIGHT 80009 337 2096 00 ATTACHING PARTS 228 211 0206 00 4 SCREW 2 56 X 0 312 INCH SCH STL 83385 OBD 229 211 0087 00 3 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 188 INCH FLH SST 70318 OBD 230 346 0126 00 4 STRAP RETAINING 80009 346 0126 00 ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH 231 211 0069 00 1 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 125 INCH PNH STL 77250 OBD 232 337 2092 00 1 SHIELD ELEC LEFT SIDE UPPER 80009 337 2092 00 ATTACHING PARTS 233 211 0087 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 188 INCH FLH SST 70318 OBD 234 211 0112 00 1 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 375 100 DEG STL 83385 235 211 0162 00 1 SCREW CAP 2 56 X 0 188 INCH SCH SST 56878 OBD 236 337 2090 01 1 SHIELD ELEC LEFT SIDE LOWER 80009 337 2090 01 ATTACHING PARTS 237 211 0087 00 7 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 188 INCH FLH SST 70318 OBD 238 211 0112 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 375 FLH 100 DEG STL 83385 OBD 239 337 2093 00 2 SHIELD ELEC FRONT AND REAR LEFT SIDE 80009 337 2093 00 ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH 240 211 0087 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 188 INCH FLH SST 70318 OBD 241 342 0315
182. COLUMN DATA I munne EV IM RU2S5 9 ste s CARLIG v Q2370 CRIBS ERT DSG Sv ROW 2 ToutrMe 2 74 pg zi PIO P1010 NL Us sa IF PIO AZOOOAZ VERTICAL CONTROL SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER VALUES AND SERIAL NUMBER EDI EPICTED T Pio asooo INTEC 2184 52 FO 26 1355575 CRESTS lt READOUT amp TIMESLOT DECODE ms mu TM 11 625 2759 14 amp P 7L5 vere oe 1504 18 C1503 01500 01505 Peso J C1533 est LE ae T A1000A6 2nd LO A1000A2 10 7 MHz IF Input Filter R1314 R1300 R1306 305 01305 AA R1308 C1306 01325 gt 8 R1324 T ai Ye nt 21300 1 A1000A4 10 7 MHz Amplifier Be C1608 pur ee R1626 1634 T1636 R1616 an il LI C1632 38 zi A1000A7 2nd Mixer A100A1 Frequency Reference Mother component location shown on back of Diagram D A500 Sweep component location shown on back of Diagram A1000A1 IF Mother component location shown on back of Diagram gt H i A100A8 Reference Oscillator amp Calibrator See parts List
183. D FILM 249K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 1M OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 2 49M OHM 0 5 0 25W 7 23 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Mfr Code 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 91637 01121 01121 91637 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 91637 91637 32997 91637 80009 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 01121 01121 916J7 91637 91637 91637 32997 91637 91637 01121 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 Mfr Part Number MFF1816G20000F CB5135 CB1125 CB6225 CB2225 MFF1816G31601F CB1035 CB1065 CB1015 CB1035 CB5115 MFF1816G49901F MFF1816G10002F CB8215 CB7525 MFF1816GIOOO1F MFF1816G1000IF MFF1816G14301F CB6225 CB1535 CB2225 CB8215 CB8215 CB2705 MFF1816G10002F MFF1816G10002F MFF1816G43200F 3329P L58 103 MFF1816G86600F 307 1039 00 MFF1816G90900F MFF1816G10501F MFF1816G31601F MFF1816G31601F MFF1816D94100C MFF1816C11031B MFF1816C11031B CB1065 CB1035 MFF1816G49900F MFF1816G15002F MFF1816G49901F MFF1816G42201F 3329P L58 252 MFF1816G42201F MFF1816G10501F CB4755 MFF1816G1000IIF MFF1816G24901F MFF1816G10002F MFF1816G24902F MFF1816G10003F HFF143G24903D Ckt No R784 R786 R788 R790 R792 R794 R796 R798 ROO R801 R802 R804 R806 R808 R810 R812 R814 R818 R820 R822 R834 R836 R837 R838 R839 R840 R841 R842 R843 R844 R845 R846 R848 R850
184. DISPLAY MODE LOG 2 dB DIV b Adjust the REFERENCE LEVEL and FREQUENGY SPAN DIV controls to establish signal response that is 7 divisions high and about3 divisions wide at half amplitude c Switch the RESOLUTION from 30 kHz to 100 Hz and reset the FREQUENGY SPAN DIV as required so the signal amplitude deviation over the 30 kHz to 100 Hz resolution range can be observed d Total deviation over the range should not exceed 0 5 dB e Switch the RESOLUTION through the 30 kHz to 10 Ht range and check that the amplitude deviation does not exceed 2 0 dB f Return the RESOLUTION selector to 30 kHz the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV control to 10 kHz and adjust the REFERENCE LEVEL control for a signal amplitude of 7 divisions g Measure the bandwidth at the 6 dB down point by using the DOT FREQUENCY control to shift the signal across a graticule reference line and noting the frequency difference from one side to the other h Bandwidth must equal the RESOLUTION setting 20 percent or 30 kHz 6 kHz i Repeat this procedure to check the 6 dB bandwidth of each RESOLUTION setting from 30 kHz through 3 kHz Verify that the bandwidth of each position is within 20 percent Note these measurements for future use when measuring the shape factor Set the RESOLUTION selector to 1 kHz the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to 1 kHz or less and adjust the REFERENCE LEVEL for a signal amplitude of 7 divisions k Use the DOT MKR to adjust the signal position so t
185. E A500 SWEEP A1A1 Front Panel component location shown on back of diagram 1 000 Transverse Vertical Interface component location shown on back of Diagram 01 A100A1 Frequency Reference Mother component location shown on back of Diagram 29 A4500 Digital Storage component shown on back of Diagram 29 FO 38 DETECTOR 5V RIZS4 Ries 43K C20 C226 Ri224 9 0 ssor QO 464 azoo e RIZ4G 1246 RI230 402 CRIZ52 RIA Li2s4 199 Fro 4 02 JO mH LOK SHIELD AIOOOA3 LOG LIN AMP 7L5 VERTICAL AMPLIFIER SO mV DIV OF DISPLAY ON SCREEN 15V R2200 75 0K 1 asv R2218 isy 49 9 R2204 20 0K VERTICAL OUT VIDEO OUT i Pioo R2227 FH we UIOSOB oy VOLT S DIV 1458 CAL vu G v Ll INNO dB 6V RZ205 WITH dBm 2K INTO ON 10dB DIV OR LIN MODE OFF Z B DIV MODE LOG 2 20 R2235 Yoon a BASELINE U2ZI5A asy 15 R2232 72205 02215 U22158 LM33S p PL 1948 OFFSET P O AZQOOAZ VERTICAL CONTROL TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P PIO A3000 TRANS VERT I TRIG OUT Bi TRIG OUT PIG 4 viis al 1 use Te DETECTOR amp VERTICAL OUT 8 1175 DU 2184 58 FO 39 RIO ron R754 4 Darm Ine U7508 1958 gt CRAT
186. E DIV max ccw detent position MAX 500 kHz COUPLED max ccw detent position max cw on 40 dBV off on on off off dBV plug in module switch AUTO 4 Connect the CALIBRATOR signal to the INPUT connector on the plug in module with short length of coaxial cable Adjust the SWP CAL and the HORIZ POSITION controls to align the second and tenth vertical signals with the second and tenth vertical graticule lines counting from the left edge 5 Set the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to 2 kHz Display Mode 2 dB div and DISPLAY A and on Adjust the VERT POSITION control to place the display baseline on the bottom horizontal graticule line 6 Set RESOLUTION control to 3 kHz and DOT FREQUENCY to 500 00 kHz 7 Select the LOG 10 dB DIV pushbutton and adjust the LOG CAL control for full screen 8 division display 8 Select the LOG 2 dB DIV pushbutton and adjust the AMPL CAL on plug in module for full screen display 9 Repeat steps 7 and 8 until the displayed waveforms are 8 vertical divisions in both log amplifier settings Refer td Fig 313 Log Amplifier Calibration Composite Waveform If desired check linearity of the 10 dB div display by increasing the REFERENCE LEVEL in 10 dB steps Adjust LOG CAL slightly to correct any non linearity Fig 3 3 Log amplifier calibration composite waveform 3 8 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT Introduction This is an operational che
187. E F F B030322 MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT NOR GATE MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT NOR GATE MICROCIRCUIT DI DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONV MICROCIRCUIT DI SUCCESSIVE APPROX REGISTER MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL HIGH SPEED COMPARATOR MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL D TYPE F F MICROCIRCUIT 01 3 INPUT NOR GATE MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT NAND GATE 7 39 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Mfr Code 80009 80009 01295 01295 18324 80009 80009 01295 01295 80009 80009 80009 02735 80009 80009 04713 04713 04713 04713 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 27014 02735 80009 27014 27014 80009 02735 80009 80009 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 02735 02735 80009 04713 27014 80009 80009 80009 80009 04713 27014 80009 80009 02735 Mfr Part Number 156 0349 00 155 0118 00 SN7417N SN7416N 8T37B 156 0463 29 156 0725 00 SN7403N SN74L30N 156 0131 00 156 0075 00 156 0197 00 CD4035AE 156 0502 00 156 0502 00 MC14021CP MC14021CP MC14021CP MC14021CP 156 0572 00 156 0502 00 156 0502 00 156 0366 00 156 0350 01 156 0525 00 MM5625AN CD4006AF 156 0350 01 LM319H LM319H 156 0572 00 CD4035AE 156 0350 01 156 0547 00 MC14520CP MC14520CP MC14520CP MC14520CP MC14021CP CD4035AE CD4035AE 156 0494 00 MC14528CP MM5625AN 156 0525 00 156 0349 00 156 0349 01 156 0509 00 MC14559CP LM319H 156 0366 00 156 0575 00 CD4011AE Ckt No W1505 Y390 Y1504 Y19502 Y19521 Y1954 Y1956 Tektro
188. EATO 4322F 75042 5905 00 877 5769 CEATO 4421F 75042 5905 00 724 5766 CEATO 4423F 75042 5905 00 420 8587 CEATO 4531F 75042 5904 00 456 4216 CEATO 4640F 75042 5905 00 974 6075 CEATO 4752F 75042 5905 00 212 3537 CEATO 4872F 75042 5905 00 078 1550 CEATO 4991F 75042 5905 00 922 9925 CEATO 4992F 75042 5905 00 434 9087 CEATO 4993F 75042 5905 00 021 6497 CEATO 5111F 75042 5905 00 426 7791 CEATO 5112F 75042 5905 00 494 4628 CEATO 5901F 75042 5905 00 498 2102 CEATO 6340F 75042 5905 00 135 8509 CEATO 6810F 75042 5905 00 493 1100 CEATO 7152F 75042 5905 00 139 2260 CEATO 7501F 75042 5905 00 994 8526 CEATO 7502F 75042 5905 00 724 5769 CEATO 8250F 75042 5905 00 212 3541 CEATO 8250F 07716 5905 00 212 3541 CEATO 8252F 75042 5905 00 729 6598 CEATO 8451F 75042 5905 00 424 9770 CEATO 8451F 07716 5905 00 424 9770 CEATO 8660F 75042 5905 00 138 7343 CEATO 8661F 75042 5905 00 456 4218 CEATO 8662F 75042 5905 00 724 5730 CEATO 9090F 75042 5909 00 772 2736 CEATO 9091F 75042 5905 00 913 7121 CEATO 9310F 75042 5905 00 852 8727 CEATO 9761F 75042 5905 00 021 6503 CEAT2 8451C 75042 5905 00 232 3085 CEAT9 4101B 75042 5905 00 257 1081 CEAT9 4951C 75042 5905 00 832 8199 DM8831N 27014 5962 00 318 6252 D155F3750F0 00853 5910 00 551 9377 EB5625 01121 5905 00 121 9110 FD7003 13715 5961 00 923 9773 FN815 17856 5961 00 110 9356 LM301AM 27014 5962 00 563 1929 LM324N 27014 5962 01 008 4826 LM124D 27014 5962 01 008 4826 MC10131L 04713 5962 00 172 4913 MC1648P 04713 5962 00 398 086
189. ECTION 2 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Introduction The 7L5 is a swept front end spectrum analyzer with selectable front end plug in modules that permit the user to obtain a calibrated display for a number of different impedance i e 50 ohm 600 ohm etc The plug in module contains selectable attenuation the first mixer input low pass filter and an input buffer selector that trades noise figure for IM performance Signal attenuation in the plug in and gain of the IF processing chain are controlled by a reference level logic circuit in the 7L5 which provides calibrated settings in 1 dB or 10 dB steps over a range of 149 dB Functional Block Diagram The input signal to the 7L5 is mixed with the frequency of the main oscillator and fed to the IF at 10 7 MHz and amplified by the 10 7 MHz IF amplifier Since the7L5 input frequency range is O to 5 MHz the main oscillator is tuned and swept from 10 7 to 15 7 MHz The frequency of the main oscillator is controlled by two secondary A and B oscillators that use a synthesizer technique to tune and phase lock their frequencies The sweep frequency control circuit drives the oscillators according to the settings of front panel DOT FREQUENCY and FREQUENCY SPAN DIV controls The signal at 10 7 MHz Is processed through a band pass filter and amplifier then mixed with the output from a 10 450 oscillator to down convert the 10 7 MHz to an IF of 250 kHz Gain of the 250 kHz amplifier is controlled by
190. ECTOR PLUG IN W KNOB 80009 384 0996 02 2 386 2837 00 1 PANEL REAR 80009 386 2R37 00 ATTACHING PARTS 3 213 0192 00 5 SCR TPG THD FOR 6 32 X 0 50 INCH PNH STL 87308 OBD 4 361 0326 00 1 SPACER SLFEVE 0 18 ID X 0 25 OD X 0 10 L 80009 361 0326 00 5 211 0007 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 188 INCH PNH STIL 83385 1 CKT BOARD ASSY TRANSVERSE SEE A3000A1 EFL ATTACHING PARTS 7 211 0116 00 3 SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 312 INCH BRS 83385 OBD Fres CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY INCLUDES 8 131 0608 00 3 ELEC 0 365 INCH LONG 22526 47357 9 131 1617 01 2 RCPT W 18 36 CONTACTS 80009 131 1617 01 10 131 0993 00 1 TERM CONNE 2 WIRE BLACK 00779 530153 2 11 351 0217 00 1 GUIDE CKT CARD PLASTIC 80009 351 0217 00 ATTACHING PARTS 12 220 0556 00 4 NUT SLEEVE 6 32 X 0 252 OD X 0 015 L BRS 80009 220 0556 00 13 211 0507 00 4 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 312 INCH PNH STL 83385 OBD 14 351 0217 00 1 GUIDE CKT CARD PLASTIC 80009 351 0217 00 ATTACHING PARTS 15 220 0557 00 4 NUT SLEEVE 6 32 X 0 204 OD X 0 118 L BRS 80009 220 0557 00 16 211 0507 00 4 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 312 INCH PNH STI 83385 OBD 17 129 0161 00 3 SPACER POST 0 86 INCH LONG BRS 80009 129 0161 00 644 0448 00 1 REFERENCE MDL 80009 644 0448 00 ATTACHING PARTS 18 213 0022 00 2 SETSCREW 4 40 X 0 188 INCH HEX SOC STL 74445 19 337 2103 00 1 SHIELD ELEC
191. EFERENCE MOTHER BD 80009 670 3578 00 A100A2 670 3579 00 CARD ASSY A OSCILLATOR 80009 670 3579 00 A100A3 670 3580 00 CKT CARD ASSY A N 80009 670 3580 00 A100A4 670 3581 00 CKT CARD ASSY TUNE REFERENCE B N 80009 670 3581 00 A100A5 670 3582 00 CKT CARD ASSY 1ST LO LOCK 80009 670 3582 00 A100A6 670 3583 00 B010100 020259 CARD ASSY BW OSCILLATOR 80009 670 3583 00 A100A6 670 3583 01 8020260 CARD ASSY B OSCILLATOR 80009 670 3583 01 A100A7 670 3584 00 CXT CARD ASSY A AND B OSCILLATOR CONTROL 80009 670 3584 00 A100A8 670 3585 00 B010100 020259 CARD ASSY REF OSCILLATOR AND CALIBRATOR 80009 670 3585 00 A100AB 670 3585 01 B020260 CKT CARD ASSY REF OSCILLATOR AND CALIBRATOR 80009 670 3585 01 A500 670 3586 00 CKT CARD ASSY SUEEP 80009 670 3586 00 A1000 644 0449 00 IF MODULE ASSY 80009 644 0449 00 A1000A1 670 3590 00 CARD ASSY IF MOTHER 80009 670 3590 00 A1000A2 670 3591 00 B010100 B029999 CKT CARD ASSY 10 7 MHZ IF INPUT FILTER 80009 670 3591 00 A1000A2 670 3591 01 B030000 CARD ASSY 10 7 MHZ IF INPUT FILTER 80009 670 3591 01 A1000A3 670 3592 00 CKT CARD ASSY LOG LIN AMPLIFIER 80009 670 3592 00 A1000A4 670 3594 00 CKT CARD ASSY 10 7 MHZ AMPLIFIER 80009 670 3594 00 A1000A5 670 3595 00 CKT CARD ASSY 250 KHZ AMPLIFIER 80009 670 3595 00 A1000A6 670 3912 00 CKT CARD ASSY 2ND LO 80009 670 3912 00 A1000A7 670 3914 00 CKT CARD ASSY 2ND MIXER 80009 670 3914 00 A1000A8 672 0486 00 VARIABLE RESOLUTION ASSY 80009 672 04
192. ENT 80009 214 1579 00 306 214 1127 00 1 ROLLER DETENT 0 125 DIA X 0 125 INCH L 80009 214 1127 00 307 380 0244 00 2 HOUSING SWITCH 80009 380 0244 00 ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH 308 210 0405 00 2 PLAIN HEX 2 56 X 0 188 INCH BRS 73743 2X12157 402 309 384 0994 04 1 SHAFT SW W 16 POSN DETENT AND CONT 80009 384 0994 04 310 384 0994 03 1 SHAFT SW W 32 POSN DETENT AND CONT 80009 384 0994 03 311 1 RESISTOR VAR SEE R50 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 312 210 0405 00 2 PLAIN 2 56 X 0 188 INCH BRS 737432 X12157 402 313 213 0202 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 625 INCH FLH STL 314 1 RESISTOR VAR SEE R45 S45 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 315 210 0405 000 2 PLAIN 2 56 X 0 188 INCH BRS 73743 2X12157 402 316 213 0202 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 625 INCH FLH STL 317 200 1232 00 2 ELECT ROTARY SWITCH 80009 200 1232 00 318 401 0127 02 2 ELEC SW 80009 401 0127 02 319 129 0301 00 4 POST ELEC MECH 0 156 HEX X 0 312 L BRS 80009 129 0301 00 320 386 2029 00 2 PLATE RES MTG 80009 386 2029 00 321 384 0995 01 1 SHAFT SLIDE SW 0 125 OD X 0 866 L W PINS 80009 384 0995 01 322 1 CKT BOARD ASSY FRONT PANEL SEE AiA1 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 323 211 0116 00 7 SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 312 INCH PNH BRS 83385 OBD 324 351 0442 00 1 GUIDE CONN PINS 80009 351 0442 00 325 136 0252 04 15 CONTACT ELEC 0 188 INC
193. ER x T HT 256 3 le Ses 4 H 4 P i 1 3 e ka 3 kHz 12210 P Ma els 5 9 Me no PE UI94B pio 7415113 PS gis TER 0215 3 ck COUN q 534 um e l je BE 1 s o 245939 IE TC 1 UIS4A lp HP COUNTER d s hand 5 Po M LS i cuc KI e 1 H 2 0222 2 pco sss Hy 40 kHz OLE Te ens one kee T 3 9 Bosc a QU 4 e OER PULSE 190 kHz REF CAL 1 MOOAS TUNE REFL BeN 5 11194 14 744513 11 6625 2759 14 amp P cise RING 100 ay RO pr fa ERT 1 DV SENSE BUS NG gt e 716 cte ZR oon we SFe rsv C214 2 9214 Ser 1 ss SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER bre P380 1 OR DEPICTED IN GREY 2184 49 TUNE REFERENCE B N 9 FO 20 A100A5 1st LO Lock A2000A1A1 1 LO Board A100A1 Frequency Reference Mother component location shown on back of Diagram 2 FO 21 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P PLUGIN Moouve aoc we I gt lt crocat ole wo wae NYT Le Aux OUT 42010 T g OPTIONS 1024 Ero VIO AZOOOAIAL 187 LO A 7 SKLETTED VAL
194. ES 157 131 0593 00 3 CONTACT ELEC 1 15 INCH LONG 22526 47354 158 281 0752 00 3 CER DI 0 00175UF 10 72982 1214 007 159 346 0032 00 1 STRAP RETAINING 98159 2829 75 4 160 131 0938 00 1 RCPT 50 OHM MALE SNAP ON 98291 051 043 0349 161 131 1605 00 2 KMALE 50 OHM SLIDE ON 000A 00 250 162 175 1670 00 1 ASSY RF 50 OEM 5 166 INCH W200 80009 175 1670 00 ATTACHING PARTS 163 211 0069 00 1 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 125 INCH PNH STL 77250 OBD 164 337 2072 00 1 SHIELD ELEC OSC BUFFER 80009 337 2072 00 644 0449 00 1 IF MODULE ASSY 80009 644 0449 00 ATTACHING PARTS 165 213 0075 00 2 SETSCREW 4 40 X 0 094 INCH HEX SOC STL 70276 OBD 166 211 0101 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 25 100 DEG FLH STL 83385 CBD 167 337 2088 00 1 SHIELD ELEC PRE VOLTAGE REG COVER 80009 337 2088 00 ATTACHING PARTS 168 211 0234 00 20 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 188 INCH PNH SST 83385 OBD 9 6 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Fig amp Index Tektronix Serial Model No Mfr Mfr Part No Part No Eff Dscont Qty12345 Name amp Description Code Number 1 CIRCUT BOARD ASSEMBLY INCLUDES 157 131 0593 00 3 CONTACT ELEC1 15 INCH LONG 22526 47354 158 281 0752 00 3 CAP FXD CER DI 0 00175UF IOA 72982 1214 007 159 346 0032 00 1 STRAP RETAININGI 98159 2829 75 4 160 131 0938 00 1 CONNECTOR 50 OHM MALE SNRP ON 98291 051 043 03
195. EV A JUNE 1977 Serial Model No Eff Dscont 5010100 B020211 B020212 Name amp Description RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 22 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 590 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 125W RES CMPSN 3K OHM 5 0 125W RES CMPSN 10OK OHM 5 0 125W RES FXD FILM 634 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 12K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 200 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 3 9K OHM 5 0 25W RES VAR NONWIR 1K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 2 05K CHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 100K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 12K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 2K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES VAR NONWIR 2K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 12K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 220K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 200 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 2K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 4 99K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 300 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 240 OM 5 0 25W RES CMPSN 1 6K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 2K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 2K OHM 1 0 125W RES 6 65 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 20K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 10 5K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 4 02K
196. FF1816G40200F 3329P L58 502 CB1535 MFF1816G20001F MFF1816G40200F 3329P L58 202 MFF1816G28700F MFF1816G35700F MFF1816G15001F CB1005 MFF1816G13000F MFF1816G29401F CB1215 CB27G5 CB1035 CB5115 CB1005 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Tektronix Serial Model No Mfr Ckt No Part No Eff Dscont Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number R2278 317 0104 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB1045 R2280 317 0104 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB1045 R2282 317 0104 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB1045 R2284 317 0470 00 RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB4705 R2286 317 0470 00 RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB4705 R2287 317 0513 00 RES FXD CMPSN 51K OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB5135 R2289 317 0470 00 RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB4705 R2290 315 0104 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1045 R2291 317 0470 00 RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W 01121 4705 R2292 315 0103 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1035 R2294 315 0103 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1035 R2300 321 0315 00 RES FXD FILM 18 7K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 1872F R2302 321 0344 00 RES FXD FILM 37 4K OHM 196 0 125W 75042 CEATO 3742F R2304 321 0373 00 RES FILM 75K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 7502F R2306 321 0402 00 RES FILM 1SOK OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 1503F R2308 321 0402 00 RES FXD FILM 150K OHM 196 0 125W 75042 CEATO
197. FORM CAREFULLY TEAR IT OUT FOLD IT AND DROP IT IN THE MAIL PUBLICATION NUMBER PUBLICATION DATE 11 5825 270 10 23 Jul 81 BE EXACT PIN POINT WHERE IT IS IN THIS SPACE TELL WHAT i WRONG ABOUT IE DA 79 2028 2 aldrig ONS P S IF YOUR OUTFIT WANTS TO KNOW ABOUT YOUR PANE OSSOLETE RECOMMENDATION MAKE CARBON COPY OF THIS AND GIVE IT TO YOUR HEADQUARTERS PUBLICATION TITLE Radio Frequency R 2176 FRN iem du c i ne GM a ase TEAR ALONG PERFORATED qoute queue queen ene Geen Cie eno PIN 035348 000
198. FXD FILM 100K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 820 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 7 5K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 14 3K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 6 2K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 15K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 2 2K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 820 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 820 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 27 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 100K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 100K OHM 1 0 125W RES FIIM 4 32K OHM 1 0 125W RES VAR NONWIR 10K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD FILM 8 66K OHM 1 0 125W RES FILM ATTEN 1K OHM RES FXD FILM 9 09K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 10 5K OHM 1 0 125W RES FILM 31 6K OHM 1 0 125W RES FILM 31 6K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 9 41K OHM 0 5 0 125N RES FXD FILM 11 03K OHM 0 1 0 125W RES 11 03 OHM 0 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 10M OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 4 99K OHM 1 0 125W RES FII 150K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 49 9K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 42 2K OHM 1 0 125W RES VAR NONWIR 2 5K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD FILM 42 2K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 10 5K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 4 7M OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 24 9K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 100K OHM 1 0 125W RES FX
199. H LONG 22526 SPACER CKT BD 0 215 BD HT PLASTIC 80009 GUIDE POST LOCK 0 285 INCH LONG 80009 CONN RCPT ELEC SMB SNAP ON 50 OHM 98291 CONTACT ELEC 1 15 INCH LONG 22526 CAP FXD CER DI 1750PF 80009 CONTACT ELEC FOR 0 025 INCH SQUARE PIN 22526 SHIELD ELEC MOTHER BOARD 80009 TERM FEEDTHRU W INSULATOR 80009 SHIELD ELEC REF MODULE 80009 CKT BOARD ASSY DIGITAL AVG SEE A4000 EPL ATTACHING PARTS SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 875 PNH STL 83385 SOCKET PLUG IN 14 CONTACT LOW CLEARANCE 01295 SOCKET PLUG IN 16 CONTACT LOW CLEARANCE 01295 9 4 Mfr Part Number 131 1493 00 75060 OBD 337 2237 00 75377 001 214 0579 00 131 1493 00 337 2236 00 75060 75377 001 214 0579 00 75060 75060 75377 001 131 1493 00 214 0579 00 75377 001 75060 65275 001 214 0579 00 421837 9 421565 2829 75 4 175 1673 00 175 1672 00 175 1674 00 47351 386 1556 00 351 0213 00 051 051 0219 01 47354 281 0752 00 75377 001 337 2279 00 131 1612 01 337 2065 00 OBD C931402 C931602 Fig amp Index No 1 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 Tektronix Part No 211 0018 00 Serial Model No Eff 136 0269 02 XB020275 136 0260 02 XB020275 214 0579 00 136 0621 00 136 0260 02 136 0260 02 136 0263 04 361 0766 00 136 0269 02 136 0514
200. H LONG 22526 75060 326 136 0269 02 4 SOCKET PLUG IN 14 CONTACT LOW CLEARANCE 01295 C931402 327 136 0263 04 13 ELEC FOR 0 025 INCH SQUARE PIN 22526 75377 001 328 131 1617 01 1 RCPT W 18 36 CONTACTS 80009 131 1617 01 329 131 1606 01 1 RCPT W 22 44 CONTACTS 80009 131 1606 01 330 131 0608 00 24 CONTACT ELEC 0 365 INCH LONG 22526 47357 2 1 1 9 10 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Fig amp Index Tektronix Serial Model No Mfr Mfr Part No Part No Eff Dscont Qty12345 Name amp Description Code Number 1 320 386 2029 00 2 MTG RESISTOR 80009 386 2029 00 321 384 0995 01 1 SLIDE SW 0 125 OD X 0 866 L W PINS 80009 384 0995 01 322 1 CKT BOARD ASSY FRONT PANEL SEE A1A1 EPL ATTACHING PARTS 323 211 0116 00 7 SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 312 INCH PNR BRS 83385 OBD 324 351 0442 00 1 GUIDE CONN PINS 80009 351 0442 00 325 136 0252 04 15 PIN TERM 0 188 INCH LONG 22526 75060 326 136 0269 02 4 SOCPET PLUG IN 14 CONTACT LOW CLEARCE 01295 931402 327 136 0263 04 13 SOCKET PIN TERM FOR 0 025 INCH SQUARE PIN 22526 75377 001 328 131 1617 01 1 CONNECTOR RCPT W 18 36 CONTACTS 80009 131 1617 01 329 131 1606 01 1 CONNECTOR RCPT W 22 44 CONTACTS 80009 131 1606 01 330 131 0608 00 24 CONTACT ELEC 0 365 INCH LONG 22526 47357 331 136 0260 02 2 SOCKET PLUG IN 16 CONTACT LOW CLEARANCE 01295 931602 332 407 1
201. ICE SDLTCO SEMIICOND DEVICE SIGNAL DUWAL 0 5PA AT 3V SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE V VAR CAP 10 330PF SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V 500A SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150KA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150KA SEMICOND DEVICE SIICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 7 12 Mfr Code 72982 72982 90201 90201 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 07910 08806 07910 08806 08806 08806 08806 08806 08806 08806 08806 07910 07910 07910 07910 07910 07910 08806 08806 08806 08806 07910 08806 07910 08806 80009 80009 28480 80009 28480 80009 07910 07910 80009 07910 07910 13715 28480 07910 07910 07910 07910 28480 07910 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P Mfr Part Number 8121N058651103M 8121N058651103M TDC106M025NLF TDC156M020NL 8131N075651104M 8131N075651104M 8131 075651104 8131 075651104 8131 075651104 1 4152 SSL 12 1N4152 SSL 12 SSL 12 SSL 12 SSL 12 SSL 12 SSL 12 SSL 12 SSL 12 1N4152 1N4152 1N4152 1N4152 1N4152 1N4152 SSL 12 SSL 12 SSL 12 SSL 12 1N4152 SSL 12 1N4152 SSL 12 150 1033 00 152 0597 00 5082 2672 153 0061 00 5082 2672 153 0061 00 1N4152 1N4152 152 0597 00 1N4152 1N4152 FD7003
202. ITAL STORAGE Off SIGNAL GENERATOR WITH OUTPUT MONITOR TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P b Set the signal generator frequency to 500 kHz and adjust its output level for a displayed 6 division signal amplitude reference on the analyzer crt graticule Note the output level of the signal generator as indicated on the output level monitor meter c Slowly adjust the signal generator frequency so the displayed signal moves across the full width of the graticule Monitor the signal output level and adjust as required to maintain a constant output Verify that the displayed signal amplitude remains within 0 5 dB of the 6 division reference as the frequency is moved through the 1 MHz frequency range d Set DOT FREQUENCY to 1500 00 kHz and repeat step c e Set DOT FREQUENCY to 2500 00 kHz and repeat step c f Set DOT FREQUENCY to 3500 00 kHz and repeat step c g Set DOT FREQUENCY to 4500 00 kHz and repeat step c 7000 SERIES OSCILLOSCOPE Fig 3 2 Dot frequency range and display flatness test setup 4 Frequency Span Accuracy and Linearity a Connect the CALIBRATOR signal to the INPUT connector and set the front panel controls as follows DOT FREQUENCY 0 00 kHz RESOLUTION 30 kHz FREQUENGY SPAN DIV MAX TIME DIV AUTO REFERENGE LEVEL 30 dBm Display Mode LOG 10 dB DIV b Verify that the crt display includes ten CALIBRATOR signals excluding the signal at the left edge of the graticule Verify linearity by ensuring that
203. KR control is switched through U670 to the input of operational amplifier U685B Address code 10 occurs only when the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV selector is in MAX span position The offset voltage now comes from the synthesizer memory circuits The dc output of U685B sets the input dc level of the sweep by the DOT MKR control The dot always amplifier U685A to provide offset to the Sweep Horizontal ramp TABLE 2 3 Input Data to the Frequency Span ROMS U515 U650 FREQ SPAN DIV FREQ SPAN DIV SWITCH INPUTS INPUTS TC TJ TB TK TD A8 A7 6 5 A4 4 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 2 MHz 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MHz 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 50 kHz 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 20 kHz 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 10 kHz 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 5 kHz 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 2 kHz 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 2 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 5 kHz 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 2 kHz 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 kHz 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 50 Hz 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 Hz 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 TABLE 2 4 Input and Output Data for FREQ SPAN Multiplexers Bypassing U510 and U650 FREQ SPAN DIV FREQ SPAN DIV SWITCH U670 U665 TC TJ TB TK TD FS5 FS4 FS3 FS2 FS1 B SWP B A MAX 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 2 MHz 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1B 0 0 0 1 MHz 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 50 kHz 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1B 1 1 0 20 kHz 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1B 1 0 0 10 kHz 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1B
204. L SWP control can move the trace over approximately the same range as the normal sweep 2 Dot Frequency Range and Accuracy a Connect test setup Fig 3 2 Set triggering to NORM and FREE RUN and set the other front panel controls as follows DOT FREQUENCY 500 00 kHz RESOLUTION COUPLED FREQUENGY SPAN DIV 50 Hz TIME DIV AUTO LOG 2 dB DIV On REFERENCE LEVEL 20 dBm Mainframe Vertical Mode Right Mainframe Trigger Source Right Vert b Set signal generator to 500 kHz and adjust the output amplitude for 6 division display approximately 24 dBm on the analyzer crt Carefully adjust the signal generator frequency to place the displayed signal under the frequency dot Use the digital counter to verify that signal output frequency is 500 00 kHz 6 Hz 7000 SERIES OSCILLOSCOPE Fig 3 1 Sweep triggering test equipment setup Q 3 2 c Set the signal generator to the following test frequencies and repeat step b for each frequency setting Verify the dot frequency accuracy for each of the listed test frequencies Test Frequency kHz Tolerance 1 000 00 7 Hz 1 500 00 8 Hz 2 000 00 9 Hz 2 500 00 10 Hz 3 000 00 11 Hz 3 500 00 12 Hz 4 000 00 13 Hz 4 500 00 14 Hz 4 999 75 15 Hz 3 Display Flatness a Connect test setup p r Fig 3 2 Set the front panel controls as follows DOT FREQUENCY 500 00 kHz RESOLUTION COUPLED FREQUENCY SPAN DIV 100 kHz TIME DIV AUTO LOG 2 dB DIV On REFERENCE LEVEL 20 dBm DIG
205. L5 front panel controls as follows DOT FREQUENCY 2500 00 kHz RESOLUTION 3 kHz FREQUENCY SPAN DIV 5 kHz TIME DIV 25 LOG 10 dB DIV On REFERENGE LEVEL 30 dBm INPUT BUFFER Off DIGITAL STORAGE DISPLAY A B BASELINE CLIPPER Max cw b Adjust the output level of the signal generator No 1 to approximately 20 dBm Adjust its output frequency to 2495 0 kHz so that the displayed signal appears one division to the left of center screen c Adjust the output level of signal generator No 2 to approximately 20 dBm Adjust its output frequency to 2505 0 kHz so that its displayed signal appears one division to the right of center screen d Change the RESOLUTION to 300 Hz and adjust the signal generators output level so both signals are full screen 30 dBm reference e Reset the TIME DIV to 2 0 s Wait 20 seconds and verify that the third order intermodulation product 3 divisions from center screen is at least 7 5 divisions 75 dB below the reference level SIGNAL GENERATOR NO 1 10X 20 dB ATTEN 502 502 SIGNAL GENERATOR NO 2 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P f Increase the external attenuation to reduce the input signal level by 10 dB Set REFERENCE LEVEL to 40 dBm Repeat step e to verify that third order IM products are at least 8 divisions below the reference level g Reset signal generator No 1 output frequency to 10 0 kHz and adjust its output signal level to 40 dBm full screen Wait 20 seconds and
206. LICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVIGE SILICON 30V 150MA LAMP LED RED 2 5V 15MA LAMP LED RED 5MA 2 0V LAMP LED RED 2 5V 15MA LAMP LED RED 5MA 2 0V LAMP LED RED 2 5V 15MA LAMP LED RED 5MA 2 0V LAMP LED RED 2 SV 15MA LAMP LED RED 5MA 2 0V SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA LAMP LED RED 2 5V 15MA LAMP LED RED 5MA 2 0V SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA LAMP LED RED 2 5V 15MA LAMP LED RED 5MA 2 0V LAMP LED YELLOW 2 2V SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 50V 330PF SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V HOT CARRIER TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Mfr Code 07910 07910 07910 08806 50347 08806 50347 08806 50347 08806 50347 07910 08806 50347 07910 08806 50347 80009 80009 28480 SEMICOND DEVICE SIGNAL DUAL 0 5PA AT 3V80009 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 1SV HOT CARRIER SEMICOND DEVICE SIGNAL DUAL 0 5PA AT 3V SEMICOND DEVIGE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 50V 330PF SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V 50MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V HOT CARRIER SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150A SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V HOT CARRIER SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVI
207. LICON PNP 01295 2N3906 Q570 151 0456 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0456 00 Q575 151 0456 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0456 00 Q591 151 0188 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP 01295 2N3906 Q621 151 1021 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON JFE 80009 151 1021 00 Q680 151 1078 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON JFE N CHANNEL 80009 151 1078 00 Q700 151 1022 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON JFE SEL FROM 2N4392 80009 151 1022 00 Q705 151 0188 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP 01295 2 3906 Q735 151 1079 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON FE N CHANNEL 80009 151 1079 00 Q765 151 1079 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON FE N CHANNEL 80009 151 1079 00 Q1040 151 0190 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0190 00 Q1060 151 1021 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON JFE 80009 151 1021 00 Q1070 151 0190 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0190 00 Q1080 151 0190 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0190 00 Q1085 151 0190 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0190 00 QI110 151 1021 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON JFE 80009 151 1021 00 Q1115 151 0190 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0190 00 Q1130 151 0190 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0190 00 Q1140 151 1021 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON JFE 80009 151 1021 00 Q1170 151 1021 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON JFE 80009 151 1021 00 Q1180 151 0190 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0190 00 Q1200 151 0190 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0190 00 Q1230 151 0188 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP 01295 2N3906 Q1235 151 0188 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP 01295 2N3906 Q1305 151 0442 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009
208. LT 6 8UF 20 6V CAP FXD ELCTLT 6 BUF 20 6V CAP CER DI 1000PF 10 200V CAP FXD ELACTLT 47UF 10 20V CAP FXD PLSTC 0 5UF 10 20CV CAP FXD CER DI 0 0015UF 596 200V CAP FXD ELCTLT 47UF 1096 20V CAP FXD ELCTLT 47UF 10 20V CAP ELCTLT 33UF 20 10V CAP FXD ELCTLT 33UF 20 10V CAP FXD ELCTLT 47UF 1096 20V CAP CER DI 3300PF 10 20V CAP CER DI 30PF 10 50V CAP FXD PLSTC 0 5UF 20 50V CAP FXD ELCTLT 47UF 10 20V CAP ELCTLT 22UF 450 1096 10V CAP ELCTLT 22UF 50 1096 10V CAP FXD ELCTLT 47UF 1096 20V CAP FXD ELCTLT 15UF 20 20V CAP FXD ELCTLT 15UF 20 20V CAP FXD ELCTLT 15UF 20 20V CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 0015UF 51 200V CAP CER DI 0 01UF 20 500V CAP FXD MICA D 160PF 196 100V CAP FXD MICA D 560PF 296 300V CAP FXD MICA D 160PF 196 100V CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 2096 50V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 300PF 5 1000V CAP CER DI 0 022UF 10 50V CAP CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP FXD ELCTLT 47UF 10 20V CAP ELCTLT 33UF 20 10V CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 2096 50V CAP FXD ELCTLT 220UF 20 10V CAP FXD CER DI 0 22UF 2
209. Lin line produces a high at pin FF which switches 01170 on to increase the gain of the last stage about 24 dB This gain offsets the loss through the 1st stage and sets the nearest dBm dBV deflection factor value to the equivalent mV Div factor for the LIN mode Gain of the first three stages is switched in 20 dB increments in the LIN and 2 dB Div modes Gain switching logic comes in on the X10 and X100 pins 3 and 20 of P1010 lines A truth table is shown on the diagram for the three gain cells Detector and Video Amplifier The signal from the function log Lin amplifier is coupled to the detector circuit through a low Q single pole filter network with a resonant frequency of 250 kHz L1220 C1222 This filter narrows the noise bandwidth from the Log Lin amplifier precision detector consisting of an operational amplifier and a diode feedback circuit converts the IF signal to video Input series resistors R1220 R1224 convert the input signal voltage to a current at the input summing point of the operational amplifier The ac feedback for the amplifier is through the diode resistor network CR1252 R1250 or CR1240 R1242 The dc feedback path is through R1241 and R1240 The output of the detector is signal with negative going peaks which is applied through low pass filter C1254 L1254 C1256 with pass band of 15 kHz The filter averages the video signal and further reduces the IF component The signal is then amp
210. M C514 283 0032 00 CAP CER DI 470PF 5 500V 72982 831 500450471 C516 283 0032 00 CAP CER DI 470PF 5 500V 72982 831 500450471 C518 283 0032 00 CAP CER DI 470PF 5 500V 72982 831 50025D471J C569 283 0154 00 CAP FXD CER DI 22PF 596 50V 72982 8111B061C0G220J C576 283 0204 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 2096 50V 72982 8121N075ZSU0103M C580 290 0536 00 CAP FXD ELCILT 10UF 2096 25V 90201 TDC106M025FL C582 290 0536 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 10UF 20 25V 90201 TDC106M025FL C588 283 0177 00 CAP CER DI 1UF 80 20 25V 72982 8131N039 E 1057 C589 290 0526 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 6 8UF 20 6V 90201 TDC685M006EL C592 283 0191 00 CAP CER DI 0 022UF 20 50V 72982 8121N075Z5U0223M C593 290 0524 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 4 7UF 20 10V 90201 TDC475M010EL C610 283 0201 00 CAP CER DI 27PF 100 200V 72982 8101B210X7R0270K REV A JUNE 1977 7 5 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P Tektronix Serial Model No Mfr kt No Part N Eff D n Nam D ription Mfr Part Number C676 283 0111 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 2096 50V 72982 8131N075651104M C710 283 0201 00 CAP CER Dl 27PF 10 200V 72982 8101A208W5R270K C712A 295 0178 00 CAP SET MTCHD 0 05UF 4 95UF 80009 295 0178 00 C724 283 0191 00 XB010158 CAP CER DI 0 022UF 20 50V 72982 8121N063651223M C726 283 0198 00 CAP CER DI 0 22UF 20 50V 72982 8131N075651224M C728 283 0176 00 CAP D1 0 0022UF 20 50V 7298
211. MFF1816G1000F CB1035 CB1005 CB1035 CB1005 CB1035 Ckt No R4561 R4562 R4563 R4563 R4564 R4564 R4565 R4566 R4566 R4567 R4567 R4568 R4569 R4570 R4571 R4572 R4573 R4574 R4575 R4576 R4577 R4578 R4579 R4580 R4581 R4582 R4583 R4585 R4586 R4588 R4589 R4591 R4593 R4595 R4602 R4609 R4610 R4611 R4612 R4613 R4614 R4616 R4618 R4620 R4622 R4624 R4624 R4625 R4625 R4626 R4627 R4628 R4629 Tektronix Part No 321 0409 00 321 0289 00 321 0399 00 321 0406 00 315 0472 00 321 0253 00 311 1263 00 321 0289 00 321 0342 00 315 0153 00 315 0133 00 315 0474 00 315 0103 00 311 1272 00 315 0562 00 321 0318 00 315 0562 00 315 0302 00 321 0201 00 321 0261 00 315 0471 00 315 0103 00 315 0510 00 315 0910 00 315 0243 00 321 0277 00 315 0471 00 311 1267 00 321 0289 00 321 0289 00 315 0562 00 315 0562 00 315 0510 00 315 0471 00 315 0102 00 315 0103 00 315 0104 00 315 0104 00 315 0103 00 315 0203 00 321 0289 00 321 0289 00 315 0393 00 315 0102 00 315 0102 00 321 0282 00 321 0289 00 311 1265 00 311 1266 00 315 0682 00 321 0486 00 321 0289 00 315 0103 00 REV A JUNE 1977 Serial Model No Eff Dscont 010100 010149 010150 010100 010114 010115 010100 030322 030323 030323 030339 030340 030323 010116 010116 amp Description RES FXD FILM 178K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1
212. N 15V 28480 5082 2672 CR4611 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1 4152 CR4612 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 E266 276 0507 00 XB010150 SHIELDING BEAD 0 6UH 78488 57 0180 7D E268 276 0507 00 XB101050 SHIELDING BEAD 0 6UH 78488 57 0180 7D E276 276 0507 00 XB010150 SHIELDING BEAD 0 6UH 78488 57 0180 7D E278 276 0507 00 XB010150 SHIELDING BEAD 0 6UH 78488 57 0180 7D 7 14 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Tektronix Serial Model No Mfr Ckt No Part No Eff Dscont Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number CR2033 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2050 152 0153 00 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V 50MA 80009 152 0153 00 CR2226 152 0246 00 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 400PIV 200MA 07910 012676 CR2320 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2322 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2340 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2342 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2344 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2346 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2348 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2356 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2360 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2362 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 07910 1N4152 CR2364 152 0141
213. Noise 3 14 Frequency Measurement Technique 3 15 Max Span Operation Resolution and Resolution Bandwidth Digital Storage 3 15 Applications for Spectrum Analyzers 3 15 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P SECTION 0 INTRODUCTION 0 1 SCOPE This manual describes Spectrum Analyzer PL 1391 U and provides instructions for operation Part I and maintenance Part 11 Throughout this manual the PL 1391 U is referred to as the Tekronix Model 7L5 0 2 INDEXES OF PUBLICATIONS a DA Pam 310 4 Refer to the latest issue of DA Pam 310 4 to determine whether there are new editions changes or additional publications pertaining to the equipment b DA 310 7 Refer to the DA Pam 310 7 to determine whether there are modification work orders MWO s pertaining to the equipment 0 3 FORMS AND RECORDS a Reports of Maintenance and Unsatisfactory Equipment Maintenance forms records and reports which are to be used by maintenance personnel at all maintenance levels are listed in and prescribed by TM 38 750 b Report of Packaging and Handling Deficiencies Fill out and forward DD Form 6 Packaging Improvement Report as prescribed AR 700 58 NAVSUPINST 4030 29 AFR 71 13lmco P4030 29A and DLAR 4145 8 0 1 c Discrepancy in Shipment Report DISREP SF 361 Fill out and forward Discrepancy in Shipment Report DISREP SF 361 as prescribed in AR 55 38 NAVSUPINST 4610 33B AFR 75 18 MCO P4610 19C and DLAR 4500 15 0 4 REPORTING E
214. OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RES CMPSN 39K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25N RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FIIM 8 45K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RES VAR NONWIR 2K OHM 10 0 50W RES VAR NONWIR 2 5K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 6 8K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 1 13M OHM 1 0 125W RES FILM 1OK OHM 1 0 125N RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W 7 35 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Mfr Code 91637 91637 91637 91637 01121 91637 32997 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 32997 01121 91637 01121 01121 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 01121 32997 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 91637 91637 32997 32997 01121 91637 91637 01121 Mfr Part Number MFF1816G17802F MFF1816G10001F MFF1816G14002F MFF1816G16502F CB4725 MFF1816G42200F 3329P L58 102 MFF1816G10001F MFF1816G35701F CB1535 CB1335 CB4745 CB1035 3329P L58 104 CB5625 MFF1816G20001F CB5625 CB3025 MFF1816G12100F MFF1816G51100F CB4715 CB1035 CB5105 CB9105 CB2435 MFF1816G75000F CB4715 3329P L58 502 MFF1816G10001F MFF1816G10001F CB5625 CB5625 CB5105 CB4715 CB10
215. OL SOCKET SCREW DIV OF AMERICAN CHAIN AND CABLE CO ING 40 BRISTOL ST WATERBURY CT 06720 71279 CAMBRIDGE THERMIONIC CORP 445 CONCORD AVE CAMBRIDGE MA 02138 73743 FISCHER SPECIAL MFG CO 446 MORGAN ST CINCINNATI OH 45206 73803 TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INC METALLURGICAL MATERIALS DIV ATTLEBORO MA 02703 74445 ROLO KROME CO 31 BROOK ST WEST HARTFORD CT 06110 77250 PHEOLL MANUFACTURING CO DIVISION OF ALLIED PRODUCTS CORP 5700 W ROOSEVELT RD CHICAGO IL 60650 78189 ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS INC SHAKEPROOF DIVISION ST CHARLES ROAD ELGIN IL 60120 80009 TEKTRONIX ING BOX 500 BEAVERTON OR 97077 80756 TRW INCS RAMSEY CORP BOX 513 ST LOUIS MO 63166 83385 CENTRAL SCREW CO 2530 CRESCENT DR BROADVIEW IL 60153 87308 N L INDUSTRIES INC SOUTHERN SCREW DIV BOX 1360 STATESVILLE NC 28677 88245 LITTON SYSTEMS ING USECO DIV 13536 SATICOY ST VAN NUYS CA 91409 95987 WECKESSER CO INC 4444 WEST IRVING PARK RD CHICAGO IL 60641 98159 RUBBER TECK INC 19115 HAMILTON AVE GARDENA CA 90247 98291 SEALECTRO CORP 225 HOYT MAMARONECK NY 10544 AUTHORITIES 99472 JOHNSON AND JOHNSON INC PERMACEL DIV U S HIGHWAY 1 NEW BRUNSWICK NJ 08901 9 2 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Fig amp Index Tektronix Serial Model No Mfr Mfr part No Part No Eff Dscont Qty12345 Name amp Description Code Number 1 1 384 0996 01 B010100 B020369 1 SHAFT EJECTOR PLUG IN W KNOB 80009 384 0996 01 384 0996 02 B020370 1 SHAFT EJ
216. OMERVILLE NY 08876 MURTLE BEACH SC 29577 PHOENIX AZ 85036 MOUNTAIN VIEW CA 94042 HAWTHORNE CA 90250 CLEVELAND OH 44112 SANFORD NC 27330 CHICAGO IL 60647 DANBURY CT 06810 DOVER NH 03820 SAN RAFAEL CA 94903 SOUTH BEND IN 46613 MOUNTAIN VIEW CA 94040 SANTA CLARA CA 95054 MARYLANDHEIGHTS MO 63043 SUNNYVALE CA 94086 SAN DIEGO CA 92123 NORWOOD MA 02062 SANTA CLARA CA 95051 NORWALK CT 06854 PALO ALTO CA 94304 RIVERSIDE CA 92507 MELBOURNE FL 32901 CAMBRIDGE MA 02138 WILLIMANTIC CT 06226 ERIE PA 16512 FULLERTON CA 92634 PHILADELPHIA PA 19108 COMPTON CA 90224 ST MARYS PA 15857 BEAVERTON OR 97077 RIVERSIDE CA 92506 LOS ANGELES CA 90069 OGALLALA NB 69153 HARRISON NJ 07029 INDIANAPOLIS IN 46206 CHICAGO IL 60646 COLUMBUS NB 68601 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P Tektronix Serial Model No Mfr Ckt No Part No Eff Dscont Name amp Description Code Part Number Al 614 0559 00 FRONT PANEL ASSY 80009 614 0559 00 1670 3587 00 CARD ASSY FRONT PANEL 80009 670 3587 00 1 21 260 1693 00 B010100 B030523 FREQ SPAN DIV AND RESOLUTION SEL ASSY 80009 260 1693 00 1 21 260 1693 01 B030524 FREQ SPAN DIV AND RESOLUTION SEL ASSY 80009 260 1693 01 A1A32 260 1694 00 B010100 B030523 TIME DIV SELECTOR ASSY 80009 260 1694 00 A1A32 260 1694 01 B030524 TIME DIV SELECTOR ASSY 80009 260 1694 01 A100 644 0448 00 REFERENCE MODULE 80009 644 0448 00 A100A1 670 3578 00 CKT CARD ASSY FREQUENCY R
217. ON BASELINE Ba CLIPPER 1 ar pense qe t R65 LEVEL SLOPE MNL SWP 546 REFERENCE LEVEL ATAT Front Panel FO 5 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P a I DISPLAY A nj oA 73 432 1 Dt gx MA me De De Unused connectors shown on these rane lt diagrams are factory test points or lt Tim options that may be used for future applications gems z went RE x 1839 2 gt x le 859 og e Toe ug ANE Fine Tone le eura arne lat ET mum Guy cor FREQUENCY
218. OND DEVICE SILICON 400PIV 200MA CD12676 CR4553 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 1N4152 R676 315 0103 00 RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W R1360 315 0203 00 RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 5 0 25W R1366 315 0152 00 RES FXD CMPSN 1 5K OHM 5 0 25W R1370 315 0203 00 RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 5 0 25W R1376 315 0152 00 RES FXD CMPSN 1 5K 0HM 52 0 25W PAGE 1 oF 3 10 6 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P PRODUCT 715 CHANGE REFERENCE M31771 DATE 6714 77 315 0113 00 RES FXD CMPSN 11K 0HM 52 0 25W 315 0393 00 RES FXD CMPSN 39K 0HM 52 0 25W 315 0155 00 RES FXD CMPSN 1 5M OHM 5 0 25W 152 0217 00 SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER 0 4W 8 2V 5 1N756A ADD CR736 152 0075 00 SEMICOND DEVICE GE 25V 40MA CR738 152 0075 00 SEMICOND DEVICE GE 25V 40MA VR676 152 0149 00 SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER 0 4W 10V 52 1N961B VR1360 152 0149 00 SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER 0 4W 10V 52 1N961B VR1366 152 0662 00 SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER 0 4W 5V 1 VR1370 152 0149 00 SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER 0 4W 10V 5 1N961B VR1376 152 0662 00 SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER 0 4W 5 12 VR1687 152 0662 00 SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER 0 4W 5V 1Z VR1693 152 0149 00 SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER 0 4W 10V 5 1N961B VR2226 152 0306 00 SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER 9 1V 52 0 4W 1N960B VR4553 152 0306 00 SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER 9 1V 5 0 4W 1N960B DIAGRAM gt FREQ SPAN ATTEN amp SWP GEN DIAGRAM 8 DETECTOR amp VERTICAL OUT VR2226 replaces CR2226 The cathode of VR2226 goes to pin 2 of 02210 and the anode to
219. OUIV SWP B B B Bo SPAN 1 1 0 1 1 33 1 1 0 1 0 10 325 1 200 kHz 1 1 1 1 1 37 0 0 1 1 0 1 O 1 065 1B 100 kHz 1 1 1 1 0 36 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 225 1 50 kHz 1 1 0 0 1 31 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 265 1B 20 kHz 1 1 1 0 1 35 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 065 1B 10 kHz 1 1 1 00 34 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 225 1B 5 kHz 1 0 0 1 1 23 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 265 1B 2 kHz 1 0 1 1 1 27 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 O 166 2 1 kHz 1 0 1 1 0 26 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 O 326 2 5 kHz 1 0 0 0 1 21 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 O 366 2 2 kHz 1 0 1 0 1 25 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 166 2 1 kHz 1 0 1 00 24 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 326 2 50 Hz 0 1 0 1 1 13 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 O 366 2 0 Hz 0 0 1 0 0 04 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 257 0 B A Control Control Line U670 Line U670 2 9 the detector is disconnected from the vertical output amplifier The vertical display now becomes dc voltage which produces trace at the bottom of the screen In non store mode the overspan portion is blanked The lower half of multiplexer 0670 provides dc offset to the sweep ramp In the MAX span position the DOT FREQUENGY control moves the dot readout frequency across the screen In other SPAN DIV positions the dot is at center screen unless it is moved TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P always represents readout frequency The level set by the DOT MKR control R50 feeds three of the inputs for the bottom half of U670 If the control address to U670 from ROM U650 is anything except 10 the dc level of the DOT M
220. P PRODUCT CHANGE REFERENCE M31058 9 20 77 DESCRIPTION SCHEMATIC CHANGES DIAGRAM lt 6 gt FREQ SPAN ATTEN amp SWP GEN Partial P700 2 TO P5606 2 20 TOU700 2 AN DIAGRAM 4 VARIABLE RESOLUTION AMPL Partial TOUIGBOA DIAGRAM HORIZ amp VERT DISPLAY PROCESSING Partial Y TO P5605 3 OPT 21 10 10 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P pe MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION TEKTRONIDGCE propucr 715 Service CHANGE REFERENCE M31704 committed to 070 2184 00 DATE 9 7 77 technical wF M eX EFF SN B030750 ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST AND SCHEMATIC CHANGES CHANGE TO CR9 CR16 CR19 CR24 CR34 CR38 CRAO CRA2 150 1050 00 LAMP LED RED CRAA The above components are shown on diagram 2 FRONT PANEL PAGE 1 of 1 10 11 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION TEK TRONIDC prrooucr 715 CHANGE REFERENCE _ M30999 Sete 070 2184 00 pare _ 11 28 77 mn gt P ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST AND SCHEMATIC CHANGES EFF SN B030490 ADD E132 276 0507 00 SHIELDING BEAD 0 6UH E134 276 0507 00 SHIELDING BEAD 0 6UH DIAGRAM lt gt amp B OSC amp CONTROL Partial 13 07 Uies 7 AHOOAZ OSCILLATOR PO ker ae EFF SN B030500 CHANGE TO 0192 156 0047 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI TRIPLE 3 INPUT NAND GATE 7410 1 PAGE OF 10 12 DA Pam 310 4 DA Pam
221. PACKAGING FOR SHIPMENT If your Tektronix instrument is to be shipped to a Tektronix Service Center for service or replacement attach a tag showing owner with address and the name of an individual at your firm that can be contacted 2 1 Include complete instrument serial number description of the service required Save and re use the container your instrument was shipped in If the original packaging is not available or is unfit for use repackage as follows 1 Obtain a shipping container of heavy corrugated cardboard or wood with inside dimensions six inches or greater than the instrument dimensions This will allow room for cushioning Refer to Table 2 1 for carton test strength requirements 2 Wrap the instrument in heavy paper or polyethylene sheeting to protect the instrument finish Protect the front panel with urethane foam or cardboard strips 3 Cushion the instrument on all sides by packing dunnage or urethane foam between the carton and the instrument allowing three inches on all sides 4 Seal the shipping carton with shipping tape or an industrial stapler TABLE 2 1 Gross Weight Ib Carton Test Strength Ib 0 10 200 10 30 275 30 120 375 120 140 500 140 160 600 If you have any questions contact your local Tektronix Field Office or representative TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P SECTION 3 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Introduction This section contains simplified block diagram
222. PERATIONAL AMPLIFIER MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER MICROCIRCUIT D I DUAL J K F F W CLEAR MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT NAND GATE MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT NAND GATE MICROCIRCUIT DI OUAD 2 INPUT NOR GATE MICROCIRCUIT DI 3 INPUT NOR GATE MICROCIRCUIT DI TPL 3 CHAN MUX MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER RES FXD FILM 40K OHM 80K OHM 78 5K OHM 7 38 Code Mfr Part Number 02735 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 27014 04713 04713 61295 80009 02735 27014 02735 80009 27014 27014 27014 02735 80009 27014 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 02735 02735 02735 CD4035AE MC1400BCP MC1400BCP MC14021CP MC14021CP MC14021CP MC14021CP MM74C164N MC1400BCP MC1400BCP TP4013AN 156 0350 01 CD4027AE MM5625AN CE4006AF 156 0350 01 LM319H LM319H MM74C164N CD4035AE 156 0350 01 MM74C157N MC14520CP MC14520CP MC14520CP MC14520CP MC14021CP CD4035A3 CD4035A3 CD4049AE 04713 MC14528CP 27014 02735 02735 80009 80009 04713 27014 01295 27014 02735 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 27014 02735 02735 02735 04713 02735 80009 80009 MM5625AN CD4027AE CD4001AE 156 0349 01 156 0509 00 MC14559CP LM319H TP4013AN MM5625AN CD4011AE 156 0158 00 156 0158 00 156 0158 00 156 0158 00 156 0158 00 MM74C107N CD4011AE CD4011AE CD4001AE MC14528CP CD4053AE 156 0158 00 307 0479 00 Ckt No U2230 U2235 U2240 U2245 U2250 U2265 U226
223. QUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS EIR EIR s will be prepared using SF Form 368 Quality Deficiency Report Instructions for preparing EIR s are provided in TM 38 750 The Army Maintenance Management System EIR s should be mailed direct to Commander US Army Communications and Electronics Materiel Readiness Command ATTN DRSEL ME MQ Fort Monmouth NJ 07703 A reply will be furnished direct to you 0 5 ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE For information concerning storage refer to section 2 0 6 DESTRUCTION OF ARMY ELECTRONICS MATERIEL Destruction of Army electronics materiel to prevent enemy use shall be in accordance with TM 750 244 2 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P w gt lt Q xi R ra TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P SECTION 1 SPECIFICATION Introduction To effectively use the 7L5 Spectrum Analyzer the operation and capabilities of the instrument must be known This instruction manual covers general operating information about the instrument Service information such as circuit description and calibration are contained in the Service manual Description The 7L5 is 5 MHz spectrum analyzer with digital storage Frequency stability is within 5 Hz hr and center frequency dot can be read with six digit accuracy immediately after turn on There is no need to fine tune the display Complex measurements and analysis can be made with relative ease Bu
224. R1632 315 0510 00 RES CMPSN 51 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 5105 R1650 317 0470 00 RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB4705 R1652 315 0203 00 RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB2035 R1654 321 0193 00 RES FXD FILM 1K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 1001 R1656 315 0240 00 RES FXD CMPSN 24 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB2405 R1657 315 0101 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1015 R1658 315 0183 00 RES FXD CMPSN 18K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB1835 R1660 315 0302 00 RES CMPSN 3K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB3025 R1667 315 0105 00 RES CMPSN IM OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1055 R1668 321 0260 00 RES FXD FILM 4 99K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 4991 R1669 315 0105 00 RES CMPSN IM OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1055 R1670 321 0193 00 RES FXD FILM IK OHM 1 0 125W 75042 1001 R1672 317 0470 00 RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB4705 R1673 315 0222 00 RES FXD CMPSN 2 2K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB2225 R1674 321 0256 00 RES FILM 4 53K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 4531F R1675 315 0273 00 RES FXD CMPSN 27K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB2735 R1676 315 0912 00 RES CMPSN 9 1K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 9125 R1677 315 0272 00 RES FXD CMPSN 2 7K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB2725 R1678 315 0301 00 RES FXD CMPSN 300 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 015 1679 317 0301 00 RES FXD CMPSN 300 OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB3015 R1680 311 1263 00 RES VAR NONWIR 1K OHM 1096 0 50W 73138 62P
225. R612 315 0112 00 RES CMPSN 1 1K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1125 R614 315 0622 00 RES FXD CMPSN 6 2K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB6225 R616 315 0222 00 RES FXD CMPSN 2 2K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB2225 R618 321 0337 00 RES FILM 31 6K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 3162F R620 315 0103 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1035 R621 315 0106 00 RES FXD CMPSN 10M OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1065 R622 315 0101 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1015 R623 315 0103 00 RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1035 R624 315 0511 00 RES FXD CMPSN 510 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 5115 R626 321 0356 00 RES FXD FILM 49 9K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 4992F R628 321 0385 00 RES FXD FILM 100K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 1003 R629 315 0821 00 RES FXD CMPSN 820 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB8215 R630 315 0752 00 RES FXD CMPSN 7 5K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB7525 R632 321 0289 00 RES FXD FILM OK OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 1002F R634 321 0289 00 RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 1002F R636 321 0304 00 RES FXD FILM 14 3K OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 1432F R638 315 0622 00 RES FXD CMPSN 6 2K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB6225 R640 315 0153 00 RES FXD CMPSN 15K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1535 R642 315 0222 00 RES FXD CMPSN 2 2K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB2225 R644 315 0821 00 RES FXD CMPSN 820 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB8215 R646 315 0821 00 RES FXD CMPSN 820 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB8215 R648 315 0270 00 RES
226. RES FXD CMPSN 470K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES VAR NONWIR 100K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 5 6K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 20K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 5 6K OHM 5 0 25W RES CMPSN 3K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 1 21K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 5 11K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 470 OHM 5 0 25W 010100 B010115X RES CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W XB010116 RES FXD CMPSN 51 OHM 5 0 25W B010100 B010115X RES CMPSN 91 OHM 5 0 25W XB010116 XB010116 XB010116 XB010116 XB010116 XB010116 B010100 B010104 B010105 B010100 B010105 B010104 RES FXD OPSN 24K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 7 5K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 470 OHM 5 0 25W RES VAR NONWIR 5K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 5 6K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 5 6K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 51 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 470 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 39K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 8 45K OHM 1 0 125W
227. RES FXD FILM 24 9K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 75K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 49 9K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 37 4K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 30 1K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 3 9K OHM 5 1W RES FXD CMPSN 16K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM PACK 10K OHM RES CMPSN 1M OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 16K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 4 7K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 150K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM PACK 10K OHM RES FXD FILM 49 9K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 75K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM PACK 10K OHM RES FXD FILM 37 4K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 51K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 4 7K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 470 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 392K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 261K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 100K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 267K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 82 5K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 4 7 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 4 7 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 5 6K OHM 5 0 50W RES VAR NONWIR 1K OHM 10 0 5W RES FXD FILM 1 291K OHM 0 1 0 125W RES FXD FIILM K OHM 0 1 0 125W RES VAR NONWIR 1K OHM 10 0 5W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 4 1K OHM 0 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 3 83K OHM 1 0 125W 7 24 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Mfr Code 01121 01121
228. RES FXD FILM 37 4K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 51K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 4 7K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 470 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 392K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FIIM 261K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 100K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 267K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 82 5K OM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 4 7 OHM 5 0 25W RES CMPSN 4 7 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 5 6K OHM 5 0 50W RES VAR NONWIR I1K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD FILM 1 291K OHM 0 1 0 125W RES FILM 5K OHM 0 196 0 125W RES VAR NONWIR 1K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 100 ORM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 4 1K OHM 0 1 0 125W RES DFILM 3 83K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 3K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W 7 25 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Mfr Code 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 03888 01121 01121 01121 91637 03888 91637 91637 03888 91637 01121 01121 01121 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 32997 75042 91637 32
229. ROCIRCUIT DI 8 INPUT NAND GATE MICROCIICUIT DI 8 BIT SER TO PARALLEL MICROCIRCUIT DI SGL 8 BIT DATA SEL MUX MICROCIRCUIT LI 5 TRANSISTOR ARRAY MICROCIRCUIT 01 4 STAGE PRL IN PRL OUT MICROCIRCUIT 01 4 BIT ADDER MICROCIRCUIT 01 4 BIT ADDER MICROCIRCUIT 01 8 BIT PRL INP SERIAL OUTPT MICROCIRCUIT 01 8 BIT PRL INP SERIAL OUTPT MICROCIRCUIT 01 8 BIT PRL INP SERIAL OUTPT MICROCIRCUIT 01 8 BIT PRL INP SERIAL OUTPT MICROCIRCUIT DI 8 BIT SERIAL IN PRL OUT MICROCIRCUIT 01 4 BIT ADDER HICROCIRCUIT 01 4 BIT ADDER MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL D TYPE F F MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT HAND GATE MICROCIRCUIT DI DUAL J K MASTER SLAVE F F MICROCIRCUIT DI 3 INPUT NOR GATE MICROCIRCUIT 01 18 STAGE STATIC SHIFT RGTR MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT NAND GATE MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL HIGH SPEED COMPARATOR MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL HIGH SPEED COMPARATOR MICROCIRCUIT DI 8 BIT SERIAL IN PRL OUT MICROCIRCUIT DI 4 STAGE PRL IN PRL OUT MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT NAND GATE MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD TOW INPUT MULTIPLEXER MICROCIRCUIT DI DUAL 4 BIT BIN COUNTER MICROCIRCUIT DI DUAL 4 BIT BIN COUNTER MICROCIRCUIT DI DUAL 4 BIT BIN COUNTER MICROCIRCUIT DI DUAL 4 BIT BIN COUNTER MICROCIRCUIT 01 8 BIT PRL INP SERIAL OUTPT MICROCIRCUIT DI 4 STAGE PRLIN PRL OUT MICROCIRCUIT 01 4 STAGE PRL IN PRL OUT MICROCIRCUIT DI HEX INVERTER BUFFER MICROCIRCUIT DI DUAL 1 SHOT MULTIVIBRATOR MICROCIRCUIT DI 3 INPUT NOR GATE MICROCIRCUIT DI DUAL J K MASTER SLAV
230. ROCIRCUIT LI DUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 80009 156 0158 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI PROG ROM 80009 156 0305 04 MICROCIRCUIT DI 8 CHAN MUX 02735 CD4051AE MICROCIRCUIT DI DIFF 4 CNAN MUX 02735 CD4052AE MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 80009 156 0158 00 7 36 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Tektronix Serial Model No Mfr Ckt No Part No Eff Dscont Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number T2060 120 1012 00 XFMR RF TOROID 2 WINDINGS TRIFILAR 80009 120 1012 00 U10 156 0366 00 MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL D TYPE F F 80009 156 0366 00 U20 156 0366 00 MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL D TYPE F F 80009 156 0366 00 U30 156 0366 00 MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL D TYPE F F 80009 156 0366 00 U40 156 0683 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI HEX BUS RCVR 18324 8T37B U50 156 0140 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI HEX BFR 15V TTL 01295 SN7417N U145 156 0177 00 MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL LINE RECEIVER 01295 SN75107AN U160 156 0569 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI BCD COUNTER TI 01295 SN74LS190N U165 156 0422 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI UP DCWN SYNC BINARY COUNTER 80009 156 0422 00 U170 156 0508 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD R S LATCH TTL 01295 SN74279N U175 156 0567 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI DUAL J K NEG EDGE TRIG F F 01295 SN74LS113N U180 156 0506 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD SGL ENDED DUAL LINE D 27014 DM8831N U185 156 0516 00 MICROCIRCUIT LI OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 24355 AD523J U192 156 0047 00 B010100 B020274 MICROCIRCUIT DI TPL 3 INPUT POS NAND GATE 80009 156 0047 00 U192 156 0386 00 B020275 MICROCIRCUIT DI TRIPLE 3 INPUT NAND GATE 01295 SN74LS10N
231. RONIC DIGITAL READOUT 6625 00 044 3228 AN USM 207A GENERATOR TIME MARK AN USM 108B 6625 00 038 7371 GENERATOR SIGNAL SC1112 2 U 6625 00 500 6525 ATENRUATOR CN 764 6625 00 020 2990 ATENRUATOR 0 801 6625 00 557 7860 TOOL KIT TK 100 G 5180 00 605 0079 TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE TO THE ORGANIZATIONAL REPAIRMAN BECAUSE OF HIS ASSIGNED MISSION C 4 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P SECTION 8 DIAGRAMS AND CIRCUIT BOARD ILLUSTRATIONS Symbols and reference Designators Graphic symbols for electrical and logic symbols used on the diagrams are based on ANSI Y32 2 1970 and ANSI Y32 14 1973 American National Standards Institute Logic symbols depict the logic function of the device in positive logic Copies of these standards can be obtained from the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 345 East 47 Street New York N Y 11017 Exceptions and additions are shown on this sample diagram These conform or are based on the manufacturers data sheet and industry trends Resistor values are in ohms unless noted otherwise and the symbol is omitted Capacitor values gt 1 e g 10 are in picofarads pF and values lt 1 e g 0 01 are in microfarads unless otherwise noted IC Type IC With Open Collector See Note on Diagram Internal Adjustment Leo ra e Index on Plug to Circuit Board RAO al 8 NU PM Line Name N l POSITION Front Panel Contr
232. Row 1 current Is switched depending on LIN or LOG readout 2 18 Column current for TS 1 5 is a function of the resistor matrix consisting of R2320 R2322 R2324 R2330 and FET Q2320 or R2332 R2334 R2336 R2338 R2348 and FET Q2330 Q2330 or Q2320 are switched on when Log 10 or Log 2 state is asserted When Log 2 display mode is selected U2320D latches U2320A output low This low turns 02320 on The outputs of U2320D and U2320B latch high so Q2320 is switched off This generates 2 dB for TS 2 5 When Log 10 display mode is selected TS 1 and 2 change to generate 10 for 10 dB readout When Lin mode is selected 02325 is switched on to provide additional Row 1 current to change the reference level readout to V Div scale factor IF Processing Chain 13 through As previously described in the block description the L plug in modules provide various input impedance selections such as 50 Q 75 Q 600 Q and 1 MQ They contain relay actuated attenuators 4 8 16 32 dB low pass filter some contain an amplifier e g L3 and the 1st mixer The output from the mixer is 10 7 MHz IF Referring to Ref Cal 10 7 MHz IF 2nd Mixer 2nd LO Diagram 13 the 10 7 MHz IF from the plug in module is applied through an input filter A1000A2 and a 30 kHz bandpass filter FL 1300 to an IF amplifier 01305 and 01325 The input filter is matching network between the plug in module mixer and the 30 kHz crystal filter The cryst
233. Section 9 REPLACEMENT MECHANICAL PARTS AND EXPLODED DRAWINGS Section D DIFFERENCE DATA SHEETS iiss sass eevee 10 1 A References mmrurmrnemeeeeeneesseesvessrerssessenssesssesssensvennvenseesnessvessvensvennvenesnvennre A 7 Operator s Organizational Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Repair Parts and Special Tools List Appendix Maintenance Allocation Chart saesavrnvnnvnnvnnrnnvnnvnnensnenensnnnnenrannnnnennennsanennannennennennennennene TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION INTRODUCTION AND DESCRIPTION To effectively use the 7L5 Spectrum Analyzer the operation and capabilities of the instrument must be known This instruction manual covers general service information for the instrument It contains the specification test and calibration procedure circuit description and maintenance procedure for the 7L5 The 715 is 5 MHz spectrum analyzer with digital storage Frequency stability is within 5 Hz hr and center frequency dot can be read with six digit accuracy immediately after turn on therefore there is no need to fine tune the display Complex measurements and analysis can be made with relative ease Built in microprocessing circuits decode control settings process frequency and reference level information and optimize sweep time and resolution for the selected frequency span At turn on the 7L5 is preset to a ref
234. T QTZ 10 45 MHZ 0 002 13571 158 0102 00 Y1950 Y1952 Y1954 158 0094 02 XTAL UNIT SET 4 MATCHED 80009 158 0094 02 Y1956 7 41 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P PART NUMBER NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER CROSS REFERENCE INDEX NATIONAL NATIONAL PART STOCK PART NUMBER FSCM STOCK NUMBER FSCM NUMBER NUMBER 1015 01121 5905 00 237 6192 1025 01121 RCR05G103JS 81349 5905 01 035 5065 BB1045 01121 RCR05G104JS 81349 5905 00 458 9346 BB1055 01121 RCR05G105JS 81349 5905 00 195 4074 BB1625 01121 5905 00 006 5924 BB1835 01121 RCR05G183JS 81349 5905 00 112 3776 BB2025 01121 5905 00 961 7791 BB2035 01121 5905 00 958 3830 BB2225 01121 RCR05G222JS 81349 5905 00 401 7424 BB3005 01121 5905 00 420 7126 BB3015 01121 5905 00 420 7128 BB3025 01121 RCR05G302JS 81349 5905 00 421 8918 BB3035 01121 5905 00 472 0641 BB4R705 01121 5905 00 422 3796 RCR05G4R7JS 81349 5905 00 422 3796 BB4705 01121 5905 00 900 1138 BB5105 01121 5905 00 856 9865 BB5125 01121 5905 00 958 3832 BB5135 01121 RCR05G513JS 81349 5905 00 180 8314 BB5645 01121 RCR05G564JS 81349 5905 00 412 4047 CA3046 86684 5962 00 412 1023 CA3046 54590 5962 00 412 1023 CB1005 01121 5905 00 960 0099 CB1015 01121 5905 00 102 5294 CB1025 01121 5905 00 097 9533 CB1035 01121 5905 00 909 3885 CB1045 01121 5905 00 959 1202 CB1125 01121 5905 00 577 9477 CB1135 01121 5905 00 989 3753 CB1235 01121 5905 00 989 7943 CB1335 01121 5905 00 911 3792 CB1515 01121 5905 00 577 9598
235. T 347 0 R1681 315 0203 00 RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 596 0 25W 01121 CB2035 R1682 321 0135 00 RES FILM 249 OHM 1 0 125W 75042 CEATO 2490F R1683 321 0318 00 RES FXD FITLM 20K OHM 195 0 125W 75042 CEATO 2002F R1684 315 0153 00 RES FXD CMPSN 15K OHM 596 0 25W 01121 1535 R1685 311 1259 00 RES VAR NONWIR 100 OHM 10 0 50W 80294 3329P L58 101 R1686 315 0203 00 RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 596 0 25W 01121 CB2035 R1687 315 0113 00 RES FXD CMPSN 11K OHM 596 0 25W 01121 1135 R1688 315 0203 00 RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 596 0 25W 01121 CB2035 R1689 315 0203 00 RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB2035 R1690 315 0473 00 RES FXD CMPSN 47K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB4735 R1691 315 0153 00 RES FXD CMPSN 15K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1535 R1692 315 0153 00 RES FXD CMPSN 15K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 1535 R1693 315 0393 00 RES FXD CMPSN 39K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB3935 R1694 317 0203 00 RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 5 0 125W 01121 BB2035 R1700 311 1273 00 RES VAR NONWIR 200K OHM 10 0 5W 73138 62 356 0 7 28 Ckt No R1544 R1612 R1616 R1622 R1626 R1632 R1650 R1652 R1654 R1656 R1657 R1658 R1660 R1667 R1668 R1669 R1670 R1672 R1673 R1674 R1675 R1676 R1677 R1678 R1679 R1680 R1681 R1682 R1683 R1684 R1685 R1686 R1687 R1688 R1689 R1690 R1691 R1692 R1693 R1694 R1700 R1702 R1704 R1706 R1708 R1710 R1714 R1716 R1720 R1728 R1729 R1730 R1731 Tektronix
236. TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P TECHNICAL MANUAL OPERATOR S ORGANIZATIONAL DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS SPECTRUM ANALYZER PL 1391 U TEKTRONIX MODEL 7L5 NSN 6625 01 015 6587 HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY DECEMBER 1978 WARNING DANGEROUS VOLTAGES exist in this equipment Be extremely careful when working on the power supply circuit or the AC line connections during line power operation Serious injury or DEATH may result from contact with these points DON T TAKE CHANCES TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P This manual contains copywrite material reproduced by permission of the Tektronix Company TECHNICAL MANUAL HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY NO 11 6625 2759 14 amp P WASHINGTON DC 6December 1978 OPERATOR S ORGANIZATIONAL DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS SPECTRUM ANALYZER PL 1391 U TEKTRONIX MODEL 7L5 NSN 6625 01 015 6587 REPORTING OF ERRORS You can improve this manual by recommending improvements using DA Form 2028 2 located in the back of the manual Simply tear out the self addressed form fill it out as shown on the sample fold it where shown and drop it in mail If there are no blank DA Forms 2028 2 in the back of the manual use the standard DA Form 2028 RN Changes to Publications and Blank Forms and forward to the Commander US Army Communications
237. TOCK PART STOCK NUMBER FSCM NUMBER NUMBER son NUMBER 315 0200 00 80009 5905 00 445 3709 315 0201 00 80009 5905 00 445 3714 315 0202 00 80009 5905 00 445 3739 315 0222 00 80009 5905 00 436 9299 315 0240 00 80009 5905 00 442 9356 315 0242 00 80009 5905 00 436 9764 315 0270 00 80009 RCRO7G27WJS 81349 5905 00 113 4860 315 0272 00 80009 5905 00 436 9832 315 0273 00 80009 5905 00 436 9839 315 0274 00 80009 5905 00 436 9864 315 0301 00 80009 5905 00 437 0875 315 0302 00 80009 5905 00 464 1958 315 0303 00 80009 RCR07G303JS 81349 5905 00 121 9920 315 0331 00 80009 5905 00 437 0883 315 0332 00 80009 5905 00 496 9488 315 0333 00 80009 5905 00 496 9490 315 0392 00 80009 5905 00 436 9924 315 0431 00 80009 5905 00 445 3863 315 0470 00 80009 5905 00 437 0891 315 0471 00 80009 5905 00 436 9952 315 0472 00 80009 RCR070472JS 81349 5905 00 114 0711 315 0473 00 80009 5905 00 437 0164 315 0510 00 80009 RCR07G510JS 81349 5905 00 106 1249 315 0511 00 80009 5905 00 437 0282 315 0512 00 80009 5905 00 437 0283 315 0513 00 80009 RCR07G513JS 81349 5905 00 136 3890 315 0561 00 80009 5905 00 437 0288 315 0562 00 80009 5905 00 437 0423 315 0681 00 80009 5905 00 577 9492 315 0682 00 80009 RCR070682JS 81349 5905 00 110 7622 315 0683 00 80009 5905 00 496 9491 315 0752 00 80009 5905 00 437 0921 315 0821 00 80009 5905 00 437 0936 315 0910 00 80009 5905 00 437 0887 317 0047 00 80009 5905 00 420 7401 317 0510 00 80009 5905 00
238. TTACHING PARTS 3 SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 312 INCH PNH BRS833850BD 1 CKT BOARD ASSY VERT CONTROL SEE A2000A2 EPL 30 SOCKET PIN TERM 0 188 INCH LONG 22526 60 SOCKET PIN TERM O 188 INCH LONG 22526 1 SOCKET PLUG IN 24 DIP LOW PROFILE 01295 STRAP RETAINING FOR 40 CONTACT SBSTR SKT 00779 9 5 C932402 350894 1 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Fig amp Index Tektronix Serial Model No Mfr Mfr Part No Part No Eff Dscont Qty12345 Name amp Description Code Number 1 132 342 0240 00 1 INSULATOR FIILM RF TUBE W SEIF ADH BACK 80009 342 0240 00 133 348 0469 00 B010100 B020209 4 SHLD GSKT ELEC 0 37 WIDE W ADE TAPE 34641 97520 A 351 0490 00 B020210 2 GUIDE SLIDE GROUNDING 80009 351 0490 00 ATTACHING PARTS 210 0671 00 XB020210 4 EYELET METALLIG 0 121 OD BARREL GOLD PLATED 57771 OBD 134 351 0457 01 B010100 B020209 4 SLIDE PLUG IN W FOAM 80009 351 0457 01 351 0489 00 B020210 2 GUIDE SLIDE GROUNDING 80009 351 0489 00 ATTACHING PARTS 210 0671 00 B020210 4 EYELET METALLIG 0 121 OD BARREL GOLD PLATED 57771 OBD 135 337 2099 00 1 SHIELD ELEC RF TUBE 80009 337 2099 00 ATTACHING PARTS 136 211 0008 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 25 INCH PNH STL 83385 OBD 137 105 0628 00 1 EJECTOR PLUG IN RF 80009 105 0628 00 138 337 2095 00 1 SHIELD ELEC IF TUBE WRAPAROUND 80009 337 2095 00 ATTACHING PARTS 139 211 0087 01 4 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 188 82 DEG STL 83385 OBD 644 0450 00
239. The counter for the denominator number of words is clocked by Sync Pulse Sync Clock is generated by AND ing EOC positive pulse every 9 s with 1 MHz clock It is a 1 is clock with every 9th pulse missing Sync Pulse is generated by AND ing EOC with 1 MHz In NAND gate U4180C I is the missing pulse from Sync Clock which occurs every 9 us and is essentially the same as EOC The denominator accumulator is a synchronous 16 bit counter U4125 U4120 that accumulates the number of sync pulses within an averaging period lt is reset by the leading edge of Start Divide Numerator data in serial form on the Data Out line is clocked by Sync Clock 1 MHz into the shift register U4035 This 8 bit word appears at the input of two 4 bit adders U4040 U4045 where it is summed with the previous summation in latches U4145 U4150 The LSB s of the two words are summed in U4040 while the MSB s are summed in U4045 The carry or 9th bit is entered into overflow counters U4135 2 24 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P U4130 Initially the 8 bit word out of U4035 is added to 0 The sum AIB1 A2B2 etc is r latched on the positive excursion or end of Sync Pulse to the output of the latches U4145 U4150 where it is summed in U4010 and U4045 with the next 8 bit word out of U4035 This accumulation process continues for one horizontal window 512 increments per sweep Start Divide out of level shift amplifier U4085B triggers a one shot mu
240. UE ALOOOAIAY ET LO IV LO LOCK 1 LO 1 LO LOCK 10 FO 22 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P TE or LEN nes ute PT E D RET t ED k di E os tee ees Wi TEE E Yl 1 EL 0 5l d Ima 3 2 IM pe i 1 it se k E mat aie xm R2315 A1A1 Front Panel component location shown on back of D8iagram 1 A1000A1 IF Mother component location shown on back of Diagram 62 A3000 Transverse Vertical Interface component location shown on back of Diagram 02 FO 23 2222 R2240 R2232 R2226 8 N N ume jt N N 1 OG 02350 02225 26 R2205 n alol eio NIA gle R2235 P20 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P 7L5 P20 l AAA R2346 Bini 1 iW R2212 CR2226 5 Gr A CR2366 BG SES v EG SK is ma f R2214 PER ey __ R2227 a EN 7A a puse Mh id 4 T Lu P1010 6 R2360 CR2360 L2268 R2222 H2226 R2225 R2205 I 33 3 za HAE R2215 R2235 A2000A2 Vertical Control A1A1 Front Panel component location shown on back of Diagram 17 A100A1 Frequency Reference Mother component location shown on back of Diagram A500 Sweep component location shown on back of Diagram 2 A1000A1 IF Mother component location shown o
241. UH 80009 108 0598 00 L3004 108 0598 00 COIL RF 200UH 80009 108 0598 00 L4182 108 0598 00 COIL RF 200UH 80009 108 0598 00 P122 131 1493 00 CONTACT ELEC TEST POINT STRAP 80009 131 1493 00 P124 131 1493 00 CONTACT ELEC TEST POINT STRAP 80009 131 1493 00 P246 131 1493 00 CONTACT ELEC TEST POINT STRAP 80009 131 1493 00 P260 131 1493 00 CONTACT ELEG TEST POINT STRAP 80009 131 1493 00 P262 131 1493 00 CONTACT ELEC TEST POINT STRAP 80009 131 1493 00 P390 131 1493 00 CONTACT ELEC TEST POINT STRAP 80009 131 1493 00 P3008 131 0993 00 LINK TERM CONNE 2 WIRE BLACK 00779 530153 2 Q45 151 1066 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON FE P CHANNEL 80009 151 1066 00 Q55 151 1066 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON FE P CHANNEL 80009 151 1066 00 Q70 151 0190 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0190 00 Q125 151 0190 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0190 00 Q130 151 0230 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0230 00 Q135 151 0230 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0230 00 Q230 151 1012 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON FE N C8ANNEL 80009 151 1012 00 Q240 151 0195 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0195 00 Q245 151 0195 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0195 00 Q260 151 0190 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0190 00 Q270 151 0230 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0230 00 Q275 151 0230 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN 80009 151 0230 00 Q365 151 0188 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP 01295 2 3906 Q395 151 0216 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP 04713 MPS6523 Q525 151 0188 00 TRANSISTOR SI
242. UIT LI DUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 80009 156 0158 00 MICROCIRCUIT LI OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 27014 LM301AH MICROCIRCUIT LI OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 80009 155 0108 00 MICROCIRCUIT LI OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 27014 LM301AH MICROCIRCUIT LI OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 80009 155 0108 00 MICROCIRCUIT LI OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 27014 LM301AH MICROCIRCUIT LI OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 80009 156 0067 01 MICROCIRCUIT DI DUAL DECADE CNTR 01295 SN74390N MICROCIRCUIT DI HEX INVERTER BUFFER 34371 MD1 4009 9 MICROCIRCUIT DI 8 BIT PROGRAMMABLE ROM 80009 156 0463 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI ROM U2265 PROGRAMMED80009 156 0726 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI HEX BUS RCVR 18324 8T37B MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD TOW INPUT MULTIPLEXER 27014 MM74C157N MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT NAND GATE 02735 CD4011AE MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT NOR GATE 27014 CD4001CJ MICROCIRCUIT DI FOUR BIT MAGNITUDE COMPTR 04713 MC14585CP MICROCIRCUIT DI 3 INPUT POS NAND GATE 01295 SN7412N MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT NAND GATE01295 5 7403 MICROCIRCUIT DI TRIPLE 3 INPUT NOR GATE01295 5 7427 MICROCIRCUIT DI HEX INV W OPEN COLL OUTPS 01295 SN74S05N MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT POS NOR GATE 80009 156 0043 00 MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD COMP SGL SUPPLY 04713 MC3302P MICROCIRCUIT DI SWEEP CONTROL 80009 155 0056 00 MICROCIRCUIT 5 TRANSISTOR ARRAY 86684 CA3083 MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL RETRIG ONE SHOT 07263 96LO2PC MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT POS NAND GATE 01295 SN7426N MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL LINE RECEIVER 01295 SN75107AN MIC
243. V CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP FXD ELCTLT 47UF 20 6V CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP FXD ELCTLT 68UF 204 6V CAP FXD CER DI 0 47UF 2096 50V CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DT 0 01UF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 01VF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 01UF 20 50v CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V 7 10 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P Mfr Code Mfr Part Number 72982 8131 075651104 72982 8131 075651104 72982 8131 075651104 72982 8131 075651104 72982 8131 075651104 72982 8121N058651103M 72982 8131 075651104 72982 8131 075651104 72982 8131 075651104 72982 8131 075651104 00853 D195C1161G0 09023 CD15EC545F03 00853 D10 3E330G0 09023 CD15EC545F03 00853 D195C1161G0 56289 150D156X0020B2 90201 TDC475MO10EL 8111 208 1027 56289 196D225X0025HA1 72982 8131N145C0G332J 72982 8131 075651104 56289 196D685X0035KA1 811LA208E102Z 56289 196D226X0015KA1 72982 8131 250651103P 72982 8131 075651104 72982 374 001C0G0150K 56289 403637 B0009 281 0752 00 B0009 281 0752 00 80009 281 0752 00 72982 8131N039651105Z 72982 8131N075651474M 72982 8121N058651103M 72982 812
244. V CAP CER DI 1UF 80 2096 25V CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 2096 50V CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 20 50V CAP CER DI 0 1tw 20 50V CAP CER DI 1UF 80 2096 25V CAP CER DI 1UF 80 2096 25V CAP CER DI 1UF 80 2096 25V CAP CER DI 1UF 80 2096 25V CAP FMD CER DI IUF 80 2096 25V CAP CER DI 0 1UF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DI 0 LUF 2096 50V CAP FXD MICA D 180PF 196 100V CAP MICA D 200PF 1 50V CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 2096 50V CAP FXD CER DI 18PF 5 50V Mfr Code TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P Mfr Part Number 72982 8121N064 A 471J 72982 72982 72982 72136 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72992 72982 72982 72982 72982 72136 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72136 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 72982 00853 00853 72982 72982 CAP CER Dl 8 2PF 0 25PF 500V 72982 REV JUNE 1977 7 9 8121 N088Z5U104M 538 011A5 5 18 538 011A5 5 18 51917 1 8121 N088Z5U104M 301 000C0J0229C 8121 N088Z5U104M 8131 039 E 105Z 8121 N088Z5U104M 8121 N088Z5U104M 8131N039 E 105Z 8131 039 E 105Z 8131N039 E 105Z 8121 0757500103 8131 039 1057 8121 N088ZSU104M 8121 N088ZSU104M 8121N075Z25U0103M 538 01A5 5 18 8121N064 471J 538 011 5 18 51
245. W RES FXD FILM 442K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 2 55K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 9 76K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 3 3K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES VAR NONWIR 10K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 3 3K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM1 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES VAR NONWIR 1K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD FILM 464 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 11K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 4 22K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 100 OHM 5 0 25W RES CMPSN 2 7 H014 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 931 OHM 1 0 125W 7 21 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Mfr Code 91637 01121 01121 01121 91637 91637 01121 01121 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 01121 32997 01121 01121 91637 91637 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 32997 01121 01121 01121 01121 32997 91637 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 91637 Mfr Part Number MFF1816G14002F CB5651 CB2015 CB2705 MFF1816G31600F MFF1816G31600F CB2205 CB5105 MFF1816D24901C MFF1816G16501F MFF1816C49500C MFF1816G50900D MFF1816C20001B MFF1816D84500C MFF1816D12501C CB3305 CB3305 CB3305 CB3305 MFF1816G10001F MFF1816C10001B MFF1816G10001F MFF1816C82500B MFF1816D29271B
246. WP pushbutton and observe the display for spurs Verify that the amplitude of any observed spurious response is at least 130 dB below 0 dBm Press SGL SWP again as required for observation f Increase the dot frequency in 10 kHz increments and repeat step e until the display is scanned from 305 00 kHz to dot frequency of 395 00 kHz NOTE To measure the amplitude of spur carefully reset DO FREQUENCY to place and keep the spur within one division of center screen Continue to reduce the frequency span per division with each sweep until maximum amplitude of the spur has been determined 8 Sensitivity Check Sensitivity is plug in module dependent NOTE The sensitivity for the 7L5 Spectrum Analyzer is specified with an L1 or L2 Plug In Module using the equivalent input noise method Sensitivity specifications and test procedures for other plug in modules are described in the Instruction manual for the respective plug in module The 7L5 s internal reference level as indicated by the display readout is used as the reference in the following procedure The accuracy of the reference level readout may be verified using external test equipment and the procedure provided in the Service Instructions a Set the front panel controls as follows DOT FREQUENCY 1000 00 kHz RESOLUTION 30 kHz FREQUENCY SPAN DIV 1 kHz TIME DIV 10s LOG 10 dB DIV On REFERENCE LEVEL 70 dBm INPUT BUFFER Off DIGITAL STORAGE DISPLAY A DISPLA
247. Y B TRIGGERING FREE RUN and NORM b Terminate the INPUT in its characteristic impedance 50 0 for the L1 to prevent outside noise from entering and cluttering the display 3 13 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P c Measure the average noise level by adjusting the AVERAGE LEVEL cursor above the noise peaks and noting the noise level d Check the average noise level for each resolution bandwidth listed as per Table 3 5 TABLE 3 5 RESOLUTION Average Noise Level 30 kHz 105 dBm or less 35 dB below reference 10 kHz 110dBm or less 40 dB below reference 3 kHz 115 dBm or less 45 dB below reference 1 kHz 120 dBm or less 50 dB below reference 300 Hz 125 dBm or less 55dB below reference 100 Hz 130 dBm or less 60dB below reference 30 Hz 133 dBm or less 63 dB below reference 10 Hz 135 dBm or less 65 dB below reference e Remove the termination from the INPUT connector 9 Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy Amplitude Deviation and Shape Factor Bandwidth accuracy within 20 except 10 Hz position which is 100 Hz 20 Hz 70 dB down Shape factor 5 1 or better 30 kHz 3 kHz and 1071 or better 1 kHz 10 Hz Amplitude deviation less than 0 5 dB 30 kHz 100 kHz and less than 2 0 dB 30 kHz 10 Hz a Apply the CALIBRATOR signal to the INPUT on the plug in module and set the front panel controls as follows DOT FREQUENCY 500 00 kHz RESOLUTION 30 kHz TIME DIV AUTO DIGITAL STORAGE DISPLAY A DISPLAY B
248. ablish a reference amplitude then adjust the CALIBRATOR output with R895 to this reference 3 Calibrate Span Div a Adjust the base voltage of Q365 to 11 0 volts with R365 Page 4 7 b Adjust the MAX span dot position with R655 c Adjust the A Memory Gain with R345 for a voltage difference at pin MH of 4 2 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P 16 6to 16 7 volts between DOT frequencies of 00 00 and 4999 75 kHz d Adjust the B Gain with R325 for a voltage difference at pin ND of 18 0 volts between DOT frequencies of 00 75 and 100 00 kHz 4 Sweep Timing In the 0 span mode adjust the sweep timing with R685 for calibrated sweep Use 10 ms Div and 10 ms markers 5 1st LO and 1st LO Phase Lock Calibra tion a With P246 connected from pins 2 to 3 adjust R255 for voltage of 1 4 V at P246 Return P246 to pins 1 and 2 b With SPAN DIV at MAX adjust the Sweep Offset with R2015 for a voltage of 3 2 V at pin PB c Adjust the Sweep Gain with R2025 for minimum signal amplitude at pin PB Peak to peak signal amplitude should not exceed 1 volt d Repeat these steps because of interaction 6 Function IF Calibration a Calibrate the Volts Div with R2205 for 1 V 10 dB signal level change at pin 6 of U2210 b With no signal applied and in LIN mode adjust the Baseline Offset with R2235 for 0 volt at pin 6 of U2210 c With the CALIBRATOR signal applied adjust the REFERENCE LEVEL for 8 V at pin 6
249. ainframe use an alpha prefix for the left A or right B side followed by a numeral e g B17 A6 Capacitor Marking The capacitance value of common disc capacitors and some electrolytics are marked in microfarads on the side of the component body The white ceramic capacitors are color coded in picofarads Tantalum capacitors are color coded as shown in Fig 5 2 Diode Code The cathode of each glass encased diode is indicated by a stripe a series of stripes or a dot Some diodes have a diode symbol printed on one side Fig 5 3 illustrates diodes types and polarity markings that are used in this instrument DIPPED TANTALUM CAPACITOR MARKING A AND B CASE CAPACITANCE AND VOLTAGE COLOR CODE 1733 1735 9 Fig 5 2 Color code for some tantalum capacitors TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P Transistor and Integrated Circuit Electrode Configuration Lead identification for the transistors is shown in Fig 5 4 IC pin out diagrams are shown when necessary on the back of the adjoining pullout schematic diagram Finding Faulty Semiconductors Semiconductor failures account for the majority of electronic equipment failures Most semiconductor devices transistors and IC s are socket mounted Substitution is often the most practical means for checking their performance The following guidelines should be followed when substituting these components a First determine that circuit voltages are safe for the substituted compone
250. al at an amplitude of 50 mV div 5 about the crt vertical center with source impedance of 1 ko Horiz Out A front panel pin jack connectorsupplies horizontal output signal negative going sawtooth that varies from 0 0 V dc to approximately 6 V dc with a source impedance of 5 ka Calibrator Front panel BNC connector supplies a calibrated 500 kHz squarewave output signal derived from the analyzer s time base Output amplitude is within 0 15 dB of 40 dBV into impedance of the plug in module ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS The 7L5 Spectrum Analyzer will meet the foregoing electrical characteristics within environmental limits of 7000 Series oscilloscope Complete details on environmental test procedures including failure criteria etc can be obtained from a local Tektronix Field Office or representative PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS Net weight instrument only 8 pounds 12 ounces ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS Standard Accessories Tektronix Part No Graticule Spectrum Analyzer 377 1159 02 7000 Series Filter light amber 378 0684 00 Manual Operating 070 1734 00 Manual Service 070 2184 00 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Optional Accessories Plug in Module 50 ohm L1 Plug in Module 75 ohm L2 Plug in Module 50 Q 6000 amp 1 28 pF L3 Probe 10X P6105 see L3 Manual Attenuator step 50 ohm 2701 Attenuator step 75 ohm 2703 OPTIONS 7L5 Option 21 Log Display 7L5 Option 25 Tracking Ge
251. al filter FL 1300 has an insertion loss of about 3 dB and the amplifier gain of 21 dB The 2nd mixer input level for full screen deflection with no IF gain steps on is about 20 dBm The mixer double balanced type combines the 10 7 MHz IF and 10 450 MHz from the 2nd LO for a 250 kHz IF C1600 and C1604 are in parallel with the secondary and primary of T1600 T1602 Both capactors affect filter tuning and are adjusted for flat 30 kHz bandpass characteristics The mixer diodes are matched The low pass filter between the mixer output and the 250 kHz IF amplifier terminates the output of the mixer so only the difference frequency of 250 kHz is transmitted to the 2nd IF amplifier 2 19 TM 11 6625 2759 1 4 amp P The 2nd LO U1500A is 10 450 MHz crystal controlled oscillator phase locked to the 10 MHz master oscillator The output of the 10 450 MHz oscillator drives a push pull amplifier 01500 01505 and the D input through U1500B of a flip flop U1510B The flip flop is triggered by 500 kHz clock signal which is derived from the 10 MHz master oscillator The 10 MHz is counted down to 500 kHz and 100 kHz by U395 10 500 MHz is the 21st harmonic of 500 kHz so when the 2nd LO is phase locked the output of U1510B will be 50 kHz The 100 kHz is divided down to 50 kHz by U1510A and then the two 50 kHz signals out of U1510A and U1510B are applied to a phase detector U1535 Any error in phase or frequency produces vol
252. and Electronics Materiel Readiness Command ATTN DRSEL ME MQ Fort Monmouth NJ 07703 In either case a reply will be furnished direct to you This manual is authentication of the manufacturer s commercial literature which through usage has been found to cover the data required to operate and maintain this equipment Since the manual was not prepared in accordance with military specifications and AR 310 3 the format has not been structured to consider levels of maintenance PART I TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE ection 0 INTRODUCTION General Information Introduction Description 1 1 Specification 1 1 Frequency Characteristics Input Characteristics Amplitude Characteristics Sweep Characteristics 1 3 Output Connectors Environmental Characteristics Physical Characteristics Accessories and Options 1 4 Installation Initial Inspection 2 1 Installation Repackaging 2 1 Operating Instructions Introduction Functional Block Description 3 1 Front Panel Controls and Connectors 3 3 Calibrating the 7L5 to the Oscilloscope Mainframe Operational Checkout Preliminary Preparation 3 8 Operational Check of Readout Characters 3 8 Dynamic Range Accuracy Reference Level Accuracy Input Buffer 3 12 Residual Incidental FM 3 12 Residual Response 3 12 Sensitivity Check Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy Amplitude Deviation and Shape Factor 3 13 Using the Analyzer 3 14 Impedance Matching Signal Application 3 14 Edge
253. and the counters are not preset until the input oscillator frequency has completed 1 2 cycle A 17 bit counter U830 is clocked by the X Y output from the DOT FREQUENCY switch As the front panel knob is rotated the output sequences through the digital table shown within the control symbol The count up or down is determined by an exclusive OR gate in 0830 The counter in 0830 can be loaded some N number N serial in however when instrument power comes up a warmup circuit Diagram 5 pulls this line and Load low This presets the counter to 0 and the N output to 0 TS1 pin 21 resets the shift register and is also the Serial Clock input The sum of the time slots 1 through 7 select the appropriate column current pin 5 is asserted when DOT FREQUENCY is changed and is applied to the trigger circuit The B N Tune Reference circuit Diagram 9 is basically the same as the A N circuit These counters count up A BCD to binary decoder U195 is used for the counter U210 The 100 kHz reference is divided down to 10 kHz to provide the 10 kHz clock for U194A A and B Oscillator and Control 7 This circuit contains the secondary A and B oscillators the 40 counter for the B N loop and the shapers for the oscillator sweep voltage An exponential sweep from the shapers is applied to Varactor diodes CR172 and CR262 to linearize the oscillator frequency output Shorting straps P122 P124 or P262 P260 are added or remo
254. asure and note the new voltage at pin ND k Adjust the B Gain with R325 until the voltage difference at pin ND between the two DOT FREQUENCY settings steps i and j is 18 0 volts I Set the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to 500 kHz Apply the CALIBRATOR signal to the INPUT and adjust the Reference Level approximately 30 dBm to display 1 marker division m Check the span accuracy at 99 75 kHz and 100 00 kHz If the accuracy percentage is positive at 99 75 and negative at 100 00 kHz e g 1 and 3 R325 can be adjusted to balance the error at each setting thus keeping the span accuracy within the specification of 4 n Set the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to any position other than MAX and adjust the HORIZ POSITION to center the marker dot on screen Set the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to MAX and the DOT FREQUENCY to 2500 00 kHz Apply the CALIBRATOR signal to the INPUT 4 9 p Adjust the DOT position with R655 Fig 4 7 so it is aligned to the 2500 kHz marker Adjust the front panel SWP CAL and HORIZ POSITION so the sweep span is calibrated to the 500 kHz and 4500 kHz Calibrator markers Tune the DOT FREQUENCY through its full range Start at the left edge and check for tuning smoothness and accuracy as the DOT aligns behind successive graticule lines for every 500 kHz of dot frequency Alignment accuracy should be within 10 kHz 4 Sweep Timing NOTE The front panel SWP CAL and the SPAN DIV calibration must be made bef
255. ations an Item Name may sometimes appear as incomplete For further Item Name identification the U S Federal Cataloging Handbook H6 1 can be utilized where possible ABBREVIATIONS INCH ELCTRN ELECTRON IN INCH SE SINGLE END pr NUMBER SIZE ELEC ELECTRICAL INCAND INCANDESCENT SECT SECTION ACTR ACTUATOR ELCTLT ELECTROLYTIC INSUL INSULATOR SEMICOND SEMICONDUCTOR ADPTR ADAPTER ELEM ELEMENT INTL INTERNAL SHLD SHIELD ALIGN ALIGNMENT EPL ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST LPHLDR LAMPHOLDER SHLDR SHOULDERED AL ALUMINUM EOPT EQUIPMENT MACH MACHINE SKT SOCKET ASSEM ASSEMBLED EXT EXTERNAL MECH MECHANICAL SL SLIDE ASSY ASSEMBLY FIL FILLISTER HEAD MTG MOUNTING SLFLKG SELF LOCKING ATTEN ATTENUATOR FLEX FLEXIBLE NIP NIPPLE SLVG SLEEVING AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAGE FLH FLAT HEAD NON WIRE NOT WIRE WOUND SPR SPRING BD BOARD FLTR FILTER OBD ORDER BY DESCRIPTION SO SOUARE BRKT BRACKET FR FRAME or FRONT OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER SST STAINLESS STEEL BRS BRASS FSTNR FASTENER OVH OVAL HEAD STL STEEL BRZ BRONZE FT FOOT PH BRZ PHOSPHOR BRONZE SW SWITCH BSHG BUSHING FXD FIXED PL PLAIN or PLATE T TUBE CAB CABINET GSKT GASKET PLSTC PLASTIC TERM TERMINAL CAP CAPACITOR HDL HANDLE PN PART NUMBER THD THREAD CER CERAMIC HEX HEXAGON PNH PAN HEAD THK THICK CHAS CHASSIS HEX HD HEXAGONAL HEAD PWR POWER TNSN TENSION CKT CIRCUIT HEX SOG HEXAGONAL SOCKET ROPT RECEPTACLE TPG TAPPING COMP COMPOSITION HLCPS HELICAL COMPRESSION RES RESISTOR TRH TRUSS HEAD CONN CONNECTOR HLEXT HELICAL EXTENSION RGD RIGID V VOLTAGE
256. ator frequency is divided down to 100 kHz and 500 KHZ by two counters 100 kHz is fed to one input of a phase comparator for the A oscillator loop It is also divided down to 10 kHz for application to one input of a phase comparator for the B oscillator loop The output FIRST MIXER fin fm 10 700 MHz IF 1ST LO 10 7 MHz TO 15 69975 MHz OSC 11 1 MHz TO 16 0 MHz PHASE LOCK COMPARATOR FREQUENCY REFERENCE BLOCK TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P voltages of the comparators are applied through logic circuitry to memory capacitors in each oscillator loop The logic circuitry gates the comparator reference voltage to this memory circuit during retrace or the Lock portion of the sweep cycle This charge or reference voltage on the memory capacitor is summed with the sweep ramp from the frequency span Sweep Control circuit resultant voltage is applied through amplifiers to the or B oscillator to control their frequencies The A oscillator output is mixed with the 1st LO frequency and the difference frequency applied to one input of a phase comparator and loop filter The other input to the phase comparator is the 40 sub frequency of the B oscillator Any difference between the two frequencies prodices an error voltage which Is applied to the 1st LO to correct and control the 1st LO frequency The oscillator frequencies can be expressed as Q4 LO f A OSC B OSC 40 SECOND MIXER 260 kHz IF 10 kHz REF
257. axial and wire from the RF Module assembly It may be necessary to temporarily remove the Transverse Interface circuit board assembly to gain access to the connectors 2 Re install the Transverse Interface circuit board assembly and replace the three screws that hold it to the back panel 3 Re install the RF Module assembly Replace the two screws that hold it to the back panel 4 Align the interconnect pins and receptacles between the Sweep board and the Digital Storage board then gently press the board in place Secure the Digital boards by installing the three mounting screws 5 Re install the front panel assembly and reconnect the CALIBRATOR coaxial connector 6 Re install the hinged IF Module assembly and reconnect the three coaxial connectors 7 Replace the RF Module latch rod the plug in 7L5 knob spring and tighten the three Allen screws that were loosened to remove the front panel Q 5 9 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P SECTION 6 OPTION INFORMATION Options for the 7L5 such as Options 21 25 28 30 31 etc are documented in a supplemental manual This manual is included with the 7L5 Operating and Service manual if your instrument is so equipped 6 1 SECTION 7 REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P Replacement parts are available from or through your local Tektronix Inc Field Office or representative Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to ac
258. ble with the setting of FREQUENCY SPAN DIV control UNCAL light not illuminated Applications for Spectrum Analyzers Applications for spectrum analyzers such as the 7L5 include measuring intermodulation products radiation interference modulation percentage absolute and relative signal level measurements bandpass characteristics etc Numerous application notes on spectrum analyzer measurements are available from your local Tektronix Field Office or representative including assistance for specific measurement applications you may desire TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P PART Il TABLE OF CONTENTS Page GENERAL INFORMATION Introduction and Description n aaa Man al Organization done Saeta repe ent RO RE E Pepe egd 1 2 Electrical Characteristics ropot sinn anna aenn E 1 2 FREQUONCY NN ME hpa EE EEE EEE 1 3 SWEEP Es 1 4 Output Connectors u u u u u imawas i qasa imas nias Environmental Characteristics nan Physical Characteristics eene nennen nnns Accessories and Options nennen nennen es 1 5 netallatlolha a c 1 5 Repackaging for Shipment enne nnns 1 6 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Block Diagram Sassen cist s ani aia as aE a IF Processing ns 2 7 Sweep Control and Fr
259. c sensitive part or assembly circuit board that is to be returned to Tektronix Inc should be packaged in its original container or one with anti static packaging material PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE Preventive maintenance consists of cleaning visual inspection performance check and if needed a recalibration The preventive maintenance schedule that is established for the instrument should be based on the environment in which the instrument is operated and the amount of use Under average conditions laboratory situation a preventive maintenance check should be performed every 1000 hours of instrument operation Cleaning Clean the instrument often enough to prevent dust or dirt from accumulating in or on it Dirt acts as a thermal insulating blanket and prevents efficient heat dissipation It also provides high resistance electrical leakage paths between conductors or components in humid environment Exterior Clean the dust from the outside of the instrument by wiping or brushing the surface with a soft cloth or brush The brush will remove dust from around the front panel selector buttons Hardened dirt may be removed with a cloth dampened in water that contains a mild detergent Abrasive cleaners should not be used Interior Normally the interior of the instrument will not require cleaning unless it has been left out of the oscilloscope plug in compartment and uncovered for an extended period of time Clean the interior by l
260. ce mismatch between a signal source and the module s input connector causes reflections or standing waves in the interconnecting transmission line and results in signal amplitude errors of the display and an overall degraded performance of the analyzer To minimize the probability of an impedance mismatch the signal source and transmission lines fastened to the Input connector should have the same impedance as the plug in module Use cables of minimum length and good quality Amplitude error due to plug in swr will be improved by turning on the 7L5 s INPUT BUFFER Signal Application High amplitude signals above 21 dBm or 2 5 V rms will overload and damage the mixer circuit and should not be applied to the input connector See the plug in instruction manual for maximum allowable input power Signals of unknown amplitude should be routed through a attenuator If spurious or multitone intermodulation signals are present on the display or if saturation of the mixer is suspected the 7L5 INPUT BUFFER will add 8 dB of attenuation in series with the input signal If the displayed signals show little or no change with the buffer on the intermodulation or spurious signals are not generated by the spectrum analyzer Edge Noise When using the digital storage mode some applications may leave display remnants at the edges of the crt This condition is an unavoidable result of the storage memory being wider than the crt screen and not a malfun
261. ch video signal averaging occurs prior to storage Denoted by a cursor the averaging threshold is continuously adjustable with a front panel control The storage circuitry includes a maximum hold capability This feature allows monitoring of signals that may change with time to provide a graphic record of amplitude frequency excursion The following service instructions are for personnel qualified to service electronic circuits Personnel not familiar with electrical circuit operation should not perform any service other than that contained in the Operating Instuction manual MANUAL ORGANIZATION AND CONTENT The abbreviations graphic symbols and logic symbology used in the text and diagrams of this manual are in accord with and based on ANSI Y1 1 1972 ANSI Y 32 3 1975 and ANSI Y32 14 1973 American National Standard Institute 345 East 47 Street New York N Y 10017 Change information is contained on insert pages at the back of the manual Original pages are identified by the symbol and revised pages are identified by revision date in the lower inside corner of the page If the serial number of your instrument is lower than the one on the title page the manual contains revisions that may not apply to your instrument History information applicable to previous products with the updated data is integrated when the page or diagram is revised The following describes the sections information provided in this manua
262. ckout procedure intended to satisfy most customer s receiving inspection requirements and to provide instrument familiarization for the new user We recommend using this checkout as part of the users routine maintenance program and preliminary check before performing the Performance Check portion of the Service Instruction manual The front panel CALIBRATOR output is an accurate signal source and is used in the following procedures to verify operational status of the instrument Calibrator frequency accuracy may be verified by applying it to an accurate digital counter Some procedures require a step attenuator and two short lengths of coaxial cable To verify the absolute reference level specifications the attenuator accuracy must be calibrated or verified at some specific frequency to within 0 03 dB dB with a cumulative error not to exceed 0 1 dB for any change up to 10 dB Incremental accuracy can be verified and a good indication of the absolute reference level accuracy can be obtained by using two Tektronix Step Attenuators such as the 2701 see Optional Accessories Section 1 These attenuators provide a good indication of operation even though their accuracy specifications are not within the limits described 1 Preliminary Preparation Preset the front panel controls and selectors as described under Calibrating the 7L5 to the Oscilloscope Mainframe and perform the calibration procedure as previously described 2 Operational
263. clude a negative error full range verification would require signal level measurement below the display baseline Since this is not possible the following steps verify 78 of the 80 dB range and 15 dB of the 16 dB range for the two log amplifier selections LOG 10 dB DIV Dynamic window is 80 dB accuracy is 0 05 dB dB to 2 dB maximum a Setthe 7L5 controls as follows DOT FREQUENCY 500 00 kHz RESOLUTION COUPLED FREQUENCY SPAN DIV 0 1 kHz TIME DIV AUTO REFERENCE LEVEL 40 dBV dBm dBV L1 Plug in dBV b Apply the CALIBRATOR signal through external attenuator s such as Tektronix 2701 for 50 Q see Optional Accessories in Section 1 to the INPUT connector Select the LOG 10 dB DIV pushbutton c Increase external attenuation in 10 dB steps to 70 dB and verify that each step decreases the displayed f signal level 10 dB 0 5 dB d Increase external attenuation by 8 dB for a total of 78 dB and verify that the total overall decrease in signal amplitude is 78 dB 2 0 dB LOG 2 dB DIV Dynamic window is 16 dB accuracy is 0 01 dB dB to 1 dB maximum e Set the external attenuators to 0 dB Set the FRE QUENCY SPAN DIV to 50 Hz RESOLUTION to 30 Hz and select the 2 dB DIV pushbutton f 15 dB attenuation with the external 1 dB step attenuator in 2 dB and 1 dB increments Verify that the signal level change is within 0 1 dB dB of added attenuation to a maximum of 1 0 dB deviation over the 15 dB range LIN Linea
264. commodate Improved components as they become available and to give you the benefit of the latest circuit improvements developed in our engineering department It is therefore important when ordering parts to include the following information in your order Part number instrument type or number serial number and modification number if applicable If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new or Improved part your local Tektronix Inc Field Office or representative will contact you concerning any change in part number Change information if any is located at the rear of this manual In the Parts List an Item Name is separated from the description by a colon SPECIAL NOTES AND SYMBOLS X000 00X ITEM NAME Part first added at this serial number Part removed after this serial number Because of space limitations an Item Name may sometimes appear as incomplete For further Item Name identification the U S Federal Cataloging Handbook H6 1 can be utilized where possible ACTR ASSY CAP CER CKT COMP CONN ELCTLT ELEC INCAND LED NONWIR ABBREVIATIONS ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY CAPACITOR CERAMIC CIRCUIT COMPOSITION CONNECTOR ELECTROLYTIC ELECTRICAL INCANDESCENT LIGHT EMITTING DIODE NON WIREWOUND 7 1 PLSTC QTZ RECP RES RF SEL SEMICOND SENS VAR WW XFMR XTAL PLASTIC QUARTZ RECEPTACLE RESISTOR RADIO FREQUENCY SELECTED SEMICONDUCTOR SENSITIVE VARIABLE WIREWOUND TRANSFORMER
265. cover over the VR assembly Check the response shape for a RESOLUTION of 3 kHz Correct any shift of the response shape and center frequency with adjustments C1664 C1724 C1764 and C1804 C1664 will have the most significant effect on the response Try to spread the adjustment evenly over the four stages 9 Digital Storage Calibration a Preparation Turn the power off Remove the Digital Averaging board to gain access to the adjustments on the Digital Storage board Place the Digital Averaging board alongside or on top of the instrument with a piece of insulation material such as a sheet of paper between the back of the board and the instrument Fig 4 20 This will prevent accidentally grounding the exposed solder points on the circuit board R4585 R4570 R4625 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P _ Insulating sheet to prevent grounding voltage points on the Average Calculator circuit board Fig 4 20 Digital Storage test points and adjustments b Set the DOT FREQUENCY to 500 0 kHz QUENCY SPAN DIV to MAX RESOLUTION COUI TIME DIV 2 s Display Mode 10 dB DIV and switch the DIGITAL STORAGE on c Apply the CALIBRATOR signal to the INPUT and adjust the REFERENCE LEVEL to display the 500 kHz markers d Adjust R4585 slowly ccw from a fully cw position u
266. ction Edge noise is removed as follows 1 Disconnect any signal from the INPUT connector 2 With digital storage on the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV set to other than MAX rotate DOT MKR control to max cw position 3 After one sweep has occurred to extend the baseline rotate the DOT MKR control max ccw to the detent position 4 Wait one sweep to clear the left edge then apply the input signal Frequency Measurement Technique Frequency measurement should be made on the second or subsequent sweeps after the DOT FREQUENGY has been changed Oscillator stabilization time is 1 second or less Following a change of the DOT FREQUENCY control the first click in the opposite direction will have no effect This is due to the electronic coupling within the DOT FREQUENCY control assembly Max Span Operation When the 7L5 is operated with the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV control set to MAX 500 kHz optimum instrument performance will be ensured by setting the RESOLUTION to 30 kHz or COUPLED position The COUPLED position will maintain a desired ratio of 20 1 or less between the frequency span per division and the resolution bandwidth Resolution Resolution Bandwidth The term resolution represents an instrument s ability to display adjacent signal responses discretely A measure of resolution is the frequency separation in hertz of responses which merge with a 3 dB notch Displayed resolution is a function of spectrum analyzer bandwidth horizontal swe
267. d with the waveform The Digital Averaging circuit board for the 7L5 was positioned to the side as shown in the Calibration section Fig 4 20 Pertinent 7L5 control settings are also indicated with the waveform Max Span triggered on Gate a input at U675B pin 5 b Input at U575C pin 7 Zero Span triggered on Gate Sweep Output at U700 pin 6 b Sweep Inhibit at CR716 Max Span triggered on Gate Shows output of U665 pin 3 with DOT FREQUENCY of a 00 0 b 2500 0 kHz C 4999 75 kHz TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P lar LO TUNE Reso 100k tose teak e xc Tapal T fa wu Rare UGBOC ente pM Side o FREQ SPAN ATTEN amp SWP GEN 6 1 175 DJ FO 14 PATCHED Pat weon E EX Unused connectors shown on these diagrams are factory test points or options that may pe used for future applications USGS w 441 sls ag nuu Mia swepe I als H aie sweer alt abe gt SM i em x wb volts kq 2074 s n T o7 av d ja 1585 Xa iu eno 7 F
268. ddress is derived will be described later Referring to the lower left side of the diagram the 1st LO tune voltage ramp is fed to an absolute value circuit which looks at the ramp excursion If the ramp exceeds certain limits the output from the comparator is an overspan signal which opens the video path through switch U735B level is placed on the line to provide baseline for the display Unless overspan is detected the video signal is fed to display switch U735C and the vertical analog to digital A D converter The video information is converted to an 8 bit data word that appears in serial form on the Data Out line The clock for this converter is 1 MHz derived from the 10 MHz master oscillator so the vertical data bits are 1 pus apart Since there are 8 bits per word plus sync pulse each word takes 9 us or the word rate is 111 kHz The vertical data out in serial form then goes to an average calculator where it is either averaged or peak detected The output on the Math line is then stored at some address in memory 2 6 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P The address is derived from the horizontal sweep ramp This is 10 volt negative going ramp centered around the Dot frequency The ramp is offset up to plus or minus 10 volts as the dot frequency is tuned so the sweep ramp range can run from 10 V to 10 V 10 V to O V at one end and 0 V to 10 V at the other The sweep is converted by the horizontal A D converter
269. der Wires are positioned in the hold according to color code system NOTE Holder positions are numbered number one is identified with triangle The wires are EIA color coded to match the numbers on the holder For example brown stripe for position 1 triange red stripe for position 2 yellow stripe for position 4 etc 3 Bend grooved part of holder so that connector inserted into groove When plugging connector holders onto board pins sure to match the triangle mark on the holder with the triangle mark on the circuit board DISASSEMBLY OF THE 7L5 and REPLACING ASSEMBLIES The following describes how to remove the major assemblies and circuit boards within the instrument Refer to Fig 4 1 for board and assembly identification exploded drawing in the Replaceable Mechanical Pa section may also help illustrate how the instrument assembled 1 Removing the Front Panel a Unscrew and remove the plug in module release knob located below the plug in compartment 5 7 TM11 6625 2753 14 amp P b Use 0 05 inch Allen wrench to loosen the two set screws that hold the front panel to the upper and lower wall of the Reference Module honeycomb assembly Sek Fig 5 6A c Remove the two flat head screws that hold the top rail of the IF Module assembly to the front panel Fig 5 6A then remove the two screws that secure the top rail to the back rear panel on the right side as viewed from the rear This wil
270. displayed independent of sweep Sweep horizontal is also applied through a separate amplifier to the front panel HORIZ OUT jack and pin A3 of the mainframe interface The Z axis and dot logic block determine when the dot is to be displayed An output called Dot is fed to multiplexer switches in the vertical and horizontal lines This low disconnects the vertical and horizontal drive to the mainframe and positions the dot appropriately The 2 7 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P logic also provides blanking and unblanking to the Z axis by blanking just before the dot transition and unblanking during dot presentation It also blanks during the transition back to normal vertical and horizontal positioning Data into Z axis and dot logic are Zero Span Display Valid and the mainframe data such as Channel and Mode information Peak Average reference level originates with the PEAK AVERAGE front panel control This reference is compared with an analog signal out of the vertical analog to digital converter If the vertical signal exceeds the reference level set by the control the average calculator selects peak value Signals below this reference are averaged The control functions as a Peak Average selector only in the Store mode Division between average and peak display is indicated by a cursor on screen In the non store mode the control operates as a baseline clipper Vertical information below the level set by the control is blanked This c
271. e L1 L2 L3 Log 128 dBm 128 dBm 128 dBm to 2 dB Div to 21 dBm 139 dBV to 21 dBm 50 21 dBm 139 dBm to 10 dBV 10dBm 600 2 141 dBV to 8 Hi Z Log 70 dBm 70 dBm 70 dBm to 10 dB Div to 21 dBm 81 to 21 dBm 50 21 81 dBm to 10 dBV 10dBm 600 83 dBV to 8 dBV Hi Z Incremental Accuracy When calibrated at 40 dBV in Log mode 11 12 and L3 Within 0 2 dB dB with cumulative error of 0 25 dB 10 dB Lin Mode Range 20 mV Div to 200 mV Div within 5 in 1 2 5 sequence NOTE gt sign is displayed adjacent to the reference level readout when the reference level is not calibrated due to an incompatible selection of controls TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Display Dynamic Range Accuracy Log 10 dB Div Mode Dynamic window is 80 dB Accuracy is within 0 05 dB dB to 2 dB maximum Log 2 dB Div Mode Dynamic window is 16 dB Accuracy is within 0 1 dB dB to 1 dB maximum Sweep Characteristics Frequency Span Provides calibrated frequency spans from 50 Hz div to maximum 500 kHz div within 4 in 1 2 5 sequence Horizontal linearity is within 4 over the entire 10 div display A 0 Hz Div position is provided for time domain operation Sweep Rate Time per div is selectable from 10 s Div to 0 1 ms Div in a 1 2 5 sequence An AUTO position permits automatic selection of optimum time div for the selected resolution and span div Sweep rate accuracy is wit
272. e described on inserts bound into the rear of the manual Check this section for manual instrument changes and corrections Circuit Board Illustrations Electrical components connectors and test points are identified on circuit board illustrations located on the inside fold of the corresponding circuit diagram or the back of the preceding diagram This allows cross reference between the diagram and the circuit board and shows the physical location of components Wire Color Code Color coded wires are used to aid circuit tracing Power supply dc voltage leads have either a red background for positive voltage or a violet background for negative voltage Signal wires and coaxial cables use an identifying one band or two band color code Connectors Movable and Fixed Multiple Terminal Harmonica Connector Holders The multi connector holder is keyed with a triangle one on the holder and one on the circuit board When a connection is made perpendicular to a circuit board surface the orientation of the triangle and the slot numbers on the connector holder are determined by the direction of the nomenclature marking see Fig 5 1 harmonica connectors are identified on the schematic and board with the prefix 0995 11 Fig 5 1 Multipin harmonica circuit board connectors Square pin and Edge Connectors Interface connectors between circuit boards are identified with alphabetic letters Interface connectors to the m
273. e diagram Section 9 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Exploded Drawings and Accessories Provides information necessary to order replaceable parts The Replaceable Parts list is cross referenced to the Replaceable Electrical Parts list The exploded drawing identifies assemblies and mechanical components Change Information Provides updating information in the form of inserts for the manual These inserts are later incorporated into the manual text and diagrams when the manual is reprinted ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS The following electrical characteristics apply when the 7L5 Spectrum Analyzer in combination with a Plug In Module are normally installed in a 7000 Series oscilloscope and after a warm up of ten minutes or more Frequency Characteristics Range Input Frequency 10 Hz through 5 0 MHz Dot Frequency 0 Hz through 4999 75 kHz Accuracy 20 C to 30 C 5 Hz 2 x 10 of dot readout 0 C to 50 C 20 Hz 10 of dot readout Drift 5 Hz hour or less Residual Incidental FM 50 Hz div to 2 kHz div 1 Hz p p or less 5 kHz div to 500 kHz div 40 Hz p p or less Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy 30 kHz 30 Hz Within 20 of selected resolution 6 dB down 10 Hz Within 100 Hz 20 Hz 70 dB down The COUPLED setting electronically selects the best resolution bandwidth for each setting of the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV control Shape Factor 30 kHz 3 kHz 5 1 or better 60 6 dB ratio 1 kHz 10 Hz 10 1 or better 60
274. e interface through flexible plug in extenders see Equipment Required Calibration section REPACKAGING FOR SHIPMENT If your Tektronix instrument is to be shipped to Tektronix Service Center for service or replacement attach tag showing owner with address and the name of an individual at your firm that can be contacted Include complete instrument serial number and description of the service required Save and re use the package your instrument was shipped in If the original packaging is not available or is unfit for use repackage as follows 1 Obtain a shipping container of heavy corrugated cardboard or wood with inside dimensions at least six inches greater than the instrument dimensions This will allow room for cushioning Refer to for carton test strength requirements 2 Wrap the instrument in heavy paper or polyethylene sheeting to protect the instrument finish Protect the front panel with urethane foam or cardboard strips TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P 3 Cushion the instrument on all sides by packing dunnage or urethane foam between the carton and the instrument allowing three inches on all sides 4 Seal the shipping carton with shipping tape or an industrial stapler TABLE 1 1 Gross Weight Ib Carton Test Strength Ib 0 10 200 10 30 275 30 120 375 120 140 500 140 160 600 If you have any questions contact your local Tektronix Field Office or representative TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P S
275. e is provided in the Operators Instruction manual This procedure should be included as part of the overall instrument maintenance check The following procedures check the 7L5 sweep triggering frequency range display flatness resolution bandwidth sweep rate intermodulation distortion and frequency drift It does not include internal adjustments or checks If the instrument fails to meet specified performance requirement the adjustment procedure for the related circuit will be found in the Calibration Procedure Section 4 Equipment Required or Recommended Test equipment as listed in is recommended for this portion of the performance check Test equipment characteristics are the minimum required for accurate checks Characteristics of substitute equipment must meet or exceed those listed in Table 3 1 3 1 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P TABLE 3 1 Equipment List Equipment Specified Recommended Fixture Characteristics Type Model Dual Trace Vertical Sensitiv Tektronix 7A18 Vertical ity 5 mV to 5 V Plug in Amplifier Amplifier bandwidth Plug In Unit gt 500 kHz for 7000 Series Oscilloscope Low Range 1 Hz Hewlett Packard Signal 5 MHz output 654A Generator accuracy within 2 required Frequency Counter 0 05 dB expand ed scale on out put monitor out put impedance 50 75 and 600 ohms Short term stability 1 part in 10 Tektronix 7D14 7000 Series or Digital Cou
276. e items and components and the tools and equipment required to perform each function This appendix may be used as an aid in planning maintenance operations C 2 Maintenance Function Maintenance functions will be limited to and defined as follows a Inspect To determine the serviceability of an item by comparing its physical mechanical and or electrical characteristics with established standards through examination b Test To verify serviceability and to detect incipient failure by measuring the mechanical or elec trical characteristics of an item and comparing those characteristics with prescribed standards c Service Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating condition i e to clean decontaminate to preserve to drain to paint or to replenish fuel lubricants hydraulic fluids or compressed air supplies d Adjust To maintain within prescribed limits by bringing into proper or exact position or by setting the operating characteristics to the specified parameters e Align To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring about optimum or desired performance Calibrate To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted on instruments or test measuring and diagnostic equipments used in precision measurement Consists of comparisons of two instruments one of which is a certified standard of known accuracy to detect and adjust any discrepancy in the accuracy of
277. e obtained from a local Tektronix Field Office or representative Physical Characteristics Net weight instrument only 8 pounds 12 ounces ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS Refer to the Replaceable Mechanical Parts List for a complete listing of the standard and optional accessories Options 7L5 Option 21 Log Display 7L5 Option 25 Tracking Generator 7L5 Option 28 Readout 7L5 Option 30 Option 21 25 7L5 Option 31 Option 21 28 7L5 Option 32 Option 25 28 7L5 Option 33 Options 21 25 28 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P INSTALLATION Initial Inspection This instrument was inspected both mechanically and electrically before shipment It should be free of mars or scratches and electrically meet or exceed the specification Inspect the instrument for physical damage and check the electrical performance by the Operational Check procedure provided within the Operators Instruction Manual This procedure will verify that the instrument is operating correctly and it will satisfy most receiving or incoming inspection requirements If the instrument specification is to be verified refer to the Performance Check procedure in this manual If there is physical damage or performance deficiency contact your local Tektronix Field Office or representative Installation Install in a 7000 Series mainframe and after a 10 minute or more warm up check performance calibrate or service the 7L5 connect it to the 7000 Series mainfram
278. each signal is coincident with vertical graticule line within 5 percent 0 25 division over the 10 division display c Connect the test setup in accordance with Fig 3 3 and set front panel controls as follows DOT FREQUENCY 4000 00 kHz FREQUENCY SPAN DIV 200 kHz RESOLUTION 10 kHz REFERENCE LEVEL 10 dBm or as required DOT MKR Max cw dot to left edge of graticule d Apply 5 us markers to the INPUT and verify one 200 kHz marker per division 2 percent over the full graticule width i e If the controls are adjusted so MARKER GENERATOR TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P that the marker behind the 2nd graticule line from the left edge is coincident then the marker behind the 10th graticule line at the right edge must be within 0 2 division or 1 0 minor division e Set the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to 100 kHz and apply 10 Is markers to the INPUT connector Verify one 100 kHz marker per division 2 percent over the full graticule width f Apply markers and set the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV control in accordance with Table 3 2 Verify frequency span accuracy by noting the markers per division for each setting Adjust the RESOLUTION control as required to optimize display amplitude TABLE 3 2 FREQUENCY SPAN Marker Gen DIV Setting Setting 1 Marker 2 200 kHz 5 us 1 div 100 kHz 10 us 1 div 50 kHz 10 us 2 div 20 kHz 50 us 1 div 10 kHz 1 ms 1 div 5 kHz ms 2 div 2 kHz 5 ms 1 div 1 kHz ims 1 div 5 kHz ims
279. eater than 1 mA generates symbol The bottom left section of the crt is a function of Row 2 Column Data 2 currents Resistor matrix in R3000 in combination with the currents generated by the state of BW 1 BW 2 and BW 3 lines set the currents for TS 10 9 8 7 6 resolution Time slots 1 5 Column Data 2 current is a function of the display mode lines to Q2320 Q2330 If the resolution bandwidth selection is 3 kHz BW 1 and BW 3 lines are high 1 and BW 2 line is low 0 This biases Q2370 Q2365 and Q2355 off so row current set by R2366 and column current set by R2364 generate K for TS 8 Two units of column current are added by R2360 to two units from R3000 to TS 6 to generate 3 Since Q2360 is on TS 7 is a skip therefore 3 kHz would appear in the readout Row Current and Characters TABLE 26 for Reference Level Display Mode and Resolution Bandwidth TOP LEFT BOTTOM LEFT TS Column 1 Row 1 Character Column 2 Row 2 Character 1 400 pA No Symbol 200 uA NC NC 1 SKP 2 200 1 mA 100 pA lt gt SKP NC NC 2 0 3 600 100 SKP NC 400 uA d SKP 4 E 0 9 NC 400 pA B SKP 5 0 9 100 uA or SKP 200 6 H 0 9 NG 1 3 400 7 600 uA NC 400 uA d SKP NC NC 0 SKP 100 8 700 pA NC 400 uA B SKP NC 300 pA O K 600 pA 100 uA 200 pA 9 800 pA M w n SKP 500 pA 400 pA H 300 uA NC 10 200 pA NC 400 pA V SKP 400 uA 500 pA Z In TS1
280. econd reading 5 4 Diode Checks Most diodes can be checked in the circuit by taking measurements across the diode and comparing these with voltages listed on the diagram Forward to back resistance ratios can usually be taken by referring to the schematic and pulling appropriate transistors and pin connectors to remove low resistance loops around the diode CAUTION Do not use an ohmmeter scale with a high external current to check the diode junction Integrated Circuit IC Checks Integrated circuits are most easily checked by direct replacement When substitution is impossible check input and output signal states as described in the Circuit Description and on the diagram Lead configuration and data for the IC s used in this instrument are provided on the inside fold of the schematic or the back of the previous schematic CAUTION To avoid possible damage from static changes handle all IC s in accordance with the instructions as previously described at the beginning of this section Check calibration and performance after a faulty component has been replaced If the above procedure fails to locate the trouble detailed analysis must be performed The Circuit Description section describes the operational theory of circuit and may aid to further evaluate the problem General Troubleshooting Techniques The following procedure is recommended to isolate problem and expedite repairs 1 Ensure t
281. ects pin 13 to 14 and the drive to the negative Input of U1415 is a function of the VARiable Reference Level control When pin 11 is pulled low by the 1 dB line the switch connects pin 12 to 14 and the gain of the stage increases a calibrated 1 dB It is still a function of the VARiable control Reference level for the differential amplifier IS set by the plug In module front panel AMPL CAL adjustment The center arm of the VAR potentiometer R45 connects to 045 When the front panel disable Is asserted this line goes to ground which is the same as turning the VAR control fully ccw to the ground end It also removes the symbol that prefixes the Reference Level readout Pin DN connects through interface boards to the plug in module for additional gain compensation if required in future plug in modules The dc output voltage U1400C is connected to the input of the differential amplifier U1415 to control the gain set by U1435 for the stage Gain Offset from the plug in module is a dc level shift that changes the reference level scale factor from dBm to dBV or vice versa 2 20 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P The 2nd stage consists of U14008 and the feedback loop through U1410A A low state on pin 10 of U1410A connects pin 2 to 15 so the gain of the stage Is unity Switching pin 10 to a high increases the gain of the stage to 16 dB The 3rd stage consists of U1400D and the feedback loop through multiplexer U1450 The input data
282. ed through gating circuits to set the mode of the display control flip flop U4554B The Q output of U4554B is fed through gates U4566B U4532B and forces the LSB for memory when Save is selected to inhibit writing in memory When Display and Display are selected the high on both lines enables the gates U4516A U4516B so their output is gated through U4516C U4516D as high to the J and K inputs of flip flop U4554B This state also enables U4534B which enables the tri state device U4592B and inhibits U4588B The display counter U4590 is now clocked by the output of U4554B The Q output also becomes the LSB for memory during Read Cycle and since it is toggling the information out of memory will consist of 256 bits of A data interlaced with 256 bits of B data The Q output of U4554B is the LSB for the D A converter resistor ladder U4570 When Display A is selected only the J input of U4554B goes high and the output remains constant Only TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P data in A memory is displayed When Display B is selected only the K input of U4554B goes high and Q output remains low which selects data in B memory In both cases the display counter U4590 is clocked by Hold B signal which is gated through U4588B When Save A is selected with either Display A or Display B the output of U4554B is the same as described previously for these two modes however when Save A is selected with Display A and Display B both in
283. edure checks the accuracy of each gain cell and thus the overall accuracy The accuracy of the V Div mode will be within that specified if the Log mode reference level is within limits A few check points may be performed as listed in Table 3 4 to spot check Lin mode operation This procedure uses a 50 0 plug in module L1 a Switch the dBm dBV selector on the plug in module to dBm and set the 7L5 controls as follows REFERENCE LEVEL 29 dBm RESOLUTION 3 kHz FREQEUNCY SPAN DIV 1 kHz TIME DIV AUTO b Set the external attenuation to 2 dB and adjust the REFERENCE LEVEL for a readout of 29 dBm Adjust the VERT POSITION control slightly as required to establish a graticule reference point for the signal peak TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P c Change the REFERENCE LEVEL control to 30 dBm Increase the external attenuation 1 dB 3 dB total and verify that the signal peak is within 0 2 dB of the reference point established in step b d Rotate the REFERENCE LEVEL control to 31 dBm Increase the external attenuation another 1 dB 4 dB total and verify that the signal peak is within 0 25 dB of the reference point e Readjust the VERT POSITION control as required to establish a new graticule reference point for the signal peak f the REFERENCE LEVEL control out to the 10 dB step position and set it for a crt readout of 41 dBm Increase the external attenuation 10 dB 14 dB total and verify that the signal level is withi
284. either input is low depending on the B and B2 state of U2265 The output high from the gates therefore invalidates the reference level and the counter returns to a count that provides 128 dBm reference level The most sensitive position for the Log 10 dB Div mode does not use the X10 or X100 lines however 71 dBm causes the B output to go high which asserts inhibit When switching from 2 dB Div to 10 dB Div with a reference level below 71 dBm inhibit is asserted until the counter counts up to a reference level of 70 dBm then both B and go high to terminate inhibit At the positive dBm end 21 dBm the counter for U2235 stops at 21 dBm When the Input Buffer is asserted the input address to the ROM Ag of U2265 is increased by a factor of 128 The output address increases so that B6 goes low and 8 dB attenuation is asserted The Input Buffer line also asserts a high through the IF Mother board pin 21 of P1010 to one of the filter amplifiers and increases gain 8 dB 2 16 11110100 11110010 00101000 00111000 10101100 11110010 10101100 10111100 10101000 00111101 11110010 00101001 10101101 11110010 10101101 10111101 10101001 00111110 11110010 00101010 00111010 10101110 11110010 10101110 10111110 10101010 00111111 11110010 00101011 00111011 10101111 11110010 10101111 10111111 10101011 11110010 10111011 11101111 11111111 11110010 11111111 11101011 11111011 11110010 168 169 170 171 TA
285. elected the Line state goes low and the high out of U555B and U555D latches the output of U555A low This inhibits the gate U600 C so only Line trigger is fed through the comparator U600 B and NAND gate U600 D to U580 In Free Run mode the low on Free Run line inhibits both NAND gates of U600 The output of U595A goes high to enable free run operation The LEVEL SLOPE control selects both triggering level and slope for the sweep modes and functions as a manual sweep control for the MNL mode It functions as a level slope control as follows The range of the control is O to 15 volts As the control is rotated through its range a ramp of approximately 10 volts is generated out of U605B This ramp is offset about 4 volts by a voltage divider R632 R636 so the voltage at the input to U605A with the LEVEL control fully ccw is about 4 volts The output of U605A is about 15 V since CR638 is back biased The comparator becomes an inverter when the input ramp at pin 2 reaches 0 volts When operating as a comparator the output is about 14 volts When it becomes an inverter the Output drops to about 4 5 volts and ramps down to 0 volt as the input voltage is increased When U605A switches the diode CR638 is forward biased and closes the feedback loop through R634 to the input 2 12 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P The circuit is now a gain of one amplifier and CR630 is back biased so the dc reference level to the Trigger In line
286. ep rate and frequency span Resolution is also affected by incidental residual FM Resolution bandwidth as defined for the 7L5 is the width in hertz between 6 dB down image points on the curve of the analyzer s displayed response to a cw input signal 3 15 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Bandwidth determines both the noise level and resolution capability of the analyzer As bandwidth decreases both sensitivity and signal to noise ratio improve Maximum sensitivity is obtained when resoltuion bandwidth is narrow 10 30 Hz For most applications the analyzer should be used with the RESOLUTION control set to COUPLED and the TIME DIV switch set to AUTO These auto ranged positions provide the best sweep rate and resolution bandwidth for each setting of the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV switch When the analyzer is used to make amplitude measurements especially in digital storage mode the COUPLED and AUTO positions of these controls ensures maximum accuracy Digital Storage Use When using digital storage the best measurement accuracy is obtained by setting the following controls as follows see Fig 3 2 Front Panel Controls 1 VIDEO Adjust to place the cursor at point PEAK VIDEO midway between maximum signal AVERAGE amplitude and baseline noise 2 DISPLAY A Press both pushbuttons to activate DISPLAY B storage operation 3 RESOLUTION Set to COUPLED position 4 TIME DIV Set to AUTO position or a position that is compati
287. equency Reference sss 2 2 Frequency Control Circuits sessilis acdc es ek E E SL E E EES piaba skay Display doe oT 2 6 Detailed Circuit Description ninss 2 7 IS Tegernsee E 2 7 Trigger Logic Sweep Control 1 4002221 000400 00 00000000000000000000000000 1 2 11 Frequency Span and Tune Reference N l u 2 13 A amp B Oscillator and Control sss 2 14 TSPLOMSUEO LOCK u u l a riens eee oet horrens npe Pera mw ede ede 2 15 Reference Level Readout and Readout and Timeslot Decode 2 IF Processing Chain 2 19 Variable Resolution 2 20 10 kHz amp 30 kHz Filters and Post VR Amplifier 2 28 2 22 Login Amplifier re ette ettet tte esee 2 22 Detector and Video Amplifier eS 2 22 Display Processirlg EEE EE Horizontal and Vertical Display Processing 2 2 23 Average Calculator Digital Storage m c 2 2 PERFORMANCE CHECK Introduction Equipment Required or I sss 3 1 1 Sweep Triggering cai
288. erence level of 17 dBm 50 input and center frequency of 00 0 kHz This provides input attenuation to protect the front end circuitry and a marker to verify correct operation The 7L5 with 80 dB or more of spurious free dynamic range provides the ability to measure wide relative amplitudes Nanovolt sensitivity provides very low level signal and noise requirements The 7L5 display is fully calibrated in dBm dBV or volts div The reference level can be accurately set in 1 dB increments A front panel input buffer control increases front end immunity to intermodulation distortion while maintaining a constant reference level To accommodate a wide variety of impedance sources the 7L5 uses quick disconnect plug in input impedance modules of 50 o 75 600 0 1 28 pF and customized units to meet special requirements When the 7L5 s digital storage capability is employed one or two complete displays can be held in memory for subsequent viewing comparison or graphic reproduction This capability converts a nonstorage 7000 Series oscilloscope display into a stored display The small dot size of the conventional oscilloscope used with the 7L5 enhances the resolution of low amplitude signals and other fine details that are often lost with a variable persistence oscilloscope In storage mode the vertical display may be bisected by an averaging threshold above which video peak detection occurs prior to storage and below whi
289. extinguished each rotational click of the DOT FREQUENCY control changes the dot frequency in increments of 10 kHz TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P DOT MKR Used to horizontally position the frequency dot The displayed frequency readout characters enumerate the actual frequency of the dot When the DOT MKR control is in its detent position fully ccw the frequency dot and the selected frequency are on the vertical center line of the graticule The 7L5 can be operated in a start sweep mode when the frequency dot is positioned to the left vertical graticule line The DOT MKR control is disabled when the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV switch is at MAX REFERENCE LEVEL Sets the full screen signal amplitude level dBm dBV required at the INPUT to the plug in module This level is relevant to the input impedance of the plug in module Reference level is associated to the top graticule line of the display area and signal level is relative to this reference The reference level range depends on the plug in module however in the 2 dB Div mode it covers 149 dB in the 10 dB Div mode the range is 90 dB and in the Lin mode 20 nV div to 200 mV div The control has two speeds or stepping increments pulled out each increment is 10 dB pushed in each increment is 1 dB or in some cases dependent on the plug in module 2 dB VAR The VAR variable control provides 8 dB or more gain adjustment between each calibrated reference level step A lt symbo
290. f 04115 connects to Sync Clock input at 2 pin 6 Shift register U4100 now holds the justified denominator word until cleared again by the output of one shot U4160B Write Cycle enables NAND gate 04110 and Sync Clock pulses are gated to input 25 or U4115 These clock signals out of 2Q pin 7 shift the data in the numerator registers and clocks the vertical information into the dividing circuit to perform the division The divider consists of 4 bit adders U4005 and U4010 shift registers 04000 and U4105 and NAND gate U411 OB Division is performed by adding the complement of the binary numbers for the numerator to the divisor denominator in a parallel serial fashion with the quotient being the carry out of the adder division by the complementary method illustrates the process using 25 1101 and 5 101 as the numerator and denominator Before the number is justified pin 5 of U4020 has the MSB of the number 101 and pin 13 of U4140 has the MSB of the numerator 11001 Since the denominator is moved 21 counts to position in U4100 the MSB of the numerator would move to Q2 of the shift register U4000 The 0 line in Table 2 7 denotes the initial state for the division process When the quotient output of U4110B is 0 low a shift function is performed by the registers U4000 U4105 for the numerator When the quotient is a 1 high the registers parallel offset load the present summation The output from this circuit is a
291. f the sweep voltage exceeds the converter output by 20 mV U4564A switches high or if the converter output is the most positive U4564B output switches high When the two ramps are within 20 mV of each other the output of the comparators is low and the counter holds a constant value The direction up down of the count is determined by which comparator output is high The 20 mV window between the two comparators keeps them from toggling FRE SYNG PULSE EEA 70 2184 5 Fig 2 5 Timing sequence of conversion pulses 2 27 The D A converter resistor ladder U4560 output is a 0 to 5 volt stairstep ramp applied to a gain of two amplifier and offset an amount equal to the offset of the incoming Sweep Horizontal ramp at pin HF If all the bits into the D A converter U4560 are 1 high the output is 5 volts This 5 volts at the Input to U4540A generates an output current through R4585 R4582 and R4572 proportional to the offset and amplitude between the Input Sweep Horizontal and the 5 volt out of the converter The common input to the comparators U4564A and U4564B is the node or 0 volt therefore since the resistance of R4572 is twice that of R4582 and R4586 a 5 volt output is offset by 10 volts at pin HF When only the MSB of the word is 1 the converter output is 2 5 volts The output of U4540A is 0 volt current through R4588 equals current of R4586 The sweep horizontal input voltage
292. for the 1 kHz to 30 Hz RESOLUTION positions by decreasing the resolution bandwidth and FREQUENCY SPAN DIV settings sequentially and adjusting the respective bandwidth with R1700 1 kHz R1702 300 Hz R1704 100 Hz and R1706 30 Hz Sed 4 18 for adjustment locations Adjust for symmetry around qon A Response in 10 dB Div mode GE Adjust for symmetry around the dot B Responss in 2 dB Div mode Figure 4 17 Typical responses of VR stage with all stages swamped wm RUS UD cA R1708 Z 10 He lp e x 57 R1706 e R1704 7 30 Hz Y lt 213 300 Hz mg ME MURAT 100 Hz R1702 Fig 4 18 Bandwidth adjustments for Variable Resolution Amplifier NOTE Switch the DIGITAL STORAGE on and reduce the sweep rate to calibrate the narrow resolution settings h Switch the RESOLUTION to 10 Hz Adjust the 10 bandwidth with R1708 Fig 4 18 so the bandwidth 70 down is 100 Hz 20 Hz i Calibrate and equalize the VR gain as follows 1 Install a shorting strap Fig 4 19 from TP1790 TP1795 and TP1820 to chassis ground Set the RESOLUTION to 3 kHz FREQUENGY SPAN DIV to 0 and the REFERENCE LEVEL 40 dBV Adjust the signal amplitude with the front panel AMPL CAL on the plug in module for an on screen signal
293. from dot to dot position EOC out of U4506 clocks divide by two flip flop U4554A to produce an output pulse with a time period of 9ps During the time WCQ1 line and the Q output of U4554A are high data is not being written into memory the gate U4534A is enabled and Sync Clock 1 us pulses clocks data into U4550 During the next Sync Pulse period data in the register U4550 is converted to analog information and EOC is gated through U4566C to the select input of multiplexers U4544A and U4544B The capacitor C4553 now charges to the new data voltage output from buffer amplifier U4546B through U4544A Coincident with the sample taken by C4553 C4561 is charged through U4544B to the present or old data out of integrator amplifier U4525B The new data on C4553 is applied through buffer amplifier U4524A and inverter U4524B to the input of integrator U4525B where it is summed with the non inverted sample on C4561 The voltage differential between the updated and current voltage seen by the integrator is proportional tothe analog voltage change out of U4548 The output of the integrator is then applied through mulitplexer U4544C to the vertical output amplifier Each integration takes 18 s then a new sample is taken and the process repeats Multiplexer U4554C is driven by a ring counter consisting of U4558B and U4556C above the horizontal output amplifier The countercountso 1 2 0 1 2 etc On the count of 2 10 the multiplexer U
294. gain changes of 1 dB or 10 dB steps depending on the position of the REFERENCE LEVEL control The crossover point no attenuation and unity gain through the amplifier is 30 dBm The REFERENCE LEVEL control is a printed circuit switch that outputs a two bit binary code that repeats every four times The code indicates the direction the control is rotated and an IC determines whether the count is up or down The output code of the control clocks a counter which provides the reference level required to drive the readout Analog currents are provided by a ROM which is reading the output of the counter When the REFERENCE LEVEL control is pulled out for 10 dB steps the counter counts in tens instead of digits When LIN mode is selected or the dBm dBV switch on the plug in module is changed the readout changes the Reference Level Counter so the crt reference level readout is in Volts Div or dBV The value of the constant to the counter depends on the input impedance of the plug in module This establishes a calibration reference level commensurate with the respective input impedance of the L plug in module The inputs to the IF Gain and RF Attenuation Decoding block are the output from the Reference Level Counter and the Log 10 or Log 2 switch latches The output supplies four gain change lines to the IF amplifier and the attenuator codes for the plug in module An invalid code is fed back to stop the counter when the reference level reache
295. gain compared with the word on Data Out line 2 25 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P The output of the peak detector is applied to another multiplexer consisting of U4050B U4055A U4110A and U4055B The D flip flop U4050B is set by a high on pin 8 or reset by the clock input when Write Cycle ends When the Peak Average line is high the Q output of U4050B is high and data from the peak detector is gated through U4055A and 040558 to another multiplexer When the Peak Average line goes low the multiplexer selects the output from the averaging circuit The comparator U4576B Diagram 21 that drives the Peak Average line uses pull up resistor R4129 pin 10 U4155D During Write Cycle the output of U4155D is low therefore the state of U4150B cannot change while data is written in memory The output of the NOR gate U4055B is applied to another peak detector where it is compared if Max Hold Is enabled with the data in memory on the Memory Data line The peak of the two is then gated through U4075D to the Math Out line Data in memory is read during Start Divide which occurs one cycle or 9 us before Write Cycle The data on Memory Data line is delayed this 9 us by processing it through D flip flop U4050A and shift register U4070B Memory data is shifted out of U4070B by the next Sync Clock pulse and it is then compared by the peak detector consisting of U4170A and B U4175A and and U4055D and to the data from U4055B The peak fro
296. ge of 1 4 V Reconnect jumper P246 from pin 1 to 2 e Connect the In put of the vertical amplifier through a test probe to pin PB Fig 4 91 on the 1st LO Lock board With the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV at MAX position adjust the Sweep Offset with R2015 Fig 4 10 for a voltage of 3 2 V at pin PB Fig 4 10 Location of 1st LO adjustments 4 10 f Now adjust the Sweep Gain with R2025 Fig 4 10 for minimum signal amplitude as illustrated in Fig 4 11 Repeat the Sweep Offset and Sweep Gain adjustments until minimum peak to peak signal amplitude is obtained with a dc level at pin PB of 32 V NOTE The 1st LO frequency must be nearly correct to obtain the proper waveform from the 1st LO lock If this waveform cannot be obtained set the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to MAX Display Mode to 10 dB DIV and RESOLUTION to 30 kHz Note the position of the 0 Hz start spur Now adjust R2015 and R2025 to position the O Hz start spur under the first graticule line If the lock is working there should be a slight hesitation as the 0 Hz start spur Is tuned past the fit graticule line Once the 0 Hz start spur Is In the correct position a usable waveform should be obtained from the 1st LO lock g Return the TIME DIV to 100 ms or slower and switch DIGITAL STORAGE DISPLAY A on 6 Function IF Calibration a Apply the CALIBRATOR signal through a 10 dB step attenuator to the INPUT of the plug in module NOTE The step attenuator impeda
297. generator Diagram 17 The Dot position ing is also summed with both the vertical and horizontal information Horizontal sweep is provided to the front panel HORIZ OUT jack J98 The video portion on the Vertical Out line is a 0 to 8 volt signal that is applied through R735 to the digital storage circuit on the Swp Vert line and through U735B to one input of switch U735C If an overspan occurs pin 100f U735B is pulled low and switches the common output pin 15 of U735B to dc level set by CR737 R840 This dc level provides a baseline reference for the display 2 23 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P When Store line is low true the video data on the Store Vertline from digital storage is applied through U735C to the operational amplifier U750B When the Store line is high false U735C switches and connects the Vertical Out signal from U735B to the input of U750B Log Cal R95 is part of the input resistance to the operational amplifier U750B and is adjusted to compensate for gain differences between 7000 Series mainframes The gain of U750B is about 0 5 Its output is clamped at 0 V so the signal amplitude out varies between 0 and about 4 volts If Dot line is high false Q765 is on and the output of U750B is connected to the input of operational amplifier U730D The dc level of the VERT POSITION R755 control summed with the vertical signal at the input to U730D provides display positioning The output of U730D then drives
298. hat the malfunction exists in the instrument Check the operation of associated equipment and operating procedure for the 7L5 see Operating Instructions 2 Determine and evaluate all trouble symptoms Try to isolate the problem to circuit or assembly The block diagram in the Diagrams section can aid in signal tracing and circuit isolation It and the diagrams show the signal levels required at various points to produce full screen deflection CAUTION Exercise extreme care when placing meter leads probes for voltage or waveform measurements An inadvertent movement of the leads or probe in a high density area or section with limited access could cause a short circuit and produce transient voltages which can destroy many components 3 Make an educated guess as to the nature of the problem such as component failure or calibration an functional area most likely at fault 4 Visually inspect the area or the assembly for defects as broken or loose connections improperly seated components overheated or burned components chafed insulation etc Repair or replace all obvious defects In the case of overheated components try to determine the cause of the overheated condition correct before applying power TM11 6625 2753 14 amp P 5 By successive electrical checks locate the problem At this time an oscilloscope is a valuable test item for evaluating circuit performance If applicable check the calibration adjustments Bef
299. he 6 dB bandwidth can be measured in graticule divisions Convert the number of divisions to frequency by noting the setting of the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV selector Resolution bandwidth must equal the RESOLUTION setting 20 percent I Repeat this procedure to check the resolution bandwidth for RESOLUTION settings from 1 kHz through 30 Hz Bandwidth must equal the RESOLUTION setting 20 percent m Switch to the 10 dB DIV display mode Set the RESOLUTION selector to 10 Hz the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to 50 Hz and adjust the REFERENCE LEVEL for signal amplitude of 8 divisions 3 14 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P n Measure the bandwidth 70 dB down by using the DOT MKR to position the display across reference point as previously described Bandwidth must equal 100 Hz 20 Hz 70 dB down q o Return the RESOLUTION selector to 30 kHz the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to 10 kHz and measure the bandwidth 60 dB down using the procedure previously described p Check the shape factor 60 6 dB ratio by measuring the 60 dB bandwidth for all RESOLUTION settings and compare this with the previous 6 dB bandwidth readings noted in steps g though Shape factor for RESOLUTION setting from 30 kHz to 3 kHz must equal 5 1 or better Shape factor for RESOLUTION settings from 1 kHz to 10 Hz must equal 10 1 or better USING THE ANALYZER Impedance Matching Input impedance of the 7L5 Spectrum Analyzer is determined by the plug in module L1 L2 L3 etc Impedan
300. he 7L5 REFERENCE LEVEL or amplifier gain 20 dB 71 dBm 3 Adjust the 20 dB Gain with R1065 Fig 4 13 so the signal level equals the reference level established in step 1 4 Add an additional 20 dB of external attenuation and increase the 7L5 REFERENCE LEVEL to 91 dBm 5 Adjust the 40 dB Gain with R1115 Fig 4 13 so the display level equals the reference level 6 Repeat the procedure to calibrate the 60 dB Gain with R1145 Fig 4 13 7T Calibrate the 250 kHz IF 2nd Mixer and 10 7 MHz Input Filter a Remove both rf screen covers over the IF processing honeycomb and the Variable Resolution honeycomb assembly Fig 4 13 Test points and adjustments on the Log LIn Amplifier board 4 12 b Apply the CALIBRATOR signal to the INPUT of the plug in module Set the DOT FREQUENCY to 500 00 kHz Display Mode for 2 dB DIV DIGITAL STORAGE off FREQUENGY SPAN DIV at 0 RESOLUTION 30 kHz and TIME DIV to 2 ms Adjust 11200 Fig 4 13 11400 C1604 C1600 and C1042 Fig 4 14 for maximum response to the 500 kHz Calibrator signal 8 Variable Resolution Calibration a With the front panel controls set as directed in step 7 adjust L1916 and L1918 for maximum response b Change the RESOLUTION to 10 kHz and adjust L1856 L1860 L1864 L1870 and L1872 Fig 4 15 for maximum response c Change the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to 5 kHz and adjust the10 kHz filter response with L1856 L1860 L
301. he module to back panel Fig 5 60 d Remove the assembly by pulling it straight out free nearly the Vertical Control board edge connector then raise the assembly slightly while pressing down the rear through the cut out in the rear panel to clear two coaxial connectors at the rear of the 1st LO Mod Once the assembly is disengaged unplug the wire cable to free it entirely Note the location and orientation of cable connectors to aid in reassembly 6 Removing the Transverse Interface Circuit Bo a Remove the RF Module assembly and the IF Module assembly b Remove the three screws that hold the board to the posts on the rear panel Fig 5 6D c Remove the board by pulling straight out from its connector CAUTION Avoid damaging the flexible interface circuit board that is attached from the Transferse Interface board to the rear interface plug in connector Before re installing the board check cable dress behind the board This will facilitate connection later TM11 6625 2753 14 amp P 7 Removing the Reference Module a Remove the front panel IF Module Digital Averaging and Storage board Sweep board RF Module and Transverse Interface board steps 1 through 6 b Remove the Reference Module mounting screws Fig 5 60 and coaxial cables REASSEMBLING THE 7L5 Reassembly is in general the reverse of disassembly The following steps are intended only as a brief guide 1 Reconnect the two cables co
302. he voltage output of the LEVEL SLOPE control for the Sweep Horizontal signal When the sweep mode is NORM sweep operation is conventional The LEVEL SLOPE control selects the triggering level and slope unless the mode is MNL SWP It then becomes a manual sweep control The sweep generator contains an end of sweep comparator that outputs a pulse which is fed back to the sweep control IC to terminate the output gate and inhibit the sweep The end of sweep pulse is OR d with an output line from the phase lock logic circuit which goes high at the end of the gate pulse period and holds this state until the sweep control circuit has stabilized about 50 ms then it pulls the Ready line low The state of the and Sense lines from the dot frequency control and phase lock loop circuit must also be correct before the phase lock logic circuit will permit the sweep control and sweep generator to start another sweep Sweep lockout by the dot frequency and phase lock loop circuits is ignored when the Frequency Span Div is ZERO The sweep rate is controlled by the TIME DIV selector unless AUTO position is selected When AUTO is selected sweep rate is controlled by a ROM which looks at the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV and RESOLUTION selections to determine the sweep rate The RESOLUTION and FREQUENCY SPAN DIV selectors are both printed circuit switches that feed their output into ROMs The ROMs then control the frequency span and resolution bandwidth of the
303. hich consists of R1888 R1914 and when Q1885 is on P1887 When the INPUT BUFFER is switched on the output of U1002A goes low This turns Q1885 off and removes R1887 as part of the collector load thus increasing the gain of the 10 kHz or 30 kHz amplifiers to offset the 8 dB loss through the front end attenuators Log Lin Amplifier 47 This circuit provides an 80 dB dynamic window for the 10 dB Div display 16 dB window for the 2 dB Div display or a linear display for Lin mode It consists of an input amplifier and four similar amplifier stages that provide linear or logarithmic gain characteristics The non linear or log gain characteristic for the 10 dB Div or 2 dB Div mode is produced by a gain shaping transistor diode array consisting of transistor diode pairs connected across the Input resistance to the current summing point of an operational amplifier As the signal level increases the gain shaping array decreases the amplifier gain at an exponential rate In addition to the gain shaping network the gain of the first three stages in the LIN or 2 dB Div mode can be increased in 20 dB increments by switching a FET transistor on to shunt the input resistance of the operational amplifier with a 20 dB gain setting resistance The first non linear amplifier stage is an operational amplifier consisting of U1090E and Q01115 with a gain shaping network across the input resistance R1076 R1090B to the current summing point of the
304. hin 5 of the rate selected Triggering Provides two triggering sources INT internal and LINE in addition to a FREE RUN position When INT is selected ac coupled signal components from the mainframe Trigger Source left or right vertical amplifiers are used When LINE is selected ac coupled sample of mainframe line voltage is used Three triggering modes are NORM normal SGL SWP READY single sweep and MNL SWEEP manual sweep Trigger level is 21 0 div of internal signal for both NORM and SGL SWP modes over the approximate frequency range of 30 Hz to 500 kHz Output Connectors Video Out Front panel pin jack connector supplies the video vertical output signal at an amplitude of 50 mV div 5 about the crt vertical center with source impedance of 1 ko Horiz Out front panel pin jack connector supplies horizontal output signal negative going sawtooth that varies from 0 0 V dc to approximately 6 V dc with a source impedance of 5 ko Calibrator Front panel BNC connector supplies a calibrated 500 kHz squarewave output signal derived from the analyzer s time base Output amplitude is within 0 15 dB of 40 dBV into impedance of the plug in module Environmental Characteristics The 7L5 Spectrum Analyzer will meet the foregoing electrical characteristics within the environmental limits of a 7000 Series oscilloscope Complete details on environmental test procedures including failure criteria etc can b
305. hold or Save A the tuning to coarse and switches the Input Buffer off Frequency Span and Readout This circuit provides row nd column current for the frequency span and time division readout that appears in the lower right section of the crt screen Data from the FREQUENGY SPAN and TI ME DIV photo optic selectors plus logic data from Zero Span and MNL swp is fed to ROM U800 The output of the ROM is column current for the Freq Span kHz or Time Div s ms us readout U790 selects its input data from the FREQUENGY SPAN DIV switch for all span positions When it is set to 0 Hz the data comes from the TIME DIV selector The control line for this device is the B input pin 4 When this line is low the X inputs are gated through and when the line is high Zero Span line high the device gates the Y inputs through The output at Z3 is or Xs The BCD data out of U790 is decoded by U795 Its output drives the W word inputs to U800 The ROM U800 provides column current for the lower right of the mainframe readout character matrix Row current for the respective time slot TS comes from resistor matrix R814 R818 R820 R822 A ROM in U830 Diagram 8 supplies the column current for the dot frequency readout 2 13 TM 11 6625 2759 1 4 amp P Tune Reference N Loops 9 10 The and oscillators are frequency swept during trace time and locked to center frequency during retrace time The lock frequency depends on
306. ibration should be performed at a temperature equal to the ambient operating temperature that is normally within 200 C to 300 C after a warmup period with power on of at least 10 minutes to allow the instrument to stabilize 1 Check the front panel controls and selectors for smooth operation and proper indexing 2 Remove the 7L5 from the mainframe and reconnect it to the mainframe interface through the flexible plug in extender cables Connect the 7L5 to the center two compartments if a four hole mainframe is used Remove the four screws that hold the IF module assembly in place see Fig 4 1D This will allow the assembly to swing out and down for access to internal adjustments 3 Turn the power ON and allow the instrument circuits to stabilize before making any adjustments NOTE Fig 4 1 is a series of four photographs that show the location of the major circuit boards and assemblies that are referred to in this procedure TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P REFERENCE OSCILLATOR CALIBRATOR LATOOAHB LO LOCE Ta TA A OSCILLATOR CRT TUNE REFERENCE ATOGA3 EEE TT A B OSCILLATOR CONTROL BAD LA100A71 B OSCILLATOR CET BAD LATHE TUNE REFERENCE N LA HONEYCOMB SIDE OF THE REFERENCE MODULE 2nd LO BAD 1000480 10 7 MAE INPUT FILTER A1000A2 and MIXER A 71000471 10 7 iF AMPL A 1000A4 250
307. ical field operating conditions This time includes preparation time troubleshooting time and quality assurance quality control time in addition to the time required to perform the specific tasks identified for the maintenance functions authorized in the maintenance allocation chart Subcolumns of column 4 are as follows C Operator Crew O Organizational F Direct Support H General Support D Depot e Column 5 Tools and Equipment Column 5 specifies by code those tool sets not individual tools and special tools test and support equipment required to perform the designated function f Column 6 Remarks Column 6 contains an alphabetic code which leads to the remark in section IV Remarks which is pertinent to the item opposite the particular code C 2 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P C 4 Tool and Test Equipment Requirements Sec III a Tool or Test Equipment Reference Code The numbers in this column coincide with the numbers used in the tools and equipment column of the MAC The numbers indicate the applicable tool or test equipment for the maintenance functions b Maintenance Category The codes in this column indicate the maintenance category allocated the tool or test equipment c Nomenclature This column lists the noun name and nomenclature of the tools and test equip ment required to perform the maintenance functions Stock Number This column lists the National NATO stoc
308. ilt in micro processing circuits decode control settings process frequency and reference level information and optimize sweep time and resolution for the selected frequency span The 7L5 with 80 dB or more of spurious free dynamic range provides the ability to measure wide relative amplitudes Nanovolt sensitivity provides very low level signal and noise measurements The 7L5 display is fully calibrated in dBm dBV or volts div The reference level can be accurately set to 1 dB increments A front panel input buffer control increases front end immunity to intermodulation distortion while maintaining a constant reference level To accommodate a wide variety of impedance sources the 7L5 uses quick disconnect plug in input impedance modules of 50 75 600 1 Mco 28 pF and customized units to meet special requirements Digital storage allows 7000 Series mainframe with crt readout to present clean easy to photograph displays smooth integrated display provides an accurate analysis of most displays Two complete displays can be held in memory for comparison Two modes select either the conventional peak display or a digitally averaged display ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS The following electrical characteristics apply when the 7L5 Spectrum Analyzer in combination with Plug In Module are normally installed in 7000 Series oscilloscope and after warm up of ten minutes or more Frequency Characteristics Range
309. inframe at the slower sweep speeds below 10 ms div At faster speeds the input line is high and pin 13 is grounded so U585C is biased off to remove intensity limiting In manual mode or when operating with spans other than 0 Hz the low state into U595D turns U585C on to provide intensity limiting Intensity limiting is therefore provided for manual sweep operation sweep rates below 10 ms div and 0 Hz span operation Multiplexer U665 selects the attenuation ratio for the 10 4 volt sweep ramp through resistor pack R660 The attenuation address in at B and of U665 determines the attenuation The sweep out of U665 is then fed through multiplexer U670 to one of four output lines Three of these 1A 1 B and 2 drive the A and B oscillators which establish the frequency span The fourth line Is for optional use if desired the address within the IC symbols indicate the sweep ramp path through R660 and U670 For example when the Input address to U685 Is 110 pin 2 of U865 is connected to the output The sweep Is attenuated through R660 by the combination of the 4 00 k and 1 33 k resistors and 2 3 show the Input and output data for ROM U650 and multiplexers U665 and U670 Table 2 2 shows the Data Out of U650 with the corresponding sweep TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P output line For example with FREQUENCY SPAN DIV of 50 kHz input lines and to U670 are low Address 00 into U670 switches the sweep output of U665 to pin
310. ing the IF signal from the 1st mixer Signal loss through the 1st mixer is about 9 dB The IF output of 10 7 MHz passes through an input and 30 kHz filter to Improve flatness then 30 kHz crystal filter shapes the response to the band pass characteristics of the Instrument 40 dBm signal Is required at this point for full screen deflection Signal level is increased 20 dB by the 10 7 MHz IF amplifier it is then fed through the 300 kHz bandpass filter to the 2nd mixer The 2nd LO frequency of 10 450 MHz mixing with 10 7 MHz produces an IF of 250 kHz which is fed through 500 kHz lowpass filter to the 250 kHz amplifier The loss through the 350 kHz and 500 kHz filters plus the 2nd mixer is about 10 dB thus a 30 dBm signal level is required at the input of the 250 kHz amplifier to obtain full screen deflection The 2nd LO frequency is controlled by phase lock loop which uses 50 kHz and 100 kHz submultiples of a master 10 MHz crystal controlled oscillator to drive 500 kHz and 100 kHz reference frequencies The gain of the 250 kHz IF amplifier is controlled by the decoded output from the reference level counter The reference level counter in turn is controlled by the front panel REFERENCE LEVEL control Gain of the amplifier is adjustable in 1 2 4 8 and two 16 dB steps The attenuators in the plug in module are 4 dB 8 dB and 32 dB Combinations of attenuators and IF gain are selected by the reference level counter and provide
311. instrument and provide readout data to the circuit The RESOLUTION selector has a COUPLED position where a ROM determines the optimum resolution for the selected FREQUENCY SPAN DIV In the manual positions of the RESOLUTION and TIME DIV selectors the uncal comparator monitors the sweep rate versus resolution bandwidth and Frequency Span Div setting It lights an UNCAL indicator when the display is not calibrated At the same time a gt symbol precedes the Reference Level readout to indicate that the readout is not calibrated Frequency Reference The center frequency of th span is programmed into N counters which are part of a frequency and phase lock synthesizer loop Two of these N control loops set and lock the frequency of two secondary A amp B oscillators which are part of a third loop that controls the ist LO frequency The 1st LO center frequency therefore is dependent on the programmed data in the N counters The frequency span of the 1st LO depends on the ramp amplitude out of the sweep attenuator circuits During retrace time the secondary oscillators are locked to the center frequency During lock the sweep reduces to a voltage of Zero 2 3 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P The time shared dot position is therefore derived from an equivalent sweep voltage of zero Frequency of the dot position is displayed by the crt readout Accurate frequency measurements can be performed by tuning any desired segment of the display
312. is controlled by N loops The value N is determined by the DOT frequency control This control tunes the A oscillator in 100 kHz increments and the B oscillator in 10 kHz steps 100 kHz and 10 kHz increments originate from the 10 MHz master oscillator The frequency of the B oscillator is divided down by 40 so the frequency into the comparator steps in 250 Hz increments If the DOT frequency is 0 Hz the frequencies of the A and B oscillator are 11 1 MHz and 16 0 MHz The input to the phase lock comparator Af A detector from the 40 source is 400 kHz 16 MHz 40 The difference frequency out of the A oscillator and the 1st LO mixer must also be 400 kHz for the system to lock Since the A and B oscillators are referenced to the same reference 10 MHz master oscillator the 1st LO is locked to 10 7 MHz 11 1 MHz 400 kHz Frequency changes to either or B oscillators require change in the value of N that is loaded into up down counters for the respective control loops The DOT FREQUENCY will tune either the oscillator in 10 kHz steps or the oscillator in 100 kHz steps The frequency of the 1st LO and the dot can therefore be tuned in 250 Hz or 100 kHz steps depending on which latch is enabled more detailed block diagram of the Frequency Reference circuit is provided by the Sweep Control and Frequency Reference Block Diagram 1 in the Diagrams section T The 10 MHz of the crystal oscillator or Master Oscill
313. k number of the specific tool or test equipment e Tool Number This column lists the manufacturer s part number of the tool followed by the Federal Supply Code for manufacturers 5 digit in parentheses C 5 Remarks Sec IV a Reference Code This code refers to the appropriate item in section Il column 6 b Remarks This column provides the required explanatory information necessary to clarify items appearing in section Il 1 Group number 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 Section Il MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART SPECTRUM ANALYZER PL 1391 U 2 Component assembly SPECTRUM ANALYZER PL 1391 U FRONT PANEL F MODULE ASSEMBLY DIGITAL AVERAGING CIRCUIT BOARD DIGITAL STORAGE CIRCUIT BOARD SWEEP BOARD R F MODULE TRANSVERSE INTERFACE CIRCUIT BOARD Maint function FOR 3 Inspect Service Test Repair Overhaul zi oo Repair Repair Repair Repair Repair Repair Repair 2 0 1 0 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 Maint categor 2 0 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P 5 6 Tool equipment Remarks Visual 10 1 thru 8 9 9 9 9 C 3 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P SECTION Ill TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECTRUM ANALYZER PL 1391 U MAINTENANCE TOOL CATEGORY NOMENCLATURE NATIONAL NATO NUMBER STOCK NUMBER OSCILLOSCOPE AN IUM 281C 6625 00 106 9622 PLUG AMPLIFIER AM 6880 6625 00 185 7817 SIGNAL GENERATOR SG 1128 6625 00 50 7590 COMNTER ELECT
314. l Section 1 General Information Contains the instrument description and specification Section 2 Circuit Description Provides basic and general circuit theory This information may be useful when servicing or operating the instrument Section 3 Performance Check Procedure to verify that the instrument is performing within its specified limits Section 4 Calibration Procedure Test equipment setup and adjustment procedures required to calibrate the instrument Section 5 Maintenance Describes routine and corrective maintenance procedures with detailed instructions for replacing assemblies sub assemblies or individual components An exploded drawing is part of Section 9 Troubleshooting procedures plus general information that may aid in servicing the instrument are also provided Section 6 Options Information Describes options to the instrument or directs the reader to where the options are documented Section 7 Replaceable Electrical Parts Provides information necessary to order replaceable parts and assemblies TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Section 8 Diagrams Functional block diagrams and detailed circuit schematics are provided Located adjacent to the diagram usually on the back of the preceding diagram are pictorial layout drawings that show subassembly and component locations Integrated circuit diagrams waveforms and voltage data for troubleshooting or circuit analysis are also provided adjacent to or on th
315. l allow the IF Module assembly to swing out and down Fig 5 66 d Turn the instrument on its side Disconnect the return spring for the 7L5 pull to release knob located on the underside of the instrument Fig 5 6B e Use the Allen wrench to loosen the set screw that holds the bottom hinge of the IF Module assembly to the front panel extrusion Fig 5 6B f Remove the front panel by pulling it away from the other assemblies with slight wobbling motion to loosen the connectors When the board connectors are free unplug the coaxial connector from the rear of the CALIBRATOR connector 2 Removing the IF Module Assembly Variable Resolution 250 kHz IF Log Lin Amplifier etc a Repeat the procedure in steps la through 1e b Unplug the ribbon connector at the IF Module mother board and the three coaxial connectors near the rear hinge Fig 5 60 Remove the rear hinge screw c Carefully slip the assembly out and back to free the front hinge pin from the front panel extrusion then remove the assembly 3 Removing the Digital Averaging and Digital Storage Circuit Boards a Repeat the procedure for steps la through 1c b Remove the three screws through the Digital Averaging and Digital Storage boards Fig 5 60 c Carefully lift the Digital Averaging board out as far as its ribbon cable will permit then remove the Digital Storage board by lifting it straight off its interconnecting pins d Unplug the m
316. l amplifier unit compartment 1 Plug the 715 through extender cables into the center two compartments of the mainframe a vertical amplifier unit e g 7A16 in the left vertical compartment and a counter e g 7D14 In the right horizontal compartment 2 Connect the CALIBRATOR output to the Input of the vertical amplifier Set the vertical sensitivity to 10 mV Div Input coupling to ac and bandwidth to 20 MHz or less to reduce noise above 500 kHz 3 Switch the mainframe Vertical Mode to Alt or Chop Horizontal Mode to Chop and B Trigger Source to Left Vertical 4 Set the counter Input selector to Trig Source and the Measurement Interval to 10 s 5 After 5 minute warmup period check the calibrator frequency Frequency should measure 500 kHz 1 Hz 499 999 to 500 001 Ee P wre l 5052 Input Le Ti bb AUT 8892 Hi 2 Input MHz Crystal meum 10 Frequency Adjustment Fig 4 2 Calibration adjustment locations for the Reference Oscillator and Calibrator 4 6 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P 6 Set the crystal frequency with the adjustment illustrated in Fig 4 2 so the calibrator frequency is within specifications b mainframe Using a three plug in compartment 1 Remove the rf screen cover over the honeycomb reference module containing the reference oscillator circuit board Plug the 7L5 through extender cables into the right vertical
317. l is displayed on the crt preceding the reference level readout whenever the reference level is not calibrated VAR is not in its detent position INPUT BUFFER The active illuminated state of this pushbutton switch inserts 8 dB of signal attenuation at the input of the first mixer and adds 8 dB of vertical gain after the variable resolution filters When used it reduces intermodulation distortion caused by excessive input signal amplitude Because of its increased gain the noise figure is increased 8 dB when this switch is activated TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Tunes the dot frequency over the frequency range Selects coarse 10 kHz or fine 250 Hz incrementation for frequency control Repositions frequency dot between graticule center and left edge Vertical amplifier select pushbuttons Illuminates whenever the RESOLUTION TIME DIV and FREQUENCY SPAN DiV controls are set to mutually incompatible positions HNL DAT FREQUENfY TUNING DIGITAL STORAGE r SOLUTION FREQUEN 970 SMK Ha DISPLAY me 10441 A L om ape Attenuates input signal Can reduce IM distortion caused by excessive input amplitude Trigger Mode select push buttons See Section 2 for explanation Variable reference level adjustment 0 8 dB Two position reference level adjust Used to set the relative amplitude of input signal with re
318. lified by U1050A U1050B and applied to operational amplifier U2210 The amplifier U2210 allows only negative swing at the output therefore this stage establishes the display baseline The level of the signal above the baseline is set by Volts Div Cal R2205 which is set so a 10 dB change at the input of the Log amplifier produces 1 volt of change at the output of U2210 02225 is switched off to provide the X5 gain required for the 2 dB Div mode so the output of U2210 is 1 volt change for 2 dB change at the input The baseline for the LIN mode is set with R2235 The baseline for the two log modes is then set with R2215 and R2225 The Vertical Out signal of U2210 is applied through the front panel to the vertical display processing circuits and to amplifiers U2205A U2205B These amplifiers provide the Video signal to the front panel VIDEO OUT jack and the internal triggering circuits of the mainframe DISPLAY PROCESSING This portion of the description deals with Horizontal and Vertical Display Processing the Average Calculator Digital Storage and Z Axis Logic and Dot Switching Diagrams 19 20 21 and 22 Before reading this portion review the display processing block diagram description Horizontal and Vertical Display Processing 49 This circuit processes the vertical and horizontal data from either the digital storage circuit or the vertical out signal from the video output amplifier and the sweep ramp from the sweep
319. llator output frequency is transformer coupled through T2048 to push pull amplifier 02060 and Q2065 The amplifier drives T2060 to provide single ended output for the plug in module and the feedback through P2060 to the mixer U225 Voltage regulator U2035 provides 5 1 V to the oscillator and the reference voltage for operational amplifier U2030B Reference Level Readout and Timeslot 11 2 Reference level dynamic range display mode and crt readout of the amplitude characteristics are controlled by TEKTRONIX IC U2235 The REFERENCE LEVEL control outputs two bit word to the control IG The IC outputs a decoded word to ROM which programs the signal attenuation through the plug in module and establishes the gain for the IF video and amplifier stages in the 7L5 Front panel pushbuttons activate the vertical control IC U2235 and changes the output address data to the gain ROM U2265 to establish display mode and dynamic range Column current for the reference level readout is supplied by the IC U2235 The row and column current circuitry for the top left and bottom left crt readout is shown in Diagram 12 The two bit word output of the REFERENCE LEVEL control drives the X Y inputs to U2235 The IC decodes the direction and quantitization information from the word input and the decoded word drives the up down counter that outputs an 8 bit BCD word to the ROM U2265 The counter output is summed in an adder which drives a read
320. low 130 dBm Thorough verification of this specification would take several days procedure to check the full frequency range to 110 dBm and to spot check 100 kHz of the total frequency range to 130 dBm is given in the following steps The 100 kHz frequency range chosen is 300 through 400 kHz The procedure can also be used to spot check any 200 kHz span within the 0 5 MHz capability of the instrument a Terminate the input connector with resistive load that equals the characteristic input impedance of the plug in module Set the 7L5 front panel controls as follows DOT FREQUENCY 500 00 kHz RESOLUTION 300 Hz FREQUENGY SPAN DIV 100 kHz TIME DIV AUTO LOG 10 dB DIV On REFERENCE LEVEL 70 dBm INPUT BUFFER Off BASELINE CLIPPER max cw DIGITAL STORAGE DISPLAY A B SAVE Off MAX HOLD Off b Press the SGL SWP pushbutton twice to initiate a sweep Additional sweeps are initialiated each time the SGL SWP pushbutton is pressed Observe the display for spurious response spurs Verify that except for the O Hz response the amplitude of any observed spur is 110 dBm 40 dB below 70 dBm c Sequentially reset the DOT FREQUENCY control to 1500 00 kHz 2500 00 kHz 3500 00 kHz and 4500 00 kHz and repeat step b at each frequency setting d Set the DOT FREQUENCY control to 305 00 kHz the RESOLUTION to 30 Hz and the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to 1 kHz e With TRIGGER SOURCE in FREE RUN select the SGL S
321. ltivibrator U4160A The 0 output at pin 6 then parallel loads the accumulated numerator data into 8 bit shift registers U4140 U4030 U4025 These three registers provide 24 bit capacity The Q output of U4160A also loads the accumulated word count into the denominator shift registers U4020 U4015 At the termination of the pulse out of U4160A the positive excursion from Q triggers a second one shot multivibrator U4160B The output of this one shot resets the latches 04145 04150 and counters 04135 04130 04125 04120 in the numerator and denominator accumulator circuits The Q output clears the denominator register U4100 in the divide circuit At the beginning of Start Divide the data in the counters is loaded into shift registers As soon as one shot U4160A times out the latches and counters are reset They are now ready to start accumulating new data while the old data in the numerator accumulator is divided by the accumulated word count in the denominator When 04100 is cleared pin 13 goes low This switches the multiplexer U4115 to the A inputs 14 24 4 free running to 3 5 MHz oscillator U4080B provides a justify left clock signal The clock shifts the accumulated word count in the numerator denominator registers to the left right on the diagram until the MSB of the denominator or 1 arrives at pin 13 of U4100 A high at the select input to multiplexer U4115 switches the fast clock off and 20 pin 7 o
322. m memory if Max Hold is enabled or data from U4055B is then gated through U4075D onto the Math line Operation of this detector is the same as the peak or average detector described previously Digital Storage 01 The description for this circuit is grouped into the following main sub sections derivation of the conversion clock pulses vertical acquisition horizontal acquisition memory vertical display and horizontal display The digital storage circuit digitizes vertical and horizontal analog signals writes the information at horizontal address in memory then at different rate reads data from memory and converts this back to analog information for the display processing circuit A display control circuit selects the sequence of display The first two sweeps consist of data from memory the third the cursor TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P TABLE 2 7 DIVISION PROCESS FOR 25 5 IN AVERAGE CALCULATOR I i After 11001 has been justified left U4025 U4000 U4105 Qo Qo Qo Qo Qo Qo Q Qs Qs Q Qs 0 00 0 0 1 of oi 0 0 1 pd X3 1 S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 CARRY Numerator A 1 f 1 1 1 1 1 Quotient U4110B U4100 Denominator B 0 0 0 1 em U4005 U4010 Summation 2 v 11 01011 1404 01 1 shift 7 qute v A V x VoM Numerator 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 Denominator B 000 0 1 0 1 gt Summation 2 1 1 0 0 1 O O 1 1 Numerator A 0 1 1 O
323. mark can be generated at time marks can be generated a time simultaneously 181 TG 501 Marker outputs 5 sec to 1 ns Sinewave 181 Marker outputs 1 10 100 1000 and 10 000 available at 5 2 and 1 ns S plus 10 ns sinewave 184 TG 501 Marker outputs 5 sec to 1 ns Sinewave 184 Marker outputs 5 sec to 2 ns Sinewave available at 5 2 and 1 ns Trigger output available at 50 20 10 5 and 2 ns slaved to marker output from 5 sec through Separate trigger pulses of 1 and 1 sec 10 100 ns One time mark can be generated at 1 1 ms 10 and 1 us Marker amplifier time provides positive or negative time marks of 25 V min Marker intervals of 1 and 1 ms 10and 1 us 2901 TG 501 Marker outputs 5 sec to 1 ns 2901 Marker outputs 5 sec to 0 1 us Sinewave available at 5 2 and 1 Sinewave available to 50 10 and 5 ns Trigger output slaved to ns Separate trigger pulses from 5 marker output from 5 sec through sec to 0 1 us Multiple time marks 100 ns One time mark can be ca be generated simultaneously generated at a time NOTE All TM 500 generator outputs are short proof All TM 500 plug in Instruments require TM 500 Serles Power Module REV A OCT 1975 4 19 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P SECTION 5 MAINTENANCE Introduction This section describes procedures for reducing or preventing instrument malfunction plus troubleshooting and corrective maintenance Preventive maintenance proves instrument reliability Should
324. n 0 25 dB of the reference point established in step e g Check the Reference Level accuracy for the remaining range by following the settings listed in 3 3 and noting the error TABLE 3 3 Reference Level External Attenuation Allowable Limits dBm dB dB 41 14 0 25 51 24 0 50 61 34 0 75 71 44 1 00 81 54 1 25 91 64 1 50 101 74 1 75 111 84 2 00 121 94 2 25 LIN Accuracy g Set the external attenuator to 0 dB Select the LIN pushbutton and adjust the REFERENCE LEVEL control for a crt readout of 10 mV h Set the external attenuator and the REFERENCE LEVEL control to the positions listed in Check that the measured signal amplitudes are in accordance with those listed in Table 3 4 3 11 TABLE 3 4 Reference Signal Attenuator Voltage Level Amplitude Setting dB Input Volts DIV Div s 5 0 10 mV i 5 20 1mV 0 2 mV 5 40 100 uV 20 nV 5 60 10uV 2pv 5 80 1 0 pV 200 nV 5 5 Input Buffer Operational check only a Apply the CALIBRATOR signal to the INPUT on the plug in module Set the 7L5 front panel controls as follows DOT FREQUENCY 500 00 kHz RESOLUTION 3 kHz FREQUENCY SPAN DIV 1 kHz TIME DIV AUTO INPUT BUFFER Off LOG 2 dB DIV On b Establish signal amplitude of 7 divisions with the REFERENCE LEVEL control c Switch the INPUT BUFFER on and verify that the display amplitude does not change more than 1 dB 05 div
325. n 8 bit serial word representing the average vertical value for that particular address The output is applied to gating circuits and gated to the Math line for the storage circuits The peak detector consists of a multiplexer circuit U4060A U4075A B C and gates U4065A through C The circuit detects and selects the peak value from two data lines either data on the Data Out line or data that is contained in an 8 bit register U4070A depending which is the higher The selected data is then gated back into the register for the next comparison and to another multiplexer U4050B U4055A U4110A that selects the peak or average data value from the averaging circuit The peak or average is selected by the setting of the Peak Average cursor The output signal goes to Digital Storage circuit on the Math Out line Write Cycle sets flip flop U4060A to enable U4075C Data will now pass through into U4070A for one cycle This establishes an initial data value in register U4070A for comparison with new data so the peak can be selected At the end of Write Cycle the positive 1 us EOC pulse clears both flip flops and Q goes high This high enables U4075A and U4075C so data in shift register U4070A and data on the Data Out line can be compared The high bit sets either U4060A or U4060B and inhibits the least word from passing into register U4070A At the end of the word the flip flops U4060A U4060B are preset by EOC and the stored word in U4070A is a
326. n back of Diagram A1000A5 250 kHz Amplifier component location shown on back of Diagram A3000 Transverse Vertical Interface component location shown on back of Diagram 24 7L5 Unused connectors shown on these Giegrarma are rectory test points or Dptions that may be used for future 53555 EEFE Input putren uren 25 as ey PN az ane lt _ gt eo mi gt lt RI has X iro n TRANSV VERT ant SIS SIAL FRONT FANE ES M eean ean 52 me 93 e 2 SERI Plo 122 30 LER pee iere i zu purum 75 uzzzo av sev E mn preso qareon ages i or M99 52 ate i ad gres 1 o md t ish vegrer zan taanere counven ww 5 san wd E 1 1 ue m we A aid so gt commen wron v i w SESE gt ap
327. n on viene 3 2 2 Dot Frequency Range and Accuracy 3 2 9 Display Flatnes saa 4 Frequency Span Accuracy amp 3 4 5 Sweep Rate Accuracy n ns 3 5 6 Intermodulation 3 6 7 Display Frequency Stability CALIBRATION PROCEDURE Complete or Partial Calibration eene 4 1 History Information trennen 4 1 ecce Ea deri cecidi tie eei 4 1 Equipment Required u Short Form Procedure and Record I 4 2 Preliminary Procedure vors vnnnvennvennrnsnrnnnrnnrennrennrennnennnrsvnrsvennvennnennne 4 3 1 Check Adjust the Reference Oscillator Frequency 4 6 2 Check Adjust the Calibrator Output Level TM 11 6625 27S9 14 amp P Page 3 Frequency Span Div Calibration 4 SWEEP TIMING E 4 9 5 1st LO and 1st LO Phase Lock Calibration a 4 10 6 Function IF Calibration sss 4171 7 Calibrate the 250 kHz 2nd Mixer and 10 7 MHz Input Filter 8 Variable Resolution Calibration 4
328. n your order Part number instrument type or number serial number and modification number If applicable If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new or improved part your local Tektronix Inc Field Office or representative will contact you concerning any change in part number Change information if any is located at the rear of this manual SPECIAL NOTES AND SYMBOLS XOOO Part first added at this serial number OOX Part removed after this serial number FIGURE AND INDEX NUMBERS Items in this section are referenced by figure and index numbers to the Illustrations INDENTATION SYSTEM This mechanical parts list Is indented to indicate item relationships Following is an example of the indentation System used In the description column 12345 Name amp Description Assembly and or Component Attaching parts for Assembly and or Component Detail Part of Assembly and or Component Attaching parts for Detail Part Parts of Detail Part Attaching parts for Parts of Detail Part Attaching Parts always appear in the same indentation as the Item it mounts while the detail parts are indented to the right Indented items are part of and included with the next higher indentation The separation symbol indicates the end of attaching parts Attaching parts must be purchased separately unless otherwise specified ITEM NAME In the Parts List an Item Name is separated from the description by colon Because of space limit
329. nce must match the input impedance of the L series plug in module i Minimum amplitude _ at 3 2 V level Eel Spectrum Display Fig 4 11 Typical response at pin PB when adjusting Sweep Offset and Gain Q 4 11 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P b Connect the Input of a vertical amplifier plug in unit e g 7A18 through a 10X probe to pin 6 of U22100n the Vertical Control board and Diagram 18 c Set the Volts Div vertical sensitivity of the amplifier unit to 1 V the Input Coupling to dc and the 7000 Series mainframe Vertical Mode and Trigger Source switches to display the output of the vertical amplifier unit d Setthe DOT FREQUENCY to 500 00 kHz the RESOLUTION to 30 k the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to 0 and the Display Mode to 10 dB DIV Adjust the REFERENCE LEVEL and VAR controls to set the voltage at pin 6 of U2210 at a graticule reference line NOTE Reference level should be 30 dBm or more to minimize noise e While switching the step attenuator In 10 dB steps to change the input signal level 10 dB adjust Volts Div Cal R2205 for a corresponding 1 0 V change at pin 6 per 10 dB change of signal level Return the step attenuator to 0 dB f Select the LIN mode with a reference level of 1 mV Div or higher disconnect the CALIBRATOR signal from the INPUT and adjust Baseline Offset R2235 for 0 volt at pin 6 of U2210 Position this 0 V reference level at the top graticule line wi
330. ncy determining component such as Varactor diode CR122 has been replaced or the marker dot cannot be centered with adjustment R655 the following procedure should be used 1 Adjust R655 Fig 4 8 V at pin RJ then add or remove jumpers P122 and or P124 Tektronix Part No 131 1493 00 so the DOT is close to but not to the right of center screen high frequency side 2 Now adjust R655 to center the marker dot on the crt graticule e Set the DOT FREQUENCY to 00 00 kHz and connect the DVM to pin MH A Memory of the A and B Oscillator Control Eig 4 6 Note the voltage f Change the DOT FREQUENCY to 4999 75 kHz and note the new voltage reading g Adjust the A Memory Gain with R345 until the voltage difference between step e and f is 16 6 to 16 volts NOTE The following step is usually necessary only if some frequency determining component such as diode CR260 has been replaced TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P Fig 4 8 Location of A amp B Oscillator frequency determining jumpers h Set the DOT FREQUENCY to 50 00 kHz then check the voltage at pin ND of the A and B Oscillator Control Fig 4 6 If the voltage is more than 1 5 V remove or add jumpers P260 and P262 Fig 4 8 to decrease the voltage below 1 5 V i Set the DOT FREQUENCY to 99 75 kHz Measure the voltage at pin ND of the A and B Oscillator Control assembly Fig 4 6 Note this voltage j Change the DOT FREQUENCY to 100 00 kHz Me
331. nerator 7L5 Option 28 Readout 7L5 Option 30 Option 21 25 7L5 Option 31 Option 21 28 7L5 Option 32 Option 25 28 7L5 Option 33 Options 21 25 28 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P SECTION 2 INSTALLATION Initial Inspection This instrument was inspected both mechanically and electrically before shipment It should be free of mars or scratches and electrically meet or exceed all specifications Inspect the instrument for physical damage and check the electrical performance by the Operational Check procedure provided within these instructions This procedure will verify that the instrument is operating correctly and it will satisfy most receiving or incoming inspection requirements If all instrument specifications are to be verified refer to the Service Instructions for the 7L5 If there is physical damage or performance deficiency contact your local Tektronix Field Office or representative Installation To install the 7L5 align the upper and lower guide rails with those in the receiving compartments of the mainframe Slide the instrument along the rails into the mainframe When the electrical connectors at the rear of the 7L5 make contact apply firm steady pressure to the front panel until the rear connectors are engaged and the front panel is approximately flush with the oscilloscope front panel To remove the 7L5 pull the release latch labeled 7L5 at the lower left of the front panel and remove the instrument RE
332. nix Part No 175 1667 00 119 0499 00 158 0102 00 158 0094 02 Serial Model No Eff Dscont Name amp Description CABLE ASSY ELEG OSCILIATOR RF 10 MHZ XTAL UNIT QTZ 10 45 MHZ 0 002 XTAL UNIT SET 4 MATCHED 7 40 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Mfr Code 80009 27802 80009 80009 Mfr Part Number 175 1667 00 CO 232T 158 0102 00 158 0094 02 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Tektronix Serial Model No Mfr Ckt No Part No Eff Dscont Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number VR3004 152 0508 00 SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER 0 4W 12 6V 5 80009 152 0508 00 VR4575 152 0166 00 SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER 0 4W 6 2V 5 81483 69 9035 VR4600 152 0280 00 SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER 0 4W 6 2V 5 80009 152 0280 00 VR4636 152 0278 00 SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER 0 4W 3V 5 07910 1N4372A VR4646 152 0149 00 SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER 0 4W 10V 5 04713 1N961B W200 175 1670 00 CABLE ASSY ELEC 80009 175 1670 00 W230 175 1675 00 CA ASSY SP ELEC 50 OHM COAX 7 75 INCH LONG 80009 175 1675 00 W380 175 1672 00 CABLE ASSY ELEC 80009 175 1672 00 W385 175 1674 00 CABLE ASSY ELEC 80009 175 1674 00 W390 175 1673 00 CABLE ASSY ELEC 80009 175 1673 00 W1040 175 1669 00 CA ASSY SP ELEC 10 7 MHZ OSC BUFFER80009 175 1669 00 W1500 175 1666 00 CA ASSY SP ELEC 2ND LO TO REFOSC 80009 175 1668 00 W1505 175 1667 00 CA ASSY SP ELEC 2ND LO TO REFOSC 80009 175 1667 00 Y390 119 0499 00 OSCILLATOR RF 10 MHZ 27802 232 Y1504 158 0102 00 XTAL UNI
333. nt so the replacement will not be damaged b Use only good components for substitution Turn the power off before a component is substituted and maintain a static free environment see CAUTION under IC Checks Figure 5 3 Diode Polarity markings Plastic Cased Transistors eec TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P Leadless in line IC integrated Circuits Fig 5 4 Electrode configuration for semiconductor components Be sure the component transistor or IC is insert properly in the socket see or the manufacture data sheet e After the operational check return the good components to their original sockets to reduce calibration time and run in period NOTE If a substitute is not available check the transistor with a dynamic tester such as the Tektronix Type 576 Curve Tracer or 5CTIN Curve Tracer for the 5000 Series mainframe Static type testers such as an ohmmeter can be used to check the resistance ratio across some semiconductor junctions if no other method is available Use the high resistance ranges R X 1 k or higher so the external test current is limited to less than 6 mA If uncertain measure the external test current with an ammeter Resistance ratios across base to emitter or base to collector junctions usually run 100 1 or higher The ratio is measured by connecting the meter leads across the terminals noting the reading then reversing the leads and noting the s
334. nter DC501 DC502 TM500 Series Time Mark Generator Stable Signal Generator Outputs 1 s to 1 us accuracy 0 00196 Range 400 kHz 5 MHz short term stability TG501 TM500 Series Hewlett Packard 8640B 1 part in 10 500 Step Attenuator Two 10X 20 dB Attenuators 1 and 10 dB steps range 1 79 dB accuracy 0 1 dB 0 5 dB BNC connectors 50 Q for L1 Plug In Module Tektronix 2701 Tektronix Part No 011 0059 02 1 Sweep Triggering a Connect the test setup pe b On the mainframe oscilloscope select the Left Vertical Mode and the Left Vertical Trigger Source c On the 7L5 set the Digital Storage to off FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to 0 and select the NORM and FREE RUN triggering switches d Set the low frequency signal generator to 30 Hz at an output level of 1 5 vertical divisions on the crt graticule e Select the INT trigger source and rotate the LEVEL SLOPE control until stable triggered display of the 30 Hz signal is obtained f Set the low frequency signal generator to 500 kHz and repeat step e g Select the LINE trigger source Apply an ac voltage through 10X probe to the input of the vertical plug in amplifier e g 7A18 Verify a stable triggered display h Select the FREE RUN and SGL SWP triggering switches Verify that a sweep is initiated LOW FREQ SIG GEN TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P i Select the trigger mode MNL SWP Verify that the MN
335. ntil all of the display include the display edges remain stored at the end of sweep Turn R4585 slightly past this point to assure stability e Increase the sweep rate to 10 ms or 5 ms then adjust the Horizontal Offset with R4570 to place the stored 500 kHz marker under the frequency DOT Check accuracy by switching the DIGITAL STORAGE off and on The marker location for the non store and stored displays should be the same f Adjust the Horizontal Gain with R4625 80 the stored 4500 kHz marker is aligned with the non store marker Check the accuracy by switching the DIGITAL STORAGE off and on g Change the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to 10 k and adjust the REFERENCE LEVEL so the signal amplitude is 7 divisions Q 4 17 h Adjust the storage Vertical Gain with R4565 Fig 4 20 so the amplitude of the stored display and the n store display are the same i Switch the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to MAX and recheck to ensure that the display is not erasing at the of sweep j Turn the DIGITAL STORAGE off the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to 50 k and RESOLUTION to 30 k Switch DISPLAY A SAVE on Change the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to 20 k then switch DISPLAY B on and note that both stored displays A and B are displayed 4 18 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P Switch DISPLAY and SAVE off adjust the REFERENCE LEVEL so the signal amplitude Is approximately half screen 0 dBV m With DISPLAY B on swi
336. ntrolled current generator U4504 and comparator U4508A The converted data goes out on the Data Out line to the Average Calculator diagram where it is averaged or peak detected and comes back through U4578A into memory on the Math line Video signal into buffer amplifier U4522B produces a current through R4528 and R4529 that is proportional to the signal amplitude at pin HG This current produces a positive voltage at the input to comparator U4508A and its output switches high The successive approximator U4506 counts up until the 1MHz CLK TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P converted 8 bit word produces an output current out of D A converter U4504 equal to the current through R4528 On the 9th clock the word is loaded into the register U4506 and EOC triggers the D flip flop U4510B as described previously The converted digital word then goes out on Data Out line during the next conversion cycle Horizontal information comes in on the Sweep Horiz line pin HF as a 10 volt ramp offset between a maximum and minimum value of 10 V and 10 V depending on the dot frequency position The 10 volt sweep ramp is digitized by a continuous or ramping A D converter resistor ladder U4560 and two comparators U4564A U4564B The sweep horizontal signal comes in pin HF to a node point of two comparators offset from each other about 20 mV This sweep ramp is summed with the output from the D A converter whose output is opposite in polarity and slope I
337. o each of its positions and verify that the RESOLUTION readout characters change in accord with Table 3 2 TABLE 3 2 FREQUENCY RESOLUTION SPAN DIV control settings readout MAX 500 kHz 30 kHz 200 kHz 30 kHz 100 kHz 30 kHz 50 kHz 10 kHz 20 kHz 3 kHz 10 kHz 3 kHz 5 kHz 1 kHz 2 kHz 300 Hz 1 kHz 300 Hz 5 kHz 100 Hz 2 kHz 30 Hz 1 kHz 30 Hz 50 Hz 10 Hz 0 30 kHz Vertical Amplifier Mode Readout p Select the 10 dB DIV pushbutton switch and verify that the readout characters for the vertical amplifier mode indicate 10 dB Readout characters for the vertical amplifier mode are located near the lower edge of the crt and for the log positions can be identified by the suffix symbol q Select the 2 dB DIV mode and verify that the readout characters indicate 2 dB r Push the LIN pushbutton and verify an absense of readout characters for vertical amplifier mode Uncalibrated Readout s Set the RESOLUTION control to COUPLED and the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV control to MAX Rotate the TIME DIV cw until the UNCAL light is illuminated Verify that a gt symbol prefixes the referenced level readout characters Rotate the TIME DIV cew until the UNCAL light is extinguished Verify that the gt symbol is no longer displayed 3 Dynamic Range 3 10 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P NOTE The full dynamic range of the Log 10 dB div and the Log 2 dB div is not measured in the following paragraphs If the log amplifiers in
338. of 10 Hz to 30 kHz in a 1 3 sequence A COUPLED position electronically selects the best compatible resolution bandwidth setting for the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV selection Selects the analyzer s sweep rate Sweep rates are 10 s div to 0 1 ms div in a 5 2 1 sequence An AUTO position electronically programs sweep rate so the display remains calibrated for the selected frequency span and resolution bandwidth settings When the display is uncalibrated because the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV RESOLUTION and TIME DIV switch settings incompatible this indicator lights and gt symbol is displayed on the crt as a prefix to the reference level readout characters 3 6 TRIGGERING LEVEL SLOPE MNL SWP DIGITAL STORAGE TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Two trigger sources Line and Internal plus Free Run mode can be selected In the Free Run mode FREE RUN button activated the sweep free runs and will not sync with any trigger signal When the LINE pushbutton is activated illuminated the sweep is triggered by the line voltage to the mainframe The INT pushbutton selects ac coupled signal components from the mainframe Trigger Source left or right vertical Three trigger modes are provided NORM normal SGL SWP READY single sweep ready and MNL SWEEP manually controlled sweep When the NORM button is activated the sweep is triggered from the source selected or if the trigger is not present the sweep automatically
339. of U2210 then adjust the 2 dB Offset with R2215 so the voltage at pin 6 for the 2 dB mode is the same as it was in the LIN mode Output level for the three display modes should match d Calibrate the 2 dB Log and Lin 20 dB 40 dB and 60 dB gain with R1065 R1115 and RI145 respectively For the L1 and L2 Plug In Modules these 20 dB gain stages are switched in at REFERENCE LEVELS of 70 to 71 dBm 20 dB gain 90 to 91 dBm 40 dB gain and 110 to 111 dBm 60 dB gain Page 4 9 Page 4 10 Page 4 11 7 Calibrate the 250 kHz IF 2nd Mixer and 10 7 MHz Input Filter With the CALIBRATOR signal applied peak L1200 L1400 C1606 C1600 and C1042 8 Variable Resolution Amplifier Calibration a With three of the four stages swamped adjust the response of each for symmetry bandwidth and amplitude Each stage is adjusted by repeating this procedure for the 1st stage 1 Adjust C1660 for symmetry 20 dB down C1684 for symmetry 2 dB down and finalize with L1680 2 Adjust the bandwidth 1 5 dB down with R1680 b After the response of all stages has been calibrated set the bandwidth for the 1 kHz to 30 Hz RESOLUTION positions with R1700 1 kHz R1702 300 Hz R1704 100 Hz and R1706 30 Hz c Set the 10 Hz bandwidth with R1708 so the bandwidth 70 dB down is 100 Hz d Calibrate and equalize the gain as follows 1 Short the input to all but one of the gain setting circuits operational amplifier and pho
340. ol or Adjustment vert CAL OUT 32042 7 Destination Diagram No E OBEN 5224104 Soldered Interconnecting Board Lead 0 Y c Typa Voltage amp Pin Out Data 4 12 ADNa d Test Voltage Coaxial Connector Refers ta Waveform Adjacent to Diagram Modified Component see EPL Shield Decoupled or Filtered Voltage Part of Board Name amp Assembly No P O SWEEP BOARD AOO Circuit Board Outline SWEEP AMPLIFIER gt COMME ER amp Numbe RF INPUT 0 5 MHz FREQUENCY CONTROL SWEEP GENERATOR z ATTENUATOR lE MODULE 7LS FT Ims ad FREQUENCY CONTROL Dap AY PROCESSI Mal 5 sr PE DISPLAY Afb A OSCILLATOR i HORIZONTAL SIG i AMPLIFIER t SIG DIGITAL i STORAGE i MAINFRAME 1 1 OSCILLATOR 10 7 15 7 MHZ VERTICAL SIG AMPLIFIER SEERE eteren __ __ __ _ _ LOG AMPL DETECTOR VIDEO AMPL VARIABLE RESOLUTION FILTER IO Hz 30 kHz 250 kHz IF AMPL 2184 58 FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM gt us vs FO 1 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P TURNON RUNT LEVEL SLOPE DOT FREQUENCY RESOLUTION FREQUENCY SPAN DIV AUTO SWEEP UNCAL AN COMPARATOR GD voc MAR TRIGGER MODE LATCHES SINGLE Swe
341. ompletes the block diagram description for the 7L5 circuitry DETAILED CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Sweep Control 3 4 G This portion of the circuit description covers the Auto Sweep Frequency Span and its Readout and Trigger circuits Diagrams 3 through 6 cover these circuits The Auto Sweep circuit sets the sweep rate according to the TIME DIV selections or if the TIME DIV selector is set to the AUTO position the circuit automatically adjusts the sweep rate as a function of the FREQUENGY SPAN DIV and RESOLUTION selector settings If the RESOLUTION is at the COUPLED position with the TIME DIV at AUTO the sweep rate and resolution are automatically computed as function of the selected frequency span to keep the display calibrated When the sweep rate is not compatible to the resolution and frequency span the circuit activates front panel UNCAL indicator The TIME DIV selector assembly outputs a 5 bit address as shown in the truth table Four bits of this address are fed to one side of four section multiplexer U525 The B inputs to the multiplexer are selected when the Select pin 1 line is high so the TIME DIV assembly output is switched through to the sweep generator circuit Diagram 6 If the AUTO position is selected U530D is enabled This pulls pin 1 of U525 low and switches the multiplexer to its A inputs sweep rate is now function of the address out of ROM U515 The output address of ROM U515 is a functi
342. on y eam voor mto cazo aco 1810 AMPL CAL Rise eno esye senk Eur Rian sere P O PLUGIN MODULE V isan es _ i T mal P REF LVL VAR lt M lt IB Pr lon an SE SLOPE 9 15 5 AL TERT PN TLS 2184 54 FO 30 me 180 6 Sv Yewmaro usao Zoos 9v misao lt Tar UI4OOD 0035 gt w irs Se oo uos soba Rasa 5 1 Rita Rass 300 oon avg 250kHz IF AMPLIFIER us rum 2 Fuet 11 625 2759 14 amp P 01670 21680 a 5 a f 01740 01730 EG EF ED EC TED LA BEE s 008888 EN 2006 E R1678 R1691 1673 a akon E R1677 ELLE sue i Sis 5 mz Whe R1688 AL RIS RN 3 TENT Ries gray d z 856 6 TP 1660 en wal 2 a dU RY A T1660 ejm TE A rn 617 17 45 BUM S E ABENDS Jr R1681 stems jer R1799 R1819 R1776 01770 mer os R1876 M gu C xu Gis E R1816 B eV xu T C1913 5 R1814 e El Era 2 S Hj o ni Te SG af 1802
343. on of the FREQUENGY SPAN DIV and RESOLUTION control settings This address is also fed to the B inputs of comparator U540 where it is compared with the TIME DIV setting If the code from the TIME DIV selector is less than the code out of ROM U515 the output of comparator U540 goes high and when inverted by U520E pulls the Uncal line low to activate the UNCAL light and generate gt symbol as prefex to the reference level readout When the RESOLUTION selector is in the COUPLED position ROM U515 selects resolution that is compatible for the frequency span selected The CMOS outputs for the FREQUENGY SPAN DIV assembly are converted to TTL by the buffers U510A D E and F to accommodate ROM U650 in the Frequency Span circuit The outputs of the TIME DIV and FREQUENCY SPAN DIV selectors are Darlington pairs which pull down to about 1 0 volt The low state is offset two junctions below ground by CR64 and CR66 through R512 to 15 V so logic low at the output is about ground potential Logic high is pulled up through resistors in resistor pack R60 The arm of the RESOLUTION switch is connected to the collector of 070 With resistor pack R60A in the circuit the transistor is saturated and ground return is furnished to the switch With the resistor pack removed the base of the transistor Is connected to the remote program line and the output is dependent on the external program Diodes CR74 through CR76 provide isolation
344. ontrols also include two special photo optic switch assemblies the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV RESOLUTION switch and the TIME DIV switch Designed especially for the 7L5 each assembly is mechanical photo electric digital switch that provides a TTL compatible five bit binary output The reliability of these switches has been demonstrated and with normal use they should last the life of the instrument Dismantling or field repair of these switches is discouraged since their proper operation requires precision alignment of their internal components If either switch assembly is damaged suspected of malfunction it should be replaced as an assembly The following describes the function of the front panel selectors for the 7L5 A layout of the front panel is shown in Fig 3 2 DOT FREQUENCY Changes the dot marker frequency in coarse 10 kHz or fine 250 Hz steps over the input frequency range of 0 Hz to 5 MHz The frequency of the dot marker is displayed on the crt readout in the upper right set of characters Dot frequency will not extend beyond the 7L5 frequency range even if the control is rotated When power is applied dot frequency starts at 0 000 FINE TUNING Selects coarse or fine incrementation for the DOT FREQUENCY control When the FINE TUNING switch is activated illuminated each rotational click of the DOT FREQUENCY control changes the dot frequency in increments of 250 Hz When the FINE TUNING switch is inactive
345. oosening accumulated dust with a dry soft brush then blow the loosened dirt away with low pressure air high velocity air can damage some components If the circuit board assemblies need cleaning remove the circuit board by referring to the instructions under Corrective Maintenance in this section Hardened dirt or grease may be removed with a cotton tipped applicator dampened with a solution of mild detergent in water Do not leave detergent on critical memory components Abrasive cleaners should not be used After cleaning allow the interior to thoroughly before applying power to the instrument CAUTION Do not allow water to get inside any enclosed assembly or components such as the photo optic switch assemblies memory capacitors potentiometers etc Instructions for removing assemblies for maintenance are provided in the Corrective Maintenance section Do not clean any plastic materials with organic cleaning solvents such as benzene toluene xylene acetone or similar compounds because they may damage the plastic Lubrication No assemblies or components in this instrument require lubrication Visual Inspection After cleaning carefully check the instrument for such defects as defective connections damaged parts and improperly seated transistors and integrated circuits The remedy for most visible defects is obvious however heat damaged parts are discovered try to determine cause of overheating before
346. op 5 kHz to 200 kHz and 500 kHz or MAX span for the oscillator loop Since the loop sensitivity of the two oscillator loops differ by factor of 100 the attenuator settings are used twice to cover the full range 50 Hz to 500 kHz of the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV When the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV is not in the MAX span position the MAX switch closes to allow a dot marker voltage to be summed in with the A oscillator control loop so the dot can be positioned along the left portion of the 5 MHz display A turn on circuit on the left side of the diagram forces a free run and normal selection of the trigger circuits a dot frequency of 000 reference level of 17 dBm and Display A Display B store modes when power is applied Readout A block diagram of the Readout circuits is shown in Along the left side are the front panel selectors The DOT FREQUENCY control drives a TEKTRONIX IC which provides the column data for the top horizontal readout location on the crt Current for the Hz and kHz readout is supplied by a resistor matrix Row data also comes from a fixed resistor matrix FROM FIXED RESISTOR MATRIX FROM FIXED RESISTOR MATRIX LIN LATCH COLUMN DATA A37 TOP HORIZONTAL ROW DATA COLUMN DATA A37 TOP RIGHT VERTICAL ROW DATA T ss FROM FIXED RESISTOR MATRIX COLUMN DATA A38 OTTOM A HORIZONTAL ROW DATA LOG LIN COLUMN DATA A38 BOTTOM RIGHT VERTICAL B38
347. ore changing an adjustment note its position so it can be returned to the original setting This will facilitate recalibration after the trouble has been located and repaired 6 Determine the extent of the repair needed if complex we recommend contacting your local Tektronix Field Office or representative If the damage is minor such as a component replacement see the Parts List for replacement information Removal and replacement procedures of the assemblies and sub assemblies are described under Corrective Maintenance CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE Corrective maintenance consists of component replacement and instrument repair Special techniques and procedures required to replace components in this instrument are described here Obtaining Replacement Parts Most electrical and mechanical parts are available through your local Tektronix Field Office or represen tative The Parts List section contains information on how to order these replacement parts Many standard electronic components can be obtained locally in less time than that required to order from Tektronix Inc Itis best to duplicate the original component as closely as possible Parts orientation and lead dress should be duplicated because orientation may affect circuit interaction If a component you have ordered has been replaced with new or improved part your local Field Office or representative will contact you concerning the change in the part number After repair
348. ore the sweep timing is calibrated a Apply 10 ms markers from the time mark generator to the left amplifier plug in unit Set the mainframe Vertical Mode and Trigger Source selectors to Left so the amplifier output is displayed b Set the 715 TIME DIV to 10 ms FREQUENCY SPAN DIV to 0 DIGITAL STORAGE off TRIGGERING SOURCE to INT and MODE to NORM Adjust the Triggering LEVEL control for a triggered display c Position the display with the HORIZ POSITION control and adjust R685 for 1 marker division d Check other TIME DIV settings accuracy using appropriate time marker input Accuracy should equal or exceed 5 of the TIME DIV selection Return the TIME DIV to 100 ms e Fig 4 9 Location of 1st LO Phase Lock test points and adjustments TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P 5 1st LO and 1st LO Phase Lock Calibration Diagram 10 a With the vertical amplifier unit e g 7A18 in the left vertical compartment of the 715 mainframe switch the Vertical Mode to Chop so both the 7L5 and amplifier displays can be observed b Set the amplifier Volts Div to 1 V the 7L5 DIGITAL STORAGE off and the TIME DIV to 10 ms c Ground the Input of the amplifier and position the trace to the center graticule line then switch the amplifier input coupling to DC so dc voltage can be measured d Connect P246 Fig 4 9 from pin 2 to 3 then use the dc coupled amplifier to measure the dc voltage on P246 Adjust R255 for a volta
349. out ROM to provide column current data for the readout circuit Offset current from the plug in module offsets the dBm dBV readout to correlate with the plug in module input impedance The offset bit comes into offset pins as indicated at the top of the IC block symbol The dBm dBV switch in the plug in module asserts a low for dBV and enables the gate U2225D The output of the NOR gate drives pin 5 of U2235 plus two lines one through inverter U2225A for the plug in module which establishes the offset data for the vertical control IC U2235 The state of the 10 dB 2 dB line is set by the REFERENGE LEVEL control When pulled out the line goes high and selects 10 dB steps pushed in the line goes low and selects either 2 dB or 1 dB steps depending on the state of the line into pin 16 of U2235 The line to pin 16 is hard wired in the plug in module for one state or the other An oscillator U2230A U2230B provides 500 z clock to synchronize the switching information into the X Y inputs When Lin mode is selected low is asserted at pin 9 of gate U2230C The gate is synchronized to the 500 Hz oscillator by the flip flop U2230C and D When the output is high the reference level is offset so the readout provides a scale factor in V Div When power is applied the initial reference level is 17 dBm for 50 0 plug in modules Q2310 ensures that the 15 V supply for the IC is delayed by the charge time for C2310 until the 5 V sup
350. peration The low output of U550A is fed back on the Norm line to light the front panel indicator Sweep lockout from the mainframe is fed in on pin B8 When this line is high the sweep control IC is locked out This occurs during dual time base operation or when the Reset button for variable persistence storage oscilloscope is pushed When the Reset button is pushed it retraces the sweep The upper right corner of Diagram 5 contains blanking and sweep gating functions Sweep Gate output from emitter follower Q585B provides alternate time base trigger and unblanks A sweep for the mainframe Q570 is turned off when digital storage is used Unblanking from the storage circuitry is applied through U585D to U585B During non store operation transistor Q575 couples the blanking and unblanking gates out of U560C to the Z axis logic circuit In store mode the active state of Store line pulls the base of both Q575 and Q520 low and turns both transistors off The Valid line provides vertical line validity information to the digital storage circuitry In the lower left corner of the diagram is power on circuit that sets the trigger latches digital storage latches and input buffer when power is turned on During the period C621 is charging to 15 volts Q621 is on to pull Free Run and Norm lines low This gates the output of U555C high and the resultant RPRP power up line sets the digital storage latches for Display A Display B not Max
351. ply comes on The BCD output of U2235 is an 8 bit word The 1 bit drives the 1 dB line and asserts 1 dB of gain change in the IF when low Bits 2 through 80 drive the ROM U2265 which controls the gain and attenuation in the IF and plug in module The cross over point of the reference level point with no attenuation or gain data out of the ROM is 30 dBm Below this point gain cells are added and above 30 dBm attenuation is inserted in the signal path Near the cross over point combinations of gain and attenuation are programmed i e 31 dBm would require 4 dB attenuation and 3 dB of gain The 30 dBm reference level has a BCD value of 108 80 20 and 8 out of U2235 The LSD least significant digit of the word A of U2265 generates a value of 1 the next 2 4 etc to the MSD most significant digit of the word A which is 128 Therefore 30 dBm generates 84 64 for A7 16 for A 4 for A3 This input address of 84 produces a binary output word from the ROM of 11111011 see Table 2 5 B4 output is inverted by U2245C to assert a low into the upper three NOR gates in U2250 inverted again through U2245D to assert a high into the lower three NOR gates in U2250 The upper gates of U2270 drive the gain cell lines the lower gates the attenuators in the plug in module The 4 16 and 32 dB lines are never used for gain and attenuation at the same time TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P and Bz drive the X10 and X100 gain lines fo
352. puts to the flip flop go low The LSB A of the ring counter U4558B U4555C is fed back to a three input NAND gate U4515B The ring counter counts in sequence as shown in Table When the LSB A goes low state 0 U4514B is enabled so U4554B is reset and data in B memory is displayed After 256 display points the LSB goes high state 1 and the output of U4514B goes low This triggers one shot multivibrator U4538A which sets the flip flop U4554B and data in A memory is displayed In state 2 U4544C allows cursor data to be displayed as previously described TABLE 2 8 Sequence of counter U4558B U4556C 2 30 SECTION 3 PERFORMANCE CHECK Introduction Because specifications for amplitude and frequency measurement characteristics of this instrument are tighter than the specifications of typical test equipment these procedures describe only an operational check If the user desires to verify these characteristics the accuracy of the measurement standard is the responsibility of the user and must exceed the specifications of the instrument Assistance on how to verify these characteristics can be obtained from your local Tektronix Field Office The performance check is intended to verify that the 7L5 Spectrum Analyzer will meet the specifications listed in Section 1 of this manual It is recommended that the performance check be included as part of the user routine maintenance program An operational check out procedur
353. quency span of the oscillators 1st LO 1st LO Lock 40 The 1st LO frequency is mixed with the A oscillator frequency in a double balanced mixer U225 The output is then fed through a 1 MHz low pass filter to remove the fundamental frequencies and upper sidebands to phase frequency detector The phase frequency detector U230A charge pump U230B and operational amplifier 0230 U230C comprise the phase comparator that is described in the block diagram description Any difference in frequency between the A oscillator and the 1st LO is compared with the 40th sub harmonic of the B oscillator in U230A and U230B and any phase lock error voltage is applied through amplifiers U230A U230C to the 1st LO to correct its phase frequency shift The oscillator U2050 frequency is a function of voltage to Varicap diode CR2032 This voltage is the summation of the phase lock error voltage the pre tune or main oscillator tune voltage A oscillator plus 1 40th B oscilator frequency and an offset voltage plus temperature compensation The main oscillator tune voltage ramp at pin WA is added to an offset voltage out of U2030B at the input of U2030A The amount of offset is set by R2015 and the voltage 2 15 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P across temperature compensating diodes CR2027 and CR2033 This voltage sets the center of the tune ramp voltage to the 1st LO Sweep Gain adjustment R2025 adjusts the slope of the tune ramp voltage The osci
354. r the Log Lin amplifier Therefore with the 30 dBm binary word no gain cells or attenuators are enabled The highest sensitivity for Log 2 dB mode using the 50 Q plug in module is 128 dBm This is 98 dB below the crossover point so the BCD output from U2235 is 10 dBm 108 to 198 thus only into the ROM is high or a 1 The output address from the ROM is therefore 00101000 see lable 2 5 so the attenuator gates U2250 are inhibited and the gain gates are enabled This provides 16 dB plus 16 dB plus 4 dB 36 GB total of gain The low state of B and U2265 provide an additional 60 dB of gain This with the 30 dBm provides a reference level of 126 dBm When the 2 and 10 bits are different the bonding option output goes high This produces an additional 2 dB of gain and 128 dBm reference level When the counter tries to step beyond the reference level range the input to Inhibit goes high This forces a count up to the reference level limit For example The BCD for 129 dBm is one less than 128 dBm so Ag 8 bit and A 1 bit are high This address of 4 into the ROM generates an address of 11110100 at the output The 4 low state inverted by U2245C inverted again by U2245D asserts a low into NOR gate U2320C The other input to the gate from Log 10 dB switch is high for the 2 dB Div mode U2320C is an open collector IC with its pull up resistor connected to the output of U2225C The output of U2225C will be high when
355. r U1002 goes high which activates the respective 10 kHz or30 kHz bandpass filters With 10 kHz or 30 kHz resolution the input to an OR gate composed of CR1812 CR1813 goes high This turns Q1813 on and 01810 off Current source for the output amplifier 01830 and the 15 V4 15 Vs power supplies is 01810 so this effectively turns off all stages except the input amplifier to the VR circuit Q1765 is switched off when the Input Buffer switch on the plug in module is turned on The gain of this stage is then increased 8 dB to offset the added 8 dB of attenuation through the plug in module Fig 2 4 Simplified diagram of the resolution circuit for the 1 stage 10 kHz and 30 kHz Filters and Post VR Amplifier 16 When 10 kHz or 30 kHz resolution is selected the 10 kHz or 30 kHz line pins EP EN goes high 15 V to O V This high switches either Q1890and Q1900 30 kHz or Q1855 and Q1880 10 kHz on and connects the 250 kHz IF signal from T1666 6 through either the 10 kHz filter C1856 L1856 through C1878 L1878 through 01900 to the amplifier 01910 and the 30 kHz filter A low on the 30 kHz line switches 01890 and 01900 off and Q1895 on to bypass the stray rf signal to ground through C1896 low on the 10 kHz line switches Q1855 and 01880 off and Q1850 on to bypass rf signals to ground through C1859 Gain of either the 10 kHz amplifier Q1800 or the 30 kHz amplifier Q1900 is a function of their collector load w
356. r the following conditions The oscilloscope mainframe contained two dual trace vertical amplifier units e g 7 18 and one time base unit e g 7B70 A C 50 oscilloscope camera was used Time Div and Volts Div settings are indicated on the waveform The triggering source is internal or indicated with the waveform The Digital Averaging circuit board for the 7L5 was positioned to the side as shown in the Calibration section Fig 4 20 Pertinent 7L5 control settings are also indicated with the waveform Max Span triggered on Gate 8 Holdoff at U565A pin 2 b Sense at U565D pin 9 Trigger Inhibit at U590B pin 20 d Output at U590A pin 6 Sweep Output at U700 pin 6 see 1 Zero Span triggered t Gate Gate b b U575A pin 14 U700 pin 6 d 0570 pin 1 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P BLANK HB EN ow sv DEP REST se We 9 2 05658 10 a 3 STOKE P ATE E USTOA ue are KA sen apt 5 yt 540 Quaao s amp gt 4 USA yesa S ET 96 01 508 eu A DISPLAY VALID soas il QSTS RES ESD me 220K eb Lex 1530 1 5 8 1591 ler 3 059 ia usssb K fagre Uso f X is nu SWEEP hoe Briant BASELINE TIMING usao TRIGGER INHIBIT PIO A100A ws s 1498 UEDA 2 m
357. rder products Second and third order intermodulation products from two on screen 53 dBV or less signals within any frequency span are at least 80 dB down With the INPUT BUFFER switch on the second and third order intermodulation products for any two onscreen signals within any frequency span are at least 80 dB down Display Flatness Peak to peak deviation over any selected frequency span Quantization error must be added see Note under Amplitude Characteristics if digital storage is used Li 0 5 dB L2 0 5 dB L3 0 5 dB Reference Level Refers to top graticule line in Log mode Calibrated in 1 dB and 10 dB steps for the L1 and L2 modules and 1 dB 2 dB and 10 dB for L3 plug in module Range L1 L2 L3 Log 128 dBm 128 dBm 128 dBm to 2 dB Div to 21 dBm 139 dBV to 21 dBm 500 21 dBm 139 dBm to 10 dBV 10dBm 6000 141 dBV to 8 dBV Hi Z Log 70 dBm 70 dBm 70 dBm to 10dB Div 81dBVto 21 dBm 509 to 21 dBm 21 dBm 81 dBm to 10 dBV 10 dBm 600 9 83 dBV to 8 dBV Hi Z Incremental Accuracy When calibrated at 40 dBV in Log mode L1 L2 and L3 Within 0 2 dB dB with cumulative error of 0 25 dB 10 dB Lin Mode Range 20 nV Div to 200 mV Div within 5 in 1 2 5 sequence NOTE gt sign is displayed adjacent to the reference level readout when the reference level is not calibrated due to an incompatible selection of controls
358. rity g Select the LIN pushbutton and adjust the REFERENCE LEVEL control for a crt readout of 500 pV per division h Add 10 dB of external attenuation Adjust the VAR control for signal display amplitude of 8 divisions i Add 6 dB of external attenuation Verify that the signal amplitude decreases to 4 0 0 2 division 5 or half amplitude j an additional 6 dB of external attenuation and verify that the display amplitude decreases to 2 0 0 1 division VARiable Control Range k Insert 10 dB of external attenuation Select the 2 dB DIV pushbutton and rotate the VAR control fully cw Adjust the REFERENCE LEVEL to set the displayed signal amplitude to a vertical reference point near full screen I Rotate the VAR control fully ccw detent position Verify that the signal amplitude decreases at least 4 0 divisions Decrease external attenuation to return the signal amplitude to the reference point and verify that the required change was 8 dB or more 4 Reference Level Accuracy within 0 2 dB dB with a cumulative error not to exceed 0 25 dB for any change up to 10 dB The external attenuator accuracy requirements to perform this step have been described in the Introduction to this Operational Check procedure Reference level increments are 1 dB and 10 dB steps Circuitry of the 7L5 provides 1 2 4 8 and 16 dB gain steps These steps or combinations of the steps provide the reference level range This proc
359. rule from the new pin and then insert the pin into the old ferrule and solder to both sides of the ferrule The pin sockets on the circuit boards are soldered to the rear of the board Unsolder the pin then straighten the tabs on the socket and remove it from the hole in the circuit board Place the new socket in the circuit board hole and press the tabs down against the board Solder the tabs of the socket to the circuit board be careful not to get solder into the socket NOTE The spring tension of the pin sockets ensures good connection between the circuit board and the pin This spring tension can be destroyed by using the pin sockets as a connecting point for spring loaded probe tips alligator clips etc Interconnecting Cable and Pin Connector Re placement The interconnecting cable assemblies are factory assembled They consist of machine installed pin connectors mounted in plastic holders The plastic holders are easily replaced as individual items but if the connectors are faulty the entire cable should be replaced It is possible for the pin connectors to become dislodged from the plastic holders If this happens the connector can be reinstalled as follows seg Fig 5 5 OF PIN CONNECTOR FACES TOWARD HINGED PORTION OF HOLDER Fig 5 5 Pin connector replacement 1 Bend grooved portion of holder away from cable shown 2 Re insert the connector into its hole in the plug portion of the hol
360. runs in about 10 second intervals to provide a baseline display When the SGL SWP READY button is activated the sweep runs with the next trigger or in about 10 seconds if trigger is not present In time domain operation FREQ SPAN DIV at 0 Hz pushing the button activates the sweep ready state The button lights to indicate the trigger circuit is armed and ready The sweep will run with the arrival of a trigger The button remains illuminated until the sweep has completed its run This provides a ready indication of the sweep state when photographing a display A dual function control As a level slope control it adjusts the level of the trigger threshold on either a positive or negative slope As a manual sweep control it positions the crt beam anywhere along the X axis Maximum ccw corresponds to a beam location at the left graticule edge SAVE A Activating the SAVE A pushbutton dedicates one half of the digital storage memory to preserve the binary equivalent of the existing waveform amplitude at 256 X axis locations The A memory is inhibited from further update until SAVE A is deactivated extinguished SWP CAL LOG CAL DISPLAY A B When DISPLAY A or DISPLAY is selected the corresponding pushbutton switch is illuminated and the contents of memory or memory B is displayed With SAVE A off all memory locations are displayed contiguously With SAVE on DISPLAY and DISPLAY B are selected The con tent
361. s 7 eat gt d 236 ar EE Sse LEE AEM war crete at erit En gt E geret ueszo p Taon 3 RUN ES iita 1 stare 275 ATOSSAL VERTICAL CONTROL 2184 51 FO 25 PIO AZOSOARAL DEC OUP A TM 11 625 2759 14 amp P REF LEVEL SYSTEM ue FLM OPTIONS KIT ACTA ep 555 43020 PIO A DOOM TE MOTHE rio TRANS options CRZMLO RULES rs Sew DEL Q2320 TM 11 625 2759 14 amp P Unused connectors shown on these diagrams are factory test points or options that may be used for future du UTH applications OPTIONS VE 5v RUTBO0 L 10 ASOO SWEEP AN gr Aw 0 1 eyi EE any CRUZ RAR a y l COLUMN DATA 1 y A RTD 4 SV An lt 02320 CRLS4A Tuau v 1192 TO U2235 2 CRASS CRUISE Qa2350 C 2544 1 Row gt gt
362. s a lower limit The output of the 250 kHz IF is fed to the Variable Resolution Filter Bandwidths of 10 Hz to 3 kHz are selected by one filter block and 10 kHz and 30 kHz bandwidths by a second block Signal routing through the filters is controlled by the resolution code which in turn may be controlled by the RESOLUTION control For automatic or coupled operation a ROM selects the appropriate resolution bandwidth so the bandwidth and frequency span are compatible If the operator selects a 2 2 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P resolution that is not appropriate for the FREQUENCY SPAN selected the ROM activates a CAL light to in validate the reference level reading and the readout presents a lt symbol in front of the reference level readout The output signal from the Resolution Filters is fed through a Post VR Amplifier then a Log Lin amplifier The response amplitude level is now either Log 10 Log 2 or Linear depending on the setting of the log lin latches These latches are activated by front panel momentary contact pushbuttons Log 10 control is also fed to the IF Gain and RF Attenuation Decoder The IF is then detected and the output video signal fed to another Log Lin amplifier for gain adjustment between the Log Lin displays Part of the output is fed to U2005 to provide push pull trigger signals and to the main frame and video signals to the VIDEO OUT jack on the front panel The main video signal is fed to the displa
363. s are as Waveform 7 and 8 the control settings are the same except follows as follows SPAN DIV 10 bHz SPAN DIV 0 RESOLUTION 10 Hz REFERENCE LEVEL 40 dBm Display Mode 10 B DIV DOT FREQUENCY 1 MHz DISPLAY and B ON SAVE OFF Time Div 5 ms DOT FREQUENCY 00 0 TP4512 Sameas D with PU slow sweep 44240 Vr ei P4520 m 0 SPAN 1 ms DIV U4570 pin 16 I2igitized Horiz Sweep SGL SWP ON a e ves 114556 pin 7 riggered on signal at TP4556 TRIGGER SOURCE from TP4512 Sync Pulse b 04506 pin 5 Data Out se SWEEP MODE U 4544 pin 14 252 T iggered on TP4556 T a U4550 pin 1 GL SWP ON b 04500 pin 8 Trigger 1 C ursor at top Source Er soe 2 h 18 zm met gt RE
364. s of both memories are interlaced and displayed PEAK AVERAGE BASELINE CLIPPER dual function control When digital storage is off this control operates as conventional baseline clipper i e as the control is rotated ccw more of the vertical display is progressively blanked or clipped over the last 1 3 turn of the control When digital storage is on the PEAK AVERAGE control sets the level at which the vertical display is either peak detected or digitally averaged Video signals above the level set by the PEAK AVERAGE control and denoted by a horizontal cursor are peak detected and stored Video signals below the level set by the PEAK AVERAGE control are digitally averaged and stored MAX HOLD Enables the digital storage memory to store the maximum signal levels within the period the circuit is active button illuminated This maximum signal can then be saved and compared with future signals for drift or amplitude variations Adjusted during the operational check to calibrate the sweep This adjustment compensates for differences deflection sensitivity between mainframe oscilloscopes The SWP CAL control should be adjusted or checked for proper setting each time the 7L5 is installed in an oscilloscope Adjusted during the operational check to calibrate the 2 dB div and the 10 dB div displays This adjustment is used to compensate for differences in vertical gain between mainframe oscilloscopes The LOG
365. so the drive level to the next crystal is 2 V peak to peak signal for full screen deflection in the 10 dB Div mode As previously stated the bandwidth is controlled by changing the current through the LED s for the photo resistor IC s The resistor part of the IC forms one leg of a bridge circuit The LED is driven by the output from an operational amplifier across the leg of the bridge see Q1690 is the voltage source for the bridge The multiplexer U1700 selects the resistance for the one leg in accordance to the input binary code from the front panel RESOLUTION switch Any unbalance across the bridge produces an output from U1680 to increase or decrease the current through the LED This in turn changes the resistance in the IC and balances the bridge The multiplexer U1700 selects resistance values for bandwidths from 10 Hz through 1 kHz When 3 kHz is selected the current through the LED is shut off the bandwidth is determined by the resistance of R1680 3 kHz BW Adj Transistor Q1830 provides the isolation between the VR circuit and the post VR amplifier It provides gain compensation The output is normalized by R1835 at approximately 1 V peak to peak for a full screen display at 10 dB div 2 21 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P As previously explained in the function block description 10 kHz and 30 kHz resolution circuits bypass this circuit They are shown in Diagram 16 When either is selected the output of U1000 o
366. spect to reference level Calibrator output signal 500 kHz LM 40 Trigger Source select push buttons See Section 2 for explanation 7L5 mainframe release latch Compensates for gain differences between main Supplies the horizontal frame oscilloscopes Output signal to slave an external device Z 5k Vertical output signal for external devices such as re corder Z 1 kN gt 1734 3 Fig 3 2 A 7L5 front panel controls and connectors 3 4 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Fig 3 2B 7LS L1 plug in front panel control and connectors 3 5 LOG 10 dB DIV LOG 2 dB DIV LIN FREQUENCY SPAN DIV RESOLUTION TIME DIV UNGAL The illuminated condition of this pushbutton selects logarithmic display of 10 dB div with a dynamic range of 80 dB The illuminated condition of this pushbutton selects logarithmic display of 2 dB div with a dynamic range of 16 dB The illuminated condition of this pushbutton selects a linear display Signal amplitude is a linear function of input level Selects frequency spans from 50 Hz div to 500 kHz div MAX position A 0 Hz position provides time domain display with a bandpass dependent on the setting of the RESOLUTION selector In the 0 Hz position the frequency dot is not displayed and when in the MAX position the frequency dot position is controlled by the DOT FREQUENCY control Selects resolution bandwidths
367. stal parallel capacitance and is adjusted for response symmetry at 20 dB down A parallel resonant circuit at the output of the crystal consisting of L1680 C1660 plus stray circuit capacitance to ground is tuned to a center frequency of 250 kHz The Q of the circuit determines the 3 kHz bandwidth response R1680 sets circuit Q It is adjusted so the bandwidth of this stage at 1 2 dB down is about 3 kHz when the resolution bandwidth is set for maximum The output load for the crystal and consequently the bandwidth of the filter is determined by the shunt load of the photo resistor LED IC U1690 in series with gain adjustment R1685 The resistance of this photo resistor determines the actual operating bandwidth of the stage Resistance varies from about 200 k at maximum bandwidth to about 250 0 for minimum bandwidth The resistance of the photo resistor is function of the current through its LED which in turn is set by the front panel RESOLUTION control or the automatic resolution circuit As the resolution bandwidth decreases the load on the crystal filter decreases the output voltage by an amount that is proportional to the current through Q1690 and R1685 This generates a compensating current out of Q1680 that is summed with the output current of Q1670 to maintain constant input drive current for the second operational amplifier stage Q1710 Q1720 Gain from the 1st to the 2nd stage is determined by the ratio of R1728 to R1674
368. t characters Readout characters for the sweep time per division are located near the bottom right edge of the crt and can be identified by the suffix character S when the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV is set to 0 Frequency Span Div Readout m Set TIME DIV control to AUTO and the RESOLUTION control to COUPLED Rotate the FRE QUENCY SPAN DIV control to each of Its positions and verify that the readout characters correspond with the front panel designations and change In accordance with the readout listed in Readout characters for frequency span per division setting occupy the same crt position as the time per division readout characters They are located near the bottom edge of the crt and except for the 0 span setting can be identified by the suffix characters Hz TABLE 3 1 FREQUENCY SPAN DIV FREQUENCY SPAN DIV control settings readout 0 10 ms 50 Hz 50 Hz 1 kHz 100 Hz 2 kHz 200 Hz 5 kHz 500 Hz 1kHz 1 kHz 2 kHz 2 kHz 5 kHz 5 kHz 10 kHz 10 kHz 20 kHz 20 kHz 50 kHz 50 kHz 1 MHz 100 kHz 2 MHz 200 kHz MAX 500 kHz Resolution Readout n Rotate the RESOLUTION control to each of its positions and verify that the readout characters correspond with the front panel designations Readout characters for the resolution function are located near the bottom edge of the crt and can be identified by the suffix characters Hz 3 9 o With the RESOLUTION control in the COUPLED position rotate the FREQUENCY SPAN DIV t
369. ta is read out of or into memory A LSB of 1 reads or writes in the A section and 0 of the B section When Save A is selected data in A memory is not updated during the Write Cycle because the LSB into the RAM is 0 Only B memory is updated The display when either Display A or Display B is selected is 512 increments of data from the memory selected for two sweeps followed by the cursor line between the average and peak detected video Both sections of memory are updated during the respective Write Cycle When both Display and Display are selected each of the two display sweeps is an interlaced 512 increment combination of and data The LSB into the RAM switches between 1 and 0 as the sweep runs Again the third sweep displays the cursor When Save A is selected along with Display A Display B one sweep displays memory the next memory followed by the cursor The cycle then repeats The section of memory is not updated during Write Cycle The display process of data out of memory is a function of front panel latches U10A U10B U20A U20B The output state of these latches establishes the operational mode of the Display Control circuitry and determines which memory A or B will be displayed Pushing a front panel display button activates a latch so its output switches If the output goes high it turns on an LED which illuminates the respective push button to indicate the mode asserted The output of the latch is appli
370. tage out of U1535 which changes the capacitance of Varactor diode CR1504 and pulls the 2nd LO frequency into locked mode with the master oscillator Because pin 14 of the phase detector U1535 is the input to an internal amplifier in the IC an external amplifier Q1530 is used to raise the 50 kHz reference signal out of U1510A to a comparable level for the phase detector within U1535 The 500 kHz calibrator output level is automatically adjusted so it is a 10 mVor 40 dBV signal source for the different input impedance selections of the plug in module This 10 mV is not the peak to peak value of the square wave output signal from the counter U395 but 10 mV as indicated by the spectrum analyzer The peak to peak value would be 2 2 X 10 mV or 22 2 mV The output voltage of the calibrator is a function of Q395 collector current through R394 This current in turn is a function of the voltage across R395 When the 500 kHz square wave signal out of counter U395 is high CR390 opens and the emitter current for Q395 is the current through R390 When the 500 kHz square wave is low CR390 turns on and diverts some of the current through R396 The amount diverted is proportional to the voltage across R396 The output voltage of U750 sets the current through R396 For high impedance 1 MQ plug in modules pin P of J530 is open and the output of the amplifier is set by the Hi Z adjustment R892 to about 4 65 volts When a low impedance unit Is
371. tch MAX HOLD on and change the REFERENCE LEVEL to increase the signal amplitude Note that the stored display increases amplitude n Now change the REFERENCE LEVEL to decrease the signal amplitude and note that the stored display does not change This completes the calibration procedure for the 7L5 Spectrum Analyzer TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P CALIBRATION TEST EQUIPMENT REPLACEMENT Calibration Test Equipment Chart This chart compares TM 500 product performance to that of older Tektronix equipment Only those characteristics where significant specification differences occur are listed In some cases the new Instrument may not be a total functional replacement Additional support Instrumentation may be needed or a change In calibration procedure may be necessary Comparison of Main Characteristics DM 501 replaces 7D13 PG 501 replaces 107 PG501 Risetime less than 3 5 ns into o 107 Risetime less than 3 0 ns into 500 108 PG501 5 V output pulse 3 5 ns Risetime 108 10 V output pulse 1 ns Risetime 111 PG501 Risetime less than 3 5 ns 8 ns Pretrigger 111 Risetime 0 5 ns 30 to 250 ns Pretrigger Pulse delay pulse delay 114 PG501 5 V output 114 10 V output Short proof output 115 PG501 Does not have Paired Burst Gated or 115 Paired Burst Gated and Delayed pulse Delayed pulse mode 5 V dc Offset Has mode 10 V output Short proof output 5 V output PG 502 replaces 107 108 PG502 5V output 108 10 V
372. th the Vertical Position control g Reconnect the CALIBRATOR signal to the INPUT and adjust the REFERENCE LEVEL controls for an output level of 8 volts at pin 6 of U2210 Fig 4 12 Location of Vertical Control board test points and adjustments h With the REFERENGE LEVEL set as directed in step f switch the Display Mode to 2 dB DIV and adjust 2 dB Offset R2215 so the output level at pin 6 is 8 volts The output level of U2210 for all three modes should match NOTE The display level may vary between display modes due to the mainframe sensitivity This can be corrected with the front panel LOG CAL and AMPL adjustments i Disconnect the 10X probe from pin 6 of U2210 Switch the mainframe Vertical Mode and Trigger Source selectors to display the 7L5 output Switch the Display Mode to 2 dB DIV and adjust the REFERENCE LEVEL controls at or near 50 dBm to position the display at the top graticule line j Calibrate the 2 dB Log and Lin 20 dB 40 dB and 60 dB gain stages as follows NOTE For L1 and L2 plug in modules these 20 dB gain stages are switched in at REFERENCE LEVELS of 70 to 71 dBm 20 dB Gain 90 to 91 dBm 40 dB Gain and 110 to 111 dBm 60 dB Gain TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P 1 With the REFERENCE LEVEL at 51 dBm add external attenuation approximately 40 dB with the step attenuator until the display level is at the top graticule line 2 Add 20 dB of external attenuation and increase t
373. the instrument function properly corrective measures should be immediately otherwise additional problems may develop within the instrument CAUTION STATIC DISCHARGE CAN DAMAGE MANY SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENTS USED THIS INSTRUMENT Many semiconductor components especially MOS types can be damaged by static discharge Damage may not be catastrophic therefore immediately apparent It usually appears at weakening of the semiconductor characteristic Devices that are particularly susceptible are Me CMOS J FET s and high impedance OP am Damage can be significantly reduced by observing the following precautions 1 Handle static sensitive components or circuit assemblies at or on a static free surface Work station areas should contain a static free bench cover or work plane such as conductive polyethylene sheeting and grounding wrist strap The work plane should be connected to earth ground 2 All test equipment accessories soldering tools should be connected to earth ground 3 Minimize handling by keeping the components in their original containers until ready for use Minimize the removal and installation of semiconductors from their circuit boards 4 Hold the IC devices by their body rather than the terminals 5 1 Use containers made of conductive material or filled with conductive material for storage and transportation Avoid using ordinary plastic containers Any stati
374. the damaged part is replaced otherwise the damage may be repeated Transistor and Integrated Circuit Checks Periodic checks of the transistors and integrated circuits are not recommended The best measure performance is the actual operation of the component the circuit Performance of these components thoroughly checked during the performance check recalibration and substandard transistors integrated circuits will usually be detected at that time TROUBLESHOOTING The following are a few aids and suggestions that may assist in locating a problem After athe defective assembly or component has been located refer to the Correct Maintenance part of this section for removal and replacement instructions Troubleshooting Aids Diagrams Circuit diagrams are given on foldout pages in the Diagrams section of the manual The circuit number and electrical value of each component is shown on the diagrams see the first tab page for definition of the reference symbology used to identify components in each circuit Each main circuit is assigned a series of come 5 2 TM11 6625 2759 14 amp P nent numbers Refer to the Replaceable Electrical Parts list section for a complete description of each component and assembly Those portions of the circuit that are on circuit boards are enclosed with a black border line with the name and assembly number shown on the border NOTE Corrections and modifications to the manual and instrument ar
375. the reference level logic circuit which establishes the amount of attenuation in the plug in module and gain for the 250 kHz IF and Log amplifiers The reference level is selectable in 1 dB and 10 dB steps The 250 kHz IF signal is processed through the variable resolution filter circuits for bandwidth selections of 10 Hz to 30 kHz The signal is again amplified detected and the video is sent through amplifier circuits that provide the 10 dB div 2 dB div and linear gain characteristics 2 1 The video signal is then fed to the display processing circuits where the signal is either stored and displayed or if the storage mode is not selected the signal is passed directly through the vertical output amplifier to the mainframe circuit If either or both the DISPLAY A or DISPLAY B latches are enabled the signal is converted to digital data stored in A or B memory then converted back to analog data and processed through the output amplifiers to the circuit The vertical information is digitized and stored at 512 horizontal address locations across the screen Therefore the horizontal sweep information is converted to digital data for storage then converted back to an analog signal for display The horizontal sweep ramp is processed the same as the vertical signal The vertical video information can be averaged or peak detected IF Processing Chain 41 Jb This block diagram shows more detail of the circuitry involved with process
376. tical data in memory One mode of store operation updates each section of memory every cycle the other mode when Save A is asserted saves data stored in A section and updates only the B section When Save A line is high U4514C is inhibited so the input to pin 5 of U4598 memory is held low during Write Cycle and prevents data from being written in A memory The Save A line is switched high when the front panel SAVE A button is pushed This switches the latch U10A setting Q output high When the button is again pushed the latch switches back and the output goes low to inhibit Save A mode OF U4530B START DIVIDE READ CYCLE QOF U4530A Fig 2 6 Sequence of events for horizontal increment Memory is ready to be read after Write Cycle when U4530A is reset and Q goes high or EOG Hold B is asserted Data is clocked into register U4550 part of the vertical output D A converter for one sync pulse period 9 us allowed to stabilize for 8 us then sample and hold circuit is gated on and the analog output of U4548 is sampled and stored on C4553 The sample of new data is inverted and summed with sample of present or old data from the output of an integrator The difference or summation is then integrated to become the new signal position If the signal from the D A converter was applied to the vertical output without the integration process the display would be a series of dots The integrator is used to integrate
377. to A B C I of the multiplexer selects resistance combinations in R1455 to provide gain steps of 2 dB to 14 dB For example if input to pin A goes high then pin 14 connects to pin 3 R for the operational amplifier is 1 007 k R is 3 859 k for a gain of 2 dB If A and B go high pin 2 is connected to pin 3 and the gain is 12 dB The 4th stage consists of U1400A and the feedback loop through U1410B Gain of this stage is either unity pin 9 of U1410B low or 16 dB pin 9 high If the Reference Level is set for 29 dBm the output from this amplifier for full screen deflection is approximately 200 mV peak to peak when the INPUT BUFFER is not on Variable Resolution 15 The variable resolution circuit consists of four amplifier stages each containing a crystal filter with variable bandwidth from 10 Hz to 3 kHz Automatic bandwidth variation as a function of span is a feature of each stage Gain compensation maintains a constant output level as the bandwidth changes The signal level at TP1800 is about 2 V peak to peak for full screen display in 10 dB div mode The Ist stage consists of an operational amplifier driving the Input of a crystal filter Gain Is about 14 dB T1860 provides about a 4 1 current gain to drive the crystal in narrow bandwidth mode Resonant frequency of the circuit is 250 kHz Adjustment C1666 in series with the crystal sets the resonant frequency of the crystal Adjustment C1660 neutralizes the effects of cry
378. to resistor LED ICs 2 Adjust the 10 Hz gain for the stage that is shorted R1685 1st stage R1735 2nd stage R1795 3rd stage and R1825 4th stage so there is minimum shift in signal amplitude as the RESOLUTION is switched from 10 Hz to 3 kHz e Remove all shorting straps center the front panel AMPL CAL adjustment then with 40 dBV CALIBRATOR signal applied and the REFERENCE LEVEL at 40 dBV calibrate the 30 kHz and 10 kHz gain with R1905 and R1885 Now calibrate the gain for the 10 Hz to 3 kHz resolution bandwidth setting with R1835 9 Digital Storage Calibration With DOT frequency of 500 Page 4 13 Page 4 13 Page 4 16 4 3 TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P kHz SPAN DIV at MAX and RESOLUTIONCOUPLED TIME DIV 0 2 s Display Mode 10 dB DIV and DIGITAL STORAGE on apply the CALIBRATOR signal to the IN PUT and adjust the Horizontal Equalization with R4585 in a ccw direction until the display remains stored b Increase the sweep rate and adjust the Horizontal Offset with R4570 to place the 500 kHz marker under the DOT c Adjust the Horizontal Gain with R4625 so the store and non store position of the 4500 kHz marker Is the same d With a SPAN DIV of 10 kHz adjust the Vertical Gain with R4565 so the amplitude of the stored display and the non store display are the same e Check the operation of DISPLAY A and SAVE A then DISPLAY B and MAX HOLD Preliminary Procedure NOTE Instrument cal
379. to zero those age measurements hours miles etc considered in classifying Army equipments components C 3 Column Entries a Column 1 Group Number Column 1 lists group numbers the purpose of which is to identify components assemblies subassemblies and modules with the next higher assembly b Column 2 Component Assembly Column 2 contains the noun names of components assem blies subassemblies and modules for which main tenance is authorized c Column 3 Maintenance Functions Column 3 lists the functions to be performed on the item listed in column 2 When items are listed without main tenance functions it is solely for purpose of having the group numbers in the MAC and RPSTL coincide d Column 4 Maintenance Category Column 4 specifies by the listing of a work time figure in the appropriate subcolumn the lowest level of maintenance authorized to perform the function listed in column 3 This figure represents the active time required to perform that maintenance function at the indicated category of maintenance If the number or complexity of the tasks within the listed maintenance function vary at different maintenance categories appropriate work time figures will be shown for each category The number of task hours specified by the work time figure represents the average time required to restore an item assembly subassembly component module end item or system to serviceable condition under typ
380. top If the SGL SWP button is again pushed positive pulse is produced at the Single Sweep input of U580 and resets or arms the internal trigger circuit The sweep will now run when U580 is triggered This positive reset pulse is generated when the junction of R845G and R622 are pulled low by the momentary contact of the front panel SGL SWP pushbutton The low is coupled through C622 to one input of the gate U550C The outputs of the latch and the Single Sweep input of U580 pulses high and arms the trigger circuit within the IG If the sweep is running because of single sweep operation and the SGL SWP button is pushed the sweep is terminated at that point The trigger circuit is reset This is produced when the positive pulse out of U550C is coupled through R629 and C629 to pin 5 of U575B The output of U575B then asserts Sweep Inhibit and Lock Pulse cycle Returning to the single sweep latch U550C and its low output state when SGL SWP has been selected the low on Ready line from U580 enables NAND gate U570C and the output of inverter U570D lights the front panel READY indicator The high output of U570C also turns U585E on to supply current to the mainframe interface connector A10 Remote SGL SWP Reset Is provided through the Interface connection B15 _ Normal trigger mode is asserted by pulling the Norm line low This latches the output of U550A low and the output of U550C and U550B switch high to cancel free run or single sweep o
381. ts especially MOS types can be damaged by static discharge Damage may not be catastrophic therefore not immediately apparent It usually appears as weakening of the semiconductor characteristics Devices that are particularly susceptible are MOS CMOS J FET s and high impedance OP amps Damage can be significantly reduced by observing the following precautions 1 Handle static sensitive components or circuit assemblies at or on static free surface Work station areas should contain static free bench cover or work plane such as conductive polyethylene sheeting and grounding wrist strap The work plane should be connected to earth ground 2 Alltest equipment accessories and soldering tools should be connected to earth ground 3 Minimize handling by keeping the components in their original containers until ready for use Minimize the removal and installation of semiconductors from their circuit boards 4 Hold the IC devices by their body rather than the terminals 5 Use containers made of conductive material or filled with conductive material for storage and transportation Avoid using ordinary plastic containers Any static sensitive part or assembly circuit board that is to be returned to Tektronix Inc should be packaged in its original container or one with anti static packaging material This section provides calibration adjustment Verify performance after a recalibration procedures and internal checks Performing
382. tude Characteristics NOTE If digital storage is used an additional quantization error of 0 5 of full screen should be added to the amplitude characteristics Residual Response Internally generated spurious signals are 130 dBm or less referred to the input harmonics of the calibrator are 125 dB with L1 or L2 plug in module and 143 dBV with the L3 plug in module Sensitivity The following tabulation of equivalent input noise for each resolution bandwidth is measured with the INPUT BUFFER off the VIDEO PEAK AVG at max cw and the TIME DIV set to 10 seconds TM 11 6625 2759 14 amp P Equivalent Input Noise Resolution equal to or better than Bandwidth 11 L2 L3 10 Hz 135 dBm 135 dBm 148 dBV 30 Hz 133 dBm 133 dBm 146 dBV 100 Hz 130 dBm 130 dBm 143 dBV 300 Hz 125 dBm 125 dBm 138 dBV 1 kHz 120 dBm 120 dBm 133 3 kHz 115 dBm 115 dBm 128 dBV 10 kHz 110 dBm 110 dBm 123 30 kHz 105 dBm 105 dBm 118 dBV NOTE Sensitivity is degraded an additional 8 dB when the INPUT BUFFER is on e g at 3 kHz the equivalent input noise would be 107 dBm instead of 115 dBm Noise level will increase by approximately 10 dB when operation Is In video peak Intermodulation Distortion Intermodulation products from two on screen signals within any frequency span are 75 dB down for third order products and at least 72 dB down for second o
383. ulti pin ribbon connector from the Digital Averaging board TM11 6625 2753 14 amp P 4 Removing the Sweep Board NOTE a Remove the Digital Averaging Digital Storage boards then the front panel as previously To apply power to the Sweep board for described servicing re install the front panel assembly and reconnect the coaxial b Unplug and remove the Sweep board cable to the CALIBRATOR connector Plug the 7L5 through a flexible extender cable into the mainframe vertical and horizontal connectors Turn the power on REMOVE FOUR SCREWS TO SWING IF MODULE DOWN UNHOOK SPRING SET SCREW LOOSEN SET SCREWS BOARD UNPLUG COAX MOUNTING CONNECTOR S xw 3 Vicit AGE 3 RIBBON CONNECTOR UNPLUG THREE REFERENCE MODULE RF MODULE COAX CONNECTORS MOUNTING SCREWS MOUNTING SCREWS 2144237 Fig 5 6 7L5 circuit board and assembly identification and location of holding setscrews Q 5 8 5 Removing the RF Module Vertical Control Board and 1st LO Assembly a Remove the Digital Averaging and Digital Storage circuit boards then remove the Front Panel assembly b Use pair of needle nose pliers to reach through the opening in the rear panel and disconnect the coaxial connector to the 1st LO Module Fig 5 6D Now connect the coaxial connector for the cable from the IF Module Assembly to the semi rigid coaxial cable for 1st LO Module c Remove the two screws that hold t
384. umber sequence and data in B memory is read out If Display and Display B are selected then the LSB for the address alternates and data is read first from A then from B memory If Save is selected memory is not updated during Write Cycle If Display A is selected along with Save A then the data stored in when Save was pushed is read out Vertical data out of memory goes to the vertical display generator on the Memory Data line It is converted to analog data then processed to the display circuits A timing signal from the vertical analog to digital converter block controls when data is read from memory Data can only be read during the Read Cycle When either Display A or Display B is selected the display control block sends a Store signal to both the vertical and horizontal display switches U735A U375C Both switches then select only data from the vertical display generator and the synthesized sweep from the horizontal display generator for the vertical and horizontal output stages The inverted sweep containing dot marker position is summed with the dot position when 0735 is on at the input to the horizontal output stage The summation of minus sweep with dot position plus dot position is minus sweep This is amplified by the output amplifier and applied to the crt deflection plates When 0735 is off only the dot position is applied to the output amplifier and the crt deflection plates The dot is therefore
385. under the frequency dot and read out on the crt In most cases readout accuracy is lt 1 of the display span or within 50 Hz In all frequency span positions except MAX span the frequency dot is at the center or start of the display In MAX span the center frequency of the span is 2 5 MHz The frequency dot moves across the display as the center frequency is tuned The frequency readout accuracy of the dot remains constant A simplified block diagram of the Frequency Reference circuitry is shown in Fig 2 1 The frequency to be measured fm is fed to the 151 mixer in the plug in module where it is mixed with the output from the ist LO The output IF of 10 700 MHz is fed to the 2nd mixer where it is mixed with 10 45 MHz from the 2nd LO and converted down to 250 kHz IF The 2nd LO frequency is referenced to 500 kHz submultiple of 10 MHz Master Oscillator Frequency Control Circuits As previously described two divide by N N and N2 control loops with their oscillators determine the frequency of the 151 LO 11 1 MHz to 16 MHz oscillator mixes with the frequency of the 1st LO 10 7 to 15 7 MHz The difference is compared with the 40th sub harmonic of 12 to 16 MHz oscillator in Af A detector Any difference produces an error voltage that is fed back though a summing amplifier to pull the 1st LO into a locked mode with both and B oscillators The frequency of both secondary A and B oscillators
386. urned off be removing or replacing semiconductors and observe static discharge caution at the beginning of section Replacement semiconductors should be of the c type or direct replacement shows the configuration of the semiconductors used in this instrument An extracting tool should be used to remove the 14 pin integrated circuits to prevent damage to the pins This tool is available from Tektronix Inc Order Tektronix Part No 003 0619 00 If an extracting tool is not available use care to avoid damaging the pins Pull slowly and evenly ends of the IC Try to avoid having one end of the IC disengaged from the socket before the other end 5 6 TM11 6625 2753 14 amp P Replacing Square pin for the Multi pin Connectors and Circuit Boards NOTE A pin replacement kit including necessary tools instructions and replacement pins is available from Tektronix Inc Order Tektronix Part No 040 0542 00 It is important not to damage or disturb the ferrule when removing the old stub of broken pin The ferrule is pressed into the circuit board and provides base for soldering the pin connector If the broken stub is long enough grasp it with needle nose pliers apply heat with small soldering iron to the pin base of the ferrule and pull the old pin out If the broken stub is too short to grasp with pliers use small dowel 0 028 inch diameter to push the pin out Use pair of diagonal cutters to remove the fer
387. used pin P of J530 is either grounded 50Q or very close to ground 75Q has 2 05Q The amplifier gain raises the output voltage to about 9 volts and the current through R396 increases to maintain a constant 10 mV output across R394 and the low impedance 50Q load The 50 n Input Cal Level adjustment Rs95 calibrates the output level for 500 load It is used to compensate for differences between the emitter base Junction of 0395 and the diode Junction for CR390 The IF for the 2nd mixer is applied through Balum transformer T1400 to the 250 kHz IF amplifier Diagram 14 Signal ground for the amplifier denoted by the special ground symbol is isolated from chassis ground to reduce ground loops The 250 kHz IF amplifier consists of four stages that provide 46 dB of gain steps plus at least 8 dB of variable gain If the reference level is set to 29 dBm the output from this amplifier for full screen deflection is approximately 200 mV peak to peak unless the INPUT BUFFER is on The 1st stage is a non inverting operational amplifier U1400C with the feedback resistance a function of a photo resistor IC U1435 The resistance of U1435 is controlled by current drive from Q1420 which is con trolled by the output level of a differential amplifier U1415 The negative input to U1415 is connected through a switch U1410C to either pin 12 or 13 depending on the state of the 1 dB line into pin 11 When pin 11 is high the switch conn
388. utput is gated through U560A to assert Lock Pulse and inhibit Bright Baseline Automatic operation Therefore in time domain mode O span a trigger signal or free run triggering mode is required to trigger the IC In this mode there is no need to recharge the capacitors in the synthesizer The Ready line goes low at the end of Holdoff This is fed back through U575B U570B U565E and U570A to terminate Sweep Inhibit U580 is now ready for a trigger Again when dot frequency is changed is asserted to trigger both U590A and U590B The output pulse from U590B is the trigger inhibit signal that delays sweep start for about 50 ms The circuit does not terminate sweep but inhibits the start of the next sweep Trigger logic consists of latches a comparator and switching gates that select trigger source and trigger slope circuits The trigger signals Trigger and Trigger are ac coupled to one side of a comparator one section of U600 then gated through one of the two NAND gates to the Trigger input of 0580 Pushing the front panel INT trigger source switch pulls the Int line low This low applied to gates U555A and U555D produces a high out that is fed to both inputs of gate U555B and latches the output low This low inhibits NAND gate U600 D so the output of comparator U600 B is not gated through This allows a or Trigger signal from the mainframe to be gated through UBOO C to sweep control IC U580 When Line trigger is s
389. ved to compensate for characteristic differences in the Varactor diodes and the inductors The output sinewave from the oscillators is amplified and squared by two IC line receivers U145 U260 The output of U260 is divided down by 40 through counters U270 U265A and U265B Their output is fed to the 1st LO lock circuit The B output clocks the N circuit The output of U145 drives the A N and the 1st LO lock circuit The negative going sweep voltage from the Freq Span Attenuator 15 on line 1A for Max Span line 1B for 5 kHz Div to 200 kHz Div and 2 swp for 2 kHz Div to 50 Hz Div spans Sweep for the A oscillator Max Span to 5 kHz Div is summed with A memory voltage at the input to operational amplifier U335 The output waveform is a positive going ramp that drives the shaper circuit U345 and U340 Its output waveform is shaped to produce a linear frequency shift out of the oscillator Sweep for the B oscillator 2 kHz Div to 50 Hz Div is inverted by U305A then summed with the B memory voltage at the input of summing amplifier U310 U310 and U325 shape the sweep voltage to drive the B oscillator The 11 volt Adjust R365 sets the output of the operational amplifier to about 4 22 volts This is Vcc for the two shaper IC s U325 U340 R365 also sets the current output of emitter follower 0365 which supplies the charge current for the shapers The A Gain and B Gain adjustments R345 R325 set the sweep amplitude and the fre
390. width 10 Hz 135 dBm 135 dBm 148 dBV 30 Hz 133 dBm 133 dBm 146 dBV 100 Hz 130 dBm 130 dBm 143 dBV 300 Hz 125 dBm 125 dBm 138 dBV 1 kHz 120 dBm 120 dBm 133 dBV 3 kHz 115 dBm 115 dBm 128 dBV 10 kHz 110 dBm 110 dBm 123 dBV 30 kHz 105 dBm 105 dBm 118 dBV NOTE Sensitivity is degraded an additional 8 dB when the INPUT BUFFER is on e g at 3 kHz the equivalent input noise would be 107 dBm instead of 115 dBm Noise level will increase by approximately 10 dB when operation is in video peak mode Intermodulation Distortion Intermodulation products from two on screen signals within any frequency span are 275 dB down for third order products and at least 72 dB down for second order products Second and third order intermodulation products from two on screen 53 dBV or less signals within any frequency span are at least 80 dB down With the INPUT BUFFER switch on the third order Intermodulation products for any two on screen signals within any frequency span are at least 80 dB down Display Flatness Peak to peak deviation over any selected frequency span Quantization error must be added see Note under Amplitude Characteristics if digital storage is used Li 0 5 dB L2 0 5 dB L3 0 5 Reference Level Refers to top graticule line in Log mode Calibrated in 1 dB and 10 dB steps for the L1 and L2 modules and 1 dB 2 dB and 10 dB for L3 plug in module Rang
391. y processing circuits where it is processed either through amplifiers to the mainframe for display or if the 7L5 is operating in the store mode the signal is stored in memory and then displayed as the memory is refreshed or updated Sweep Control and Frequency Reference 4 Sweep Control circuit uses an that features sweep gating bright baseline holdoff timing automatic free run lockout single sweep and single sweep ready light control The gate signal drives the sweep generator which in turn sends a sweep through the Manual Sweep switch to the Display Processing and circuitry related to the sweep for the A and B oscillators Inputs to the sweep control IC include triggering source and mode signals Trigger modes are set by latches that are actuated by front panel momentary contact pushbutton switches When SGL SWP is selected the sweep is locked out until the SGL SWP button is pushed again The circuit is now armed and the sweep will run if the trigger source is FREE RUN or when a trigger signal arrives A built in delay of approximately 10 seconds allows the sweep to run if no trigger arrives not in 0 Hz span This keeps the memory capacitors for phase lock loop of the A and B oscillators refreshed When MNL SWP is selected the Sweep Generator is used as a 100 second timer to refresh the memory capacitors The Sweep Control allows the Sweep Generator to free run however the Manual Sweep switch now selects t

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Operators operators operators union operators in python operators in java operators license operators game operators in c++ operators r6 operators engineers union operators in sql operators wiki operator\u0027s manual operators meaning operators union near me operators club operators siege operators club dallas operators in javascript operators unlimited operators union apprenticeship operators syndrome operators 150 operators c# operators demo operators license login

Related Contents

Downloads  DSC-HX9/HX9V  ROLINE HQ VGA Cable, HD15 M - HD15 M 20 m  Ni dieu ni maître Ni pape ni roi !    Philips AZ1068  PlateCrane EX - Hudson Robotics  Philips QT4020 Beard Trimmer  ENCASTRE DE SOL ORIENTABLE LED 9W  Mode d`emploi Nausem  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file